Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutC2023-127 - 6/13/2023 - Approved DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 A!`�® DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 6/20/2023 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED ASA MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Shasta Bertrand NAME: AssuredPartners Gulf Coast Ins Agency, LLC pAHiCNo Ext: (337)266-2150 MI No: (337)266-2151 P.O. Box 2456 E-MAIL shasta.bertrand@assuredpartners.com ADDRESS: 600 Jefferson St. , Suite 200 INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# Lafayette LA 70502-2456 INSURERA:Zurich American Insurance Company 16535 INSURED INSURER B:Evanston Insurance Company 35378 CSE W- Industries, Inc INSURERC:Crum & Forster Specialty Insurance Coml 44520 W-Industries of Texas, LLC INSURER D:Lloyd's of London 32727 8303 Thora Lane INSURER E: Spring TX 77379 INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:22-23 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACTOR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAYBE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR POLICY NUMBER MM/DD/YYYY MM/DD/YYYY X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 REMISESS A CLAIMS-MADE FOOCCUR PDAMAGE REMISES 100,000 PREMIEa occurrence $ X Sudden & Acc. Pollution GL04391282-10 7/1/2022 7/1/2023 MED EXP(Any one person) $ 10,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'LAGGREGATE LIMITAPPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 X JECT 2,POLICYFF 000,000 OTHER: $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 Ea accident A X ANYAUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ X ALL OWNED SCHEDULED BAP 4391281-10 7/1/2022 7/1/2023 BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS AUTOS NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE X HIREDAUTOS X AUTOS Per accident $ UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 B X EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 DED I X I RETENTION$ 10,000 MKLV4EFX104122 7/1/2022 7/1/2023 $ WORKERS COMPENSATION Incl Maritime Empl Liability X PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY Y/N STATUTE ER ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE N/A E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N❑ A (Mandatory in NH) WC 4391280-10 7/1/2022 7/1/2023 E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 C Excess Liability SEO-119265 7/1/2022 7/1/2023 Each Occurrence/Aggregate 5,000,000 D Professional Liability PCSEW000322 / PCSEW000422 7/1/2022 7/1/2023 Per Claim/Aggregate 5,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,maybe attached if more space is required) RE: Notice of Award Project No. 18176G Police Headquarters Backup Generator Please see attached for coverage details. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE City of Corpus Christi THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN P.O. Box 9277 ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. Corpus Christi, TX 78469-9277 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Stephen Stefanski/SPB } ©1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD INS025(201401) DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 COMMENTS/REMARKS Named Insureds: CSE W-Industries, Inc. ; W-Industries, LLC; W-Industries, Inc. ; W-Industries of Texas, LLC; W-Industries Limited, LP: W-Industries of Louisiana, LLC; W-Industries of Louisiana, LLC dba Control Concepts and Technology; W-Industries of Louisiana, LLC dba BOSCO Fabrication; CSE Icon, Inc., CC American Oilfield, LLC, Roc-Mar, Inc., Gulf Coast Power & Control of Louisiana, LLC, CSE Americas, Inc. , Epic Engineering, LLC, Epic Automation, LLC, Select Building Controls, LLC, Volta, LLC, Volta Technologies, LLC, Volta Properties General Liability includes blanket additional insured where required by written contract; blanket waiver of subrogation where required by written contract; blowout and cratering; underground resources and equipment coverage; action over; contractual liability; in rem, non-owned watercraft liability under 1000 feet in length, gulf of mexicc extension, no punitive damages exclusion. Coverage is primary and non-contributory where required by written contract; 30 days written notice of cancellation where required by written contract except 10 days for non-payment of premium, sudden and accidental pollution. Coverage Territory as per Coverage From CG 00 01 04 13. Automobile Liability includes blanket waiver of subrogation where required by written contract; blanket additional insured where required by written contract; blanket 30 days notice of cancellation where required by written contract except 10 days for non-payment of premium, coverage is primary and non contributory were required by written contract. Workers Compensation includes alternate employer endorsement where required by written contract; USL&H; blanket waiver of subrogation where required by written contract; in rem; voluntary compensation; gulf extension; outer continental shelf lands act; maritime including jones act, TWM&C; death on the high seas; other states coverage included; 30 days written notice of cancellation where required by written contract except 10 days for non-payment of premium. Excess Liability includes blanket waiver of subrogation, blanket additional insured and blanket 30 days notice of cancellation where required by written contract except 10 days for non-payment of premium. Follow form of GL, GL-Sudden & Accidental Pollution, AL and EL. Excess policy is excess of the Personal and Advertising Injury limit. Coverage is primary and non-contributory where required by written contract. Professional Liability includes Waiver of Subrogation. Coverage Territory applies to wrongful acts taking place anywhere in the world. OFREMARK COPYRIGHT 2000, AMS SERVICES INC. DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 A � �dPartners 600 Jefferson Street, Suite 200 Lafayette, LA 70501 IMPORTANT: PLEASE READ THE BELOW NOTICE CAREFULLY Re: Contract Insurance Provisions Additional Insured Endorsement General Liability and Excess Coverages TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN: Should your contract with any Named Insured on the attached ACORD Certificate of Liability Insurance require an indemnity or an additional insured endorsement, those requirements may be impacted by the Louisiana Oilfield Indemnity Act, as amended, 1 and various court decisions interpreting that Act. The Act may not permit enforcement of certain contractual indemnity provisions where Louisiana law applies, including in state territorial waters and in adjacent federal waters over the Outer Continental Shelf. Enforcement of such contractual indemnity provisions may, however, be permitted under Louisiana law if the indemnitor endorses the indemnitee as an additional insured on the indemnitor's liability insurance. Court decisions interpreting the Act allow an additional insured to enjoy the benefits of an additional insured endorsement only if the additional insured pays the insurer (or its representative) directly for the entire cost of that endorsement. In order for the additional insured endorsement to be effective, the additional insured's payment in full of the required premium must be received by the insurer or its representative. If you choose to purchase the additional insured endorsement on the liability policy(ies) evidenced by the attached ACORD Certificate of Insurance, or if you would like to make further inquiries in this regard, please directly contact: Shasta P. Bertrand AssuredPartners 337-362-2234 shasta.bertrand@assuredpartners.com THIS NOTICE IS NOT LEGAL ADVICE- PLEASE CONSULT YOUR LEGAL COUNSEL AS NECESSARY. DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 0 TE AC" CERTIFICATE OF PROPERTY INSURANCE DA6/(20/2023 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED ASA MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. If this certificate is being prepared for a party who has an insurable interest in the property,do not use this form. Use ACORD 27 orACORD 28. PRODUCER CONTACT Shasta Bertrand NAME: AssuredPartners Gulf Coast Ins Agency, LLC PHONE FAx P.O. Box 2456 N Ex : (337)266-2150 A/C NO: [337)266-2151 ADDE-MRESS: shasta.bertrand@assuredpartners.com 600 Jefferson St. , Suite 200 PRODUCER Lafayette LA 70502-2456 CUSTOMERID: 00006534 INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURED INSURERA:Endurance American Insurance Company 10641 CSE W-Industries, Inc. INSURER B: 6303 Thora Lane INSURER C: INSURER D: Spring TX 77379 INSURER E INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:23-24 REVISION NUMBER: LOCATION OF PREMISES/DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY(Attach ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,if more space is required) THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACTOR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAYBE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION COVERED PROPERTY LIMITS LTR DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) PROPERTY BUILDING $ CAUSES OF LOSS DEDUCTIBLES PERSONAL PROPERTY $ BASIC BUILDING BUSINESS INCOME $ BROAD CONTENTS EXTRA EXPENSE $ SPECIAL RENTAL VALUE $ EARTHQUAKE BLANKET BUILDING $ WIND BLANKET PERS PROP $ FLOOD BLANKET BLDG&PP $ $ $ A X INLAND MARINE TYPE OF POLICY X Installation Floater $ 1,000,000 CAUSES OF LOSS Inland Marine (C) $ NAMED PERILS POLICY NUMBER $ X Special Form IMP30036226700 4/21/2023 4/21/2024 X Deductible $ 10,000 CRIME TYPE OF POLICY $ BOILER&MACHINERY/ $ EQUIPMENT BREAKDOWN SPECIAL CONDITIONS/OTHER COVERAGES (Attach ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,if more space is required) RE: Notice of Award Project No. 18176G Police Headquarters Backup Generator 1. Jobsite limit - $1,000,000; 2. Catastrophe Limit - $1,000,000 limit; 3. Property in transit limit - $750,000. Includes Wavier of Subrogation. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City Of Corpus Christi ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi, TX 78469-9277 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE F Nicholas Domino/SPB � 7 ACORD 24(2009/09) ©1995-2009 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. INS024 (200909) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 00 61 13 PERFORMANCE BOND BOND NO.47-SUR-008356-01-0050 Contractor as Principal Surety Name: CSE W-IndBerkshire Hathaway Specialtyustries,Inc. Name: Insurance Company Mailing address(principal place of business): Mailing address(principal place of business): 8303 Thora Ln. One Lincoln Street,23`d Floor Spring,Texas 77379 Boston, MA 02111 Physical address (principal place of business): Owner One Lincoln Street,23`d Floor Name: City of Corpus Christi,Texas Boston, MA 02111 Mailing address (principal place of business): Contracts and Procurement Surety is a corporation organized and existing 1201 Leopard Street under the laws of the state of: Nebraska Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and Contract its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Project name and number: Telephone(main number): Project No. 18176G (770)625-2516 Police Headquarters Backup Generator Telephone(for notice of claim): (855)453-9675 Local Agent for Surety McGriff Insurance Services, LLC Name: Attn: Kyle Cokinos Award Date of the Contract:June 13,2023 Address: 10100 Katy Freeway,Suite 400 Contract Price: $1,209,169.00 Houston,TX 77043 Bond Telephone: (713)877-8975 Email Address: kcokinos@McGriff.com Date of Bond: June 16,2023 The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained C (Date Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the of the Contract) following toll-free number:1-800-252-3439 Performance Bond 006113- 1 Project No. 18176G Police Headquarters Backup Generator 6/11/2021 oo"u3ignEnvelope 0:neoxnsny-47po-4Coe+w7n*74n1nonon1z Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators,executors,successors and assigns,jointly and severally to this bond The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal faithfully performs the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise the obligation is to remain in fullfarce and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. CSE W-Industries, Inc. Berkshire Hathaway Specialt Contractor as P�q*m*pal Insurance Company Surety Signature: Signatured Title: C&Z Title: Attorney-in-Fact Email Address: Address: Heather.Noles@McGriff.com (Attach Power of Attomey and place surety seal below) END OFSECTION Performance Bond 006113-2 Project No. 18I76G Police Headquarters Backup Generator 6/11/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 47-SU R-008 356-01-0050 Berkshire I lathaway Ell Specialty 111suralice Pol%eir Of 'AAlorne BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY/NATIONAL LIABILITY&FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY E Know all men by these presents,that BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY,a corporation existing Linder and by virtue of the laws of the State of Nebraska and having an office at One Lincoln Street,23rd Floor,Boston,Massachusetts 8 02111,NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY a corporation existing Linder and by virtue of the laws of the State of Nebraska and having an -a 1 office at 3024 Harney Street,Omaha,Nebraska 68131 and NATICiiNA LUABJUTY&FIRE IN RAINCECOMPANY,acorporation existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Connecticut and having an office at 100 First Stamford Place,Stamford,Connecticut 06902 fz (hereinafter collectively the"Companies"),pursuant to and by the authority granted as set forth herein,do hereby name,constitute 1 and appoint:Marc W.Boots,Vickie Lacy,Maria D.Zuniga,Brock D,Duckworth,Joseph R.Aulbert,Heather Notes,Richard Covington, Robert M,Verdin,Ryan Varela.Ashley Koletar,10100 Katy Freeway,Suite 400 of the city of Houston,State of Texas,their true and E lawful attorney(s)-in-fact to make,execute,seal,acknowledge,and deliver,for and on their behalf as surety and as their act and deed, 0 any and all undertakings,bonds,or other such writings obligatory in the nature thereof,in pursuance of these presents,the execution of which shall be as binding upon the Companies as if it has been duly signed and executed by their regularly elected officers in their own proper persons.This authority for the Attorneyd n-Fact shall be limited to the execution of the attached bond(s)or other such writings obligatory in the nature thereof. In witness whereof,this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer of the Companies,and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed hereto this date of December 20,2018.This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the Bylaws,Resolutions of the Board of Directors,and other Authorizations of BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY,NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY and NATIONAL LIABILITY&FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY,which are in full force and effect,each reading as appears on the back page of this Power of Attorney,respectively.The following signature by an authorized officer of the Company may be a facsimile,which shall be deemed the equivalent of and constitute the written signature of t Z such officer of the Company for all purposes regarding this Power of Attorney,including satisfaction of any signature requirements on % any and all undertakings,bonds,or other such writings obligatory in the nature thereof,to which this Power of Attorney applies. E BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY, E t INSURANCE COMPANY, NATIONAL LIABILITY&FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, By: By: David Fields,Executive Vice President David Fields,Vice President E N', S('RETV f 2W '7� 4 Z E 0 < . C NOTARYi 16 L* State of Massachusetts,County of Suffolk,ss: On this 20th day of December,2018,before me appeared David Fields,Executive Vice President of BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY and Vice President of NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY and NATIONAL LIABILITY&FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, who being duly sworn,says that his capacity is as designated above for Such Companies;that he knows the corporate seals of the Companies;that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are such corporate seals;that they were affixed by order of the board of directors or other governing body of said Companies pursuant to its Bylaws,Resolutions and other Authorizations,and that he signed E I said instrument in that capacity of said Companies, [Notary Seal] ��. GEOFFERY A.DELISIO Notary Public 27 Commonwealth weal I Massachusetts Commonwealth:oWassachuselts, > -bus" '24 Notary Public My Comm.C... It r. ii, my Comm.Expires November 29,20,1 1,Ralph Tortorella,the undersigned,Officer of BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY,NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY and NATIONAL LIABILITY&FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY,do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked.IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,see hereunto affixed the seals of said Companies this June 16,2023, c, M RIFTY ki , ;�*1"� :�i, m 1& S RE A-7 I` Officer -J BHSIC,NICO&NLF POA(2018) DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 006116 PAYMENT BOND BOND NO.47-SUR-008356-01-0050 Contractor as Principal Surety Name: CSE W-Industries, Inc. Name: Berkshire Hathaway SpecialtyInsurance Company Mailing address(principal place of business): Mailing address(principal place of business): 8303 Thora Ln. One Lincoln Street,23,d Floor Spring,Texas 77379 Boston, MA 02111 Physical address (principal place of business): Owner One Lincoln Street,23`d Floor Name: City of Corpus Christi,Texas Boston, MA 02111 Mailing address(principal place of business): Contracts and Procurement Surety is a corporation organized and existing 1201 Leopard Street under the laws of the state of: Nebraska Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and Contract its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Project name and number: Telephone(main number): Proiect No. 18176G Police Headquarters Backup Generator 1770)625-2516 Telephone(for notice of claim): (855)453-9675 Local Agent for Surety Name: McGriff Insurance Services, LLC Attn: Kyle Cokinos Award Date of the Contract:June 13,2023 Address: 10100 Katy Freeway,Suite 400 Contract Price: $1,209,169.00 Houston,TX 77043 Telephone: (713)877-8975 Bond Email Address: kcokinos@McGriff.com Date of Bond: June 16,2023 The address of the surety company to which any (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date notice of claim should be sent may be obtained of Contract) from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll-free number. 1-800-252-3439 Payment Bond Form 006116-1 Project No. 18176G Police Headquarters Backup Generator 2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors,successors and assigns,jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal pays all claimants providing labor or materials to him or to a Subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. CSE W-Industries Inc. Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Contractor as Pr' ' al Insurance Co an Surety Signature: Signatur c�bv" Name: l,j�(� \ arra�{l �, Name: Heather Noles Title: yicp— Title: Attorney-In-Fact Email Address:kjt j('�a E-43R)W-iauj ,mail Address: Heather.Noles@McGriff.com (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) "��C PAim�mp�� W ,10 I SPA w END OF SECTION Payment Bond Form 006116-2 Project No. 18176G Police Headquarters Backup Generator 2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 47-SUR-008356-01-0050 Bcrkshirc I IatllaNv%Iy Specialty Ilist Irailc(! 1)��e r rIII(.,I BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY/NATIONAL LIABILITY&FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY u Know all men by these presents,that BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY a corporation existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Nebraska and having an office at One Lincoln Street,23rd Floor,Boston,Massachusetts o 02111,NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY a corporation existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Nebraska and having an o u office at 3024 Harney Street,Omaha,Nebraska 68131 and NATIONAL_LIABILITY_&._FIRE INSURANCE_COMPANY,a corporation existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Connecticut and having an office at 100 First Stamford Place,Stamford,Connecticut 06902 (hereinafter collectively the"Companies"),pursuant to and by the authority granted as set forth herein,do hereby name,constitute O a and appoint:Marc W Boots Vickie Lacy Maria D Zuniga Brock D Duckworth Joseph R Aulbert Heather Noles Richard Covington, c Robert M Verdin Ryan Varela Ashley Koletar,10100 Katy Freeway.Suite 400 of the city of Houston.State of Texas,their true and a x lawful attorney(s)-in-fact to make,execute,seal,acknowledge,and deliver,for and on their behalf as surety and as their act and deed, u° any and all undertakings,bonds,or other such writings obligatory in the nature thereof,in pursuance of these presents,the execution of p I which shall be as binding upon the Companies as if it has been duly signed and executed by their regularly elected officers in their own w proper persons.This authority for the Attorney-in-Fact shall be limited to the execution of the attached bond(s)or other such writings c y i obligatory in the nature thereof. u� In witness whereof,this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer of the Companies,and the corporate seals of S O the Companies have been affixed hereto this date of December 20,2018.This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to Ca and by authority of the Bylaws,Resolutions of the Board of Directors,and other Authorizations of BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY,NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY and NATIONAL LIABILITY&FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY,which are in a full force and effect,each reading as appears on the back page of this Power of Attorney,respectively.The following signature by an w authorized officer of the Company may be a facsimile,which shall be deemed the equivalent of and constitute the written signature of N 0 such officer of the Company for all purposes regarding this Power of Attorney,including satisfaction of any signature requirements on d any and all undertakings,bonds,or other such writings obligatory in the nature thereof,to which this Power of Attorney applies. a BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY, j E 0- INSURANCE COMPANY, NATIONAL LIABILITY&FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, Z By: By: David Fields, Executive Vice President David Fields,Vice President S c ,�gPEGiAf lYF Ct'�N/I tj `y ERIE/tys � �Y45. i r 75tRETy�Y 110 y 11kFTY to " Wil, i �[ E NOTARY9 g O � D 1 State of Massachusetts,County of Suffolk,ss: P �° On this 20th day of December,2018,before me appeared David Fields,Executive Vice President of BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY a ry c 6 INSURANCE COMPANY and Vice President of NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY and NATIONAL LIABILITY&FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, who being duly sworn,says that his capacity is as designated above for such Companies;that he knows the corporate seals of the o Companies;that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are such corporate seals;that they were affixed by order of the board of Z� a directors or other governing body of said Companies pursuant to its Bylaws,Resolutions and other Authorizations,and that he signed .5 ._,. E .m said instrument in that capacity of said Companies. (Notary Seal) .. �'"—' a 46 GEOFFERY A.DELISIO Notary Public Commonwealth of Massachusetts E*N, Comm.Expires November 29,2024 Notary Public I,Ralph Tortorella,the undersigned,Officer of BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY,NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY and NATIONAL LIABILITY&FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY,do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked.IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,see hereunto affixed the seals of said Companies this June 16 2023. ,ePeara„r 1 lil�1lt�r ns�rroii,��sL r wa iM '� Vl HF9Y 1 n Tt St RF TYr ly w 1 SFYI �; jr ttl r,5 ,� r tit.,ti j� Officer BHSIC,NICO&NLF POA(2018) oo"u3ignEnvelope 0:neoxnsny-47po-4Coe+w7n*74n1nonon1z BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY(BYLAWS) ARTICLE V. CORPORATE ACTIONS EXECUTION opDOCUMENTS: Section 6.(b)The President,any Vice President or the Secretary,shall have the power and authority: (1) To appoint Attorneys-in-fact,and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company bonds and other undertakings,and (Z) Tvremove atany time any such Auomev'in-factand revoke the authority given him. NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY(BY-LAWS) Section 4.Officers,Agents,and Employees: A. The officers shall be a President,one or more Vice Presidents,a Secretary,one or more Assistant Secretaries,a Treasurer, and one or more Assistant Treasurers none of whom shall be required to be shareholders or Directors and each of whom shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at each annual meeting to serve a term of office of one year or until a successor has been elected and qualified,may serve successive terms of office,may be removed from office at any time for or without cause by a vote of a majority of the Board of Directors,and shal I have such powers and rights and be charged with such duties and obligations as usually are vested in and pertain to such office or as may be directed from time to time by the Board of Directors;and the Board ofDirectors orthe officers may from time totime appoint,discharge,engage,urremove such agents and employees as may be appropriate,convenient,or necessary to the affairs and business of the corporation. NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY(BOARD RESOLUTION ADOPTED AUGUST 6,zo/4) RESOLVED,That the President,any Vice President or the Secretary,shall have the power and authority to(1)appoint Attorneys- in-fact,andtoautho,izethemtoexecuteonbeha|fofthis[ompanvbondsandmhervndertakingsand(2)emmeatanybme anvmchAttomey-in'f act and revoke the authority given. NATIONAL LIABILITY&FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY(ovL4vvs) ARTICLE IV officers Section 1.Officers,Agents and Employees: A.The officers shall be a president,one or more vice presidents,one or more assistant vice presidents,a secretary,one or more assistant secretaries,a treasurer,and one or more assistant treasurers,none of whom shall be required to be shareholders or directors,and each of whom shall be elected annually by the board of directors at each annual meeting to serve a term of office of one year or until a successor has been elected and qualified,may serve successive terms of office, may be removed from office at any time for or without cause by a vote of a majority of the board of directors. The president and secretary shall bpdifferent individuals. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not create contract rights. The officers ofthe Corporation shall have such powers and rights and be charged with such duties and obligations as usually are vested in and pertain to such office o,asmay bedirected from time totime bythe board ofdirectors;and the board nfdirectors orthe officers may from time to time appoint,discharge,engage,or remove such agents and employees as may be appropriate,convenient,or necessary to the affairs and business ofthe Corporation. NATIONAL LIABILITY&FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY(BOARD RESOLUTION ADOPTED AUGUST o,zuz4) RESOLVED,That the President,any Vice President or the Secretary,shall have the power and authority to(1)appoint Attorneys- in-fact,and to authorize them to execute on behalf of this Company bonds and other undertakings and(2)remove at any time any such Auomey-in-factand revoke the authority given. eH3|['NICO&mLFPOA(2O1o) oo"u3ignEnvelope 0:neoxnsny-47po-4Coe+w7n*74n1nonon1z Berkshire Hathaway 1�(��f��Il��(� l �i��lKawal/ / Specialty Insurance One Lincoln Street, 23rd Floor 8oston, K4AU2111 IMPORTANT NOTICE: To obtain information ormake acomplaint: You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverage, rights orcomplaints at: 1-800-253-3439 You may write the Texas Department ufInsurance at: P.U. Box 1491O4 Austin, TX78714-9lO4 Fax: 1-512-490-1007 Your notice of claim against the attached bond may be given to the surety company that issued the bond bysending ittothe following address: Physical Address: 1100 Abernathy Road, NE Suite 1200 Atlanta, GA 30328 You may also contact the Berkshire Hathaway Insurance Company office by telephone at: 1-855-453-9675 or email Texas Demand Address: 8HS|C Attention: Surety Claims 5OONorthpark Town Center 1lO0Abernathy Road, NESuite 12UO Atlanta, GA3O3I8 if you have dispute concerning a premium, you should contact the agent first. If you have a dispute concerning aclaim, you should contact the company first. |fthe dispute isnot reso|ived, you may contact the Texas Department ofInsurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE T(}YOUR BOND: This notice is for information only and does not become part or condition of the attached document. DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 0 1855 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on June 13,2023, is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and CSE W-Industries (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Police Headquarters Backup Generator[Bond 20181 18176G ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Bath Engineering 5656 S. Staples St.,Suite 110 Corpus Christi,Texas 78411 jtabb@bathgroup.com 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Brett Van Hazel Assistant Director of Construction Services 4917 Holly Road, Building 5 Corpus Christi,TX,78411 brettvh@cctexas.com ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 500 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 560 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. Agreement 005223-1 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. C. Milestones,and the dates for completion of each,are as defined in Section 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof,Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner$400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner$400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4—CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ 1,209,169.00 Agreement 005223-2 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 ARTICLE 5—PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.13, less the total of payments previously made and less set-offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6—INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. Agreement 005223-3 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 2. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 3. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents,and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractorthat without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. Agreement 005223-4 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. ARTICLE 8—ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice,the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records,books, correspondence, instructions,drawings, receipts,vouchers,memoranda,and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. 5. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. Agreement 005223-5 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 ARTICLE 10-CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI 5DocuSigned by: DocuSigned by: bbd 7/10/2023 7/10/2023 e e ca quMa._ VIEffiffid`ffids, P.E City Secretary Director of Engineering Services M2023-082 AUTHORIZED 6/13/2023 APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: BY COUNCIL DS DocuSigned by: W � 7/10/2023 r;/sb a� Assistant City Attorney ATTEST(IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR E&DocuSignedby: &"14A d,sA/,� 6/27/2023 6A35C370153046C... (Seal Below) By: David Dorrough Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if Title: Vice President of Field Services person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief 11500 Charles Road Financial Officer Address Houston Texas 77041 City State Zip 713-466-9463 Phone Fax David_Dorrough@w-industries.com EMail END OF SECTION Agreement 005223-6 18176G-Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 BID FORM Project Name: Police Headquarters Backup Generator Project Number: 18176G Owner: City of Corpus Christi OAR: Brett Van Hazel Designer: Bath Engineering By its signature below, Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Bid Acknowledgement,acknowledges receipt of all Addenda to the Bid and agrees,if this Bid is accepted,to enter into a Contract with the Owner and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the Bid price. Bidder: CSE W-Industries Inc. (full legal name of Bidder) Signature: (signature of person with authority to bind the Bidder) Name: Jared Moczvgemba (printed name of person signing Bid Form) Title: Operations Manaeer (title of person signing Bid Form) Attest: "� .. ......__�M (signature) Roma artin Secret A e*AAd w State of Residency: TEXAS Federal Tx ID No. 76-0087597 Address for Notices: 8303 Thora Ln..Serine.T 777379 Phone: 832-964-3586,713-466-9463 Email: Guy_Goodspeed@w-industries.com Page 1 of 2 18176G- Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 ;nerator Rebid Report Created On:3/15/2023 7:35:38 PM BID TOTALS BASE BID Total Part A- General $70,000.00 Part B- Electrical and Mechanical $1,010,199.00 Part C- Site Work $38,000.00 Part D-Allowances $90,970.00 Total $1,209,169.00 Part A-General No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price Al Mobilization and Demobilization LS 1 $50,000.00 $50,000.00 A2 Bonds and Insurance AL 1 $20,000.00 $20,000.00 Subtotal: $70,000.00 Part B- Electrical and Mechanical No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price B1 Demolition Work LS 1 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 B2 Hangers and Support for Plumbing LS 1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00 Piping and Equipment B3 Plumbing Piping LS 1 $5,500.00 $5,500.00 B4 HVAC Piping Insulation LS 1 $6,500.00 $6,500.00 B5 Above Ground Hydronic Piping LS 1 $5,500.00 $5,500.00 B6 Low-Voltage Electrical Power LS 1 $240,699.00 $240,699.00 Conductors and Cables B7 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical LS 1 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 Systems B8 Hangers and Support for Electrical LS 1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00 Systems B9 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical System LS 1 $251,000.00 $251,000.00 B10 Identification for Electrical Systems LS 1 $2,500.00 $2,500.00 B11 Switchboards LS 1 $99,000.00 $99,000.00 B12 Panelboards LS 1 $10,000.00 $10,000.00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 ;nerator Rebid Report Created On:3/15/2023 7:35:38 PM B13 Wiring Devices LS 1 $5,500.00 $5,500.00 B14 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers LS 1 $35,000.00 $35,000.00 B15 Diesel Engine Driven Generator Set LS 1 $244,000.00 $244,000.00 B16 Automatic Transfer Switch LS 1 $35,000.00 $35,000.00 Subtotal: $1,010,199.00 Part C-Site Work No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price C1 Phase 1 -Demo Sidewalk LS 1 $2,500.00 $2,500.00 C2 Phase 2-Demo Parking Slots LS 1 $4,500.00 $4,500.00 C3 Phase 3-Generator Foundation LS 1 $31,000.00 $31,000.00 Subtotal: $38,000.00 Part D-Allowances No. Description Unit Qty Unit Price Ext Price D1 Allowance for Unforeseen Conditions AL 1 $82,700.00 $82,700.00 D2 Allowance for Permits AL 1 $8,270.00 $8,270.00 Subtotal: $90,970.00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF POLICE HEADQUARTERS BACKUP GENERATOR [ Bond 2018] 18176G R 18514 Bath Engineering 5656 S. Staples St., Ste. 110/Corpus Christi, TX / (361) 992-2284 Oil tl 845s " Vc PBG #881 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 000100 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division/ Title Section Division 00 Preface Documents 00 00 00 Cover Sheet 000100 Table of Contents 000102 List of Drawings Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 52 23 Agreement (Rev8-2019) 00 72 00 General Conditions(Rev 12-2020) 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions(Rev 2-2020) Division 01 General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of Work(Rev 10-2018) 01 23 10 Alternates and Allowances(Rev 5-2020) 01 29 01 Measurement and Basis for Payment (Rev5-2020) 01 33 01 Submittal Register(Rev 10-2018) 01 35 00 Special Procedures(Rev 10-2018) 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls(Rev 8-2019) 01 57 00 Temporary Controls(Rev8-2019) Part T Technical Specifications 024100 Cutting, Patching and Demolition Work 22 05 29 Hangers and Support for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 10 00 Plumbing Piping 23 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Piping and Equipment- HVAC 23 07 19 HVAC Piping Insulation 23 21 13 Above Ground Hydronic Piping 26 05 00.00 General Work Requirements 26 05 19.00 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 05 26.00 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 29.00 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 33.00 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 53.00 Identification for Electrical Systems Table of Contents 000100-1 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 5/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Division/ Title Section 26 24 13.00 Switchboards 26 24 16.00 Panelboards 26 27 26.00 Wiring Devices 26 28 16.00 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 26 32 13.00 Diesel Engine Driven Generator Set 26 36 00.00 Service Entrance Transfer Switches Appendix All Testing Reports as Applicable 1 Asbestos and Lead Based Paint Report END OF SECTION Table of Contents 000100-2 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev S/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 000102 LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS 1.1 LIST OF DRAWINGS A. Drawings: Drawings consist of the Contract Drawings and other drawings listed on the Table of Contents page of the separately bound drawing set titled Health Department MEP Improvements—Bond 2018 FMAC and as modified by subsequent Addenda and Contract modifications. B. List of Drawings: Drawings consist of the following Contract Drawings and other drawings of type indicated: SHEET DRAWING TITLE 1 G-01 Title Sheet, Location Plan, and Sheet Index 2 G-02 Scope, Notes, and Codes 3 D-01 Demolition Site Plan 4 D-02 Demolition Mechanical Room 139 Phase 1 & Phase 3 & Phase 4 5 D-03 Demo Details Mech. Room 139 Phase 1 & Phase 4 6 D-04 Demolition Riser Diagram 7 S-01 General Notes& Design Criteria 8 S-02 Generator Foundation Plan Sections& Details 9 M-01 Mechanical Plan Mech. Room 139 Phase 1 10 E-01 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN 11 E-02 ELECTRICAL PLAN MECH. ROOM 139 PHASE 2 & PHASE 3 12 E-03 ELECTRICAL PLAN MECH. ROOM 139 PHASE 5 13 E-04 ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM PHASE 2 & PHASE 3 14 E-05 ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM PHASE 5 15 E-06 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES 16 E-07 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 17 E-08 ELECTRICAL DETAILS SWITCHBOARD SHEET 1 OF 8 18 E-09 ELECTRICAL DETAILS SWITCHBOARD SHEET 2 OF 8 19 E-10 ELECTRICAL DETAILS SWITCHBOARD SHEET 3 OF 8 20 E-11 ELECTRICAL DETAILS SWITCHBOARD SHEET 4 OF 8 21 E-12 ELECTRICAL DETAILS SWITCHBOARD SHEET 5 OF 8 22 E-13 ELECTRICAL DETAILS SWITCHBOARD SHEET 6 OF 8 23 E-14 ELECTRICAL DETAILS SWITCHBOARD SHEET 7 OF 8 24 E-15 ELECTRICAL DETAILS SWITCHBOARD SHEET 8 OF 8 25 E-16 ELECTRICAL DETAILS ATS 26 E-17 ELECTRICAL DETAILS GENERATOR SHEET 1 OF 6 27 E-18 ELECTRICAL DETAILS GENERATOR SHEET 2 OF 6 28 E-19 ELECTRICAL DETAILS GENERATOR SHEET 3 OF 6 29 E-20 ELECTRICAL DETAILS GENERATOR SHEET 4 OF 6 30 E-21 ELECTRICAL DETAILS GENERATOR SHEET 5 OF 6 31 E-22 ELECTRICAL DETAILS GENERATOR SHEET 6 OF 6 List of Drawings 000102-1 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 10/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 0 x855 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on [insert Award Date], is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Police Headquarters Backup Generator[Bond 20181 18176G ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Bath Engineering 5656 S. Staples St.,Suite 110 Corpus Christi,Texas 78411 jtabb@bathgroup.com 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Brett Van Hazel Assistant Director of Construction Services 4917 Holly Road, Building 5 Corpus Christi,TX,78411 brettvh@cctexas.com ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 500 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions within 560 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. Agreement 005223-1 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 B. Performance of the Work is required as shown in Paragraph 7.02 of the General Conditions. C. Milestones,and the dates for completion of each,are as defined in Section 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof,Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner$400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner$400 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4—CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ Agreement 005223-2 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 ARTICLE 5—PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 17 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to the full amount of the total earned value to date for completed Work minus the retainage listed below and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. 1. The standard retainage is 5 percent. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.13, less the total of payments previously made and less set-offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 17.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 17.16 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6—INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. Invoices must comply with Article 17 of the General Conditions. 6.02 Except as specified in Article 5, the Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. Agreement 005223-3 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 2. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 3. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents,and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractorthat without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. Agreement 005223-4 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 M. CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 7.14 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. ARTICLE 8—ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice,the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records,books, correspondence, instructions,drawings, receipts,vouchers, memoranda,and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Solicitation documents. 2. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 4. Addenda. 5. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 6. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10—CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Rebecca Huerta Jeffrey Edmonds, P.E City Secretary Director of Engineering Services AUTHORIZED APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: BY COUNCIL Agreement 005223-5 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Assistant City Attorney ATTEST(IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR (Seal Below) By: Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if Title: person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer Address City State Zip Phone Fax EMail END OF SECTION Agreement 005223-6 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 12/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents Page Article 1—Definitions and Terminology .....................................................................................................10 1.01 Defined Terms.............................................................................................................................10 1.02 Terminology................................................................................................................................15 Article2—Preliminary Matters...................................................................................................................16 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance.............................................................................16 2.02 Copies of Documents..................................................................................................................16 2.03 Project Management System......................................................................................................16 2.04 Before Starting Construction ......................................................................................................17 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives................................17 Article 3—Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse.................................................................17 3.01 Intent...........................................................................................................................................17 3.02 Reference Standards...................................................................................................................18 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies......................................................................................19 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents.................................................................................20 3.05 Reuse of Documents...................................................................................................................20 Article 4—Commencement and Progress of the Work..............................................................................20 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed.............................................................20 4.02 Starting the Work........................................................................................................................20 4.03 Progress Schedule.......................................................................................................................21 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress..................................................................................................21 Article 5—Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions...................................................................................................................................................22 5.01 Availability of Lands....................................................................................................................22 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas........................................................................................................22 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions............................................................................................23 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions...............................................................................24 5.05 Underground Facilities................................................................................................................25 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site .............................................................................26 Article 6—Bonds and Insurance .................................................................................................................28 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds..................................................................................28 General Conditions 007200-1 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 6.02 Licensed Sureties ........................................................................................................................29 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage....................................................................................29 6.04 General Insurance Provisions......................................................................................................29 6.05 Contractor's Insurance................................................................................................................30 6.06 Property Insurance......................................................................................................................33 6.07 Waiver of Rights..........................................................................................................................34 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project....................................................................................................34 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance..............................................................................................35 6.10 Certificate of Insurance...............................................................................................................35 6.11 Insurance Policies........................................................................................................................35 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage...............................................................................................35 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance ......................................................................................................35 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice .......................................................36 Article 7-Contractor's Responsibilities.....................................................................................................38 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence..............................................................................................38 7.02 Labor; Working Hours.................................................................................................................38 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ...........................................................................................39 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others....................................................................39 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties...........................................................................................................40 7.06 Permits........................................................................................................................................41 7.07 Taxes...........................................................................................................................................41 7.08 Laws and Regulations..................................................................................................................41 7.09 Safety and Protection .................................................................................................................42 7.10 Safety Representative.................................................................................................................43 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs..............................................................................................43 7.12 Emergencies................................................................................................................................43 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee .........................................................................43 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION......................................................................................................................44 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services................................................................................45 Article 8-Other Work at the Site...............................................................................................................46 8.01 Other Work.................................................................................................................................46 8.02 Coordination ...............................................................................................................................47 8.03 Legal Relationships......................................................................................................................47 General Conditions 007200-2 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Article 9—Owner's and OPT's Responsibilities...........................................................................................48 9.01 Communications to Contractor ..................................................................................................48 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members......................................................................48 9.03 Furnish Data................................................................................................................................48 9.04 Pay When Due.............................................................................................................................48 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests...................................................................................48 9.06 Insurance.....................................................................................................................................48 9.07 Modifications..............................................................................................................................48 9.08 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals...............................................................................................48 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities .........................................................................................48 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition......................................................................49 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program................................................................................................49 Article 10—OAR's and Designer's Status During Construction ..................................................................49 10.01 Owner's Representative..........................................................................................................49 10.02 Visits to Site.............................................................................................................................49 10.03 Resident Project Representatives...........................................................................................49 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work........................................................................................................49 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments.........................................................................50 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work...................50 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities.....................................50 Article 11—Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work ....................................................50 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents.......................................................50 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work................................................................................51 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work........................................................................................51 11.04 Change of Contract Price ........................................................................................................52 11.05 Change of Contract Times.......................................................................................................52 11.06 Change Proposals....................................................................................................................52 11.07 Execution of Change Orders ...................................................................................................53 11.08 Notice to Surety......................................................................................................................54 Article 12—Change Management ..............................................................................................................54 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal................................................................................................54 12.02 Change Proposals....................................................................................................................54 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification...................................................................55 General Conditions 007200-3 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 12.04 Substitutions...........................................................................................................................55 Article13—Claims.......................................................................................................................................56 13.01 Claims......................................................................................................................................56 13.02 Claims Process.........................................................................................................................57 Article 14—Prevailing Wage Rate Requirements.......................................................................................58 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates.........................................................................................58 14.02 Records....................................................................................................................................58 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense.........................................................................................59 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates.............................................................................................................59 Article 15—Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work......................................................................59 15.01 Cost of the Work.....................................................................................................................59 15.02 Allowances..............................................................................................................................63 15.03 Unit Price Work.......................................................................................................................63 15.04 Contingencies..........................................................................................................................64 Article 16—Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work....................65 16.01 Access to Work........................................................................................................................65 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals............................................................................................65 16.03 Defective Work .......................................................................................................................65 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work................................................................................................66 16.05 Uncovering Work....................................................................................................................66 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work.....................................................................................................67 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work.......................................................................................67 Article 17—Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period........................................67 17.01 Progress Payments..................................................................................................................67 17.02 Application for Payment.........................................................................................................69 17.03 Schedule of Values..................................................................................................................71 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value............................................................72 17.05 Basis for Payments..................................................................................................................73 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment.......................................................................73 17.07 Retainage and Set-Offs ...........................................................................................................74 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment.........................................................74 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative...........................................................75 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title................................................................................................76 General Conditions 007200-4 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 17.11 Substantial Completion...........................................................................................................76 17.12 Partial Utilization.....................................................................................................................77 17.13 Final Inspection.......................................................................................................................77 17.14 Final Application for Payment.................................................................................................77 17.15 Final Payment..........................................................................................................................78 17.16 Waiver of Claims.....................................................................................................................78 17.17 Correction Period....................................................................................................................78 Article 18-Suspension of Work and Termination.....................................................................................79 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work.....................................................................................................79 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause............................................................................................79 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience................................................................................80 Article 19-Project Management...............................................................................................................81 19.01 Work Included.........................................................................................................................81 19.02 Quality Assurance ...................................................................................................................81 19.03 Document Submittal...............................................................................................................81 19.04 Required Permits ....................................................................................................................81 19.05 Safety Requirements...............................................................................................................82 19.06 Access to the Site....................................................................................................................82 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site..........................................................................................................82 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities........................................................................83 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations..............................................................................83 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations........................................................................84 19.11 Field Measurements ...............................................................................................................84 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points.........................................................................................84 19.13 Delivery and Storage...............................................................................................................85 19.14 Cleaning During Construction.................................................................................................86 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access......................................................................86 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control..............................................................................................87 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires.......................................................................................................87 19.18 Blasting....................................................................................................................................87 19.19 Archeological Requirements...................................................................................................87 19.20 Endangered Species Resources...............................................................................................88 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies..........................................................................................88 General Conditions 007200-5 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Article 20—Project Coordination................................................................................................................88 20.01 Work Included.........................................................................................................................88 20.02 Document Submittal...............................................................................................................88 20.03 Communication During Project...............................................................................................89 20.04 Project Meetings.....................................................................................................................89 20.05 Requests for Information........................................................................................................91 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log..................................................................................................91 20.07 Notification By Contractor......................................................................................................92 20.08 Record Documents..................................................................................................................92 Article 21—Quality Management...............................................................................................................94 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities ..................................................................................................94 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT..................................................................................95 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports..................................................................................96 21.04 Documentation .......................................................................................................................96 21.05 Standards................................................................................................................................97 21.06 Delivery and Storage...............................................................................................................97 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects..............................................................................97 21.08 Test Reports............................................................................................................................97 21.09 Defective Work .......................................................................................................................98 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory........................................................................98 21.11 Quality Control Plan................................................................................................................98 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan ......................................................................100 Article 22—Final Resolution of Disputes..................................................................................................101 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations .....................................................................................................101 22.02 Mediation..............................................................................................................................101 Article 23—Minority/MBE/DBE Participation Policy................................................................................102 23.01 Policy.....................................................................................................................................102 23.02 Definitions.............................................................................................................................102 23.03 Goals......................................................................................................................................103 23.04 Compliance............................................................................................................................104 Article 24—Document Management........................................................................................................104 24.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................104 24.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................104 General Conditions 007200-6 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................104 24.04 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................105 24.05 Document Numbering ..........................................................................................................105 24.06 Document Requirements......................................................................................................106 Article25—Shop Drawings.......................................................................................................................107 25.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................107 25.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................107 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................107 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements ................................................................................................109 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports........................................................................................109 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees..................................................................................................110 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures....................................................................................110 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures..........................................................................112 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products...............................................................................................113 25.10 Requests for Deviation..........................................................................................................113 25.11 Designer Responsibilities......................................................................................................114 25.12 Resubmission Requirements.................................................................................................116 Article26—Record Data ...........................................................................................................................117 26.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................117 26.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................117 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................117 26.04 Record Data Requirements...................................................................................................118 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports........................................................................................118 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees..................................................................................................119 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures.......................................................................................119 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities....................................................................................................120 Article 27—Construction Progress Schedule............................................................................................121 27.01 Requirements........................................................................................................................121 27.02 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................121 27.03 Schedule Requirements........................................................................................................121 27.04 Schedule Revisions................................................................................................................123 27.05 Float Time..............................................................................................................................123 Article 28—Video and Photographic documentation ..............................................................................124 General Conditions 007200-7 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 28.01 Work Included.......................................................................................................................124 28.02 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................124 28.03 Document Submittal.............................................................................................................124 28.04 Photographs..........................................................................................................................125 28.05 Video Recording....................................................................................................................125 Article 29-Execution and Closeout.........................................................................................................125 29.01 Substantial Completion.........................................................................................................125 29.02 Final Inspections....................................................................................................................126 29.03 Reinspection Fees .................................................................................................................126 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal ............................................................................................127 29.05 Transfer of Utilities ...............................................................................................................127 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements.........................................................................127 Article30-Miscellaneous........................................................................................................................128 30.01 Computation of Times...........................................................................................................128 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records.......................................................................128 30.03 Independent Contractor.......................................................................................................129 30.04 Cumulative Remedies ...........................................................................................................129 30.05 Limitation of Damages..........................................................................................................129 30.06 No Waiver.............................................................................................................................129 30.07 Severability............................................................................................................................129 30.08 Survival of Obligations ..........................................................................................................130 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries .................................................................................................130 30.10 Assignment of Contract.........................................................................................................130 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity........................................................................................130 30.12 Controlling Law.....................................................................................................................130 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue...................................................................................130 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury...........................................................................................................130 30.15 Attorney Fees........................................................................................................................130 30.16 Compliance with Laws...........................................................................................................131 30.17 Enforcement..........................................................................................................................131 30.18 Subject to Appropriation.......................................................................................................131 30.19 Contract Sum.........................................................................................................................131 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy....................................................................131 General Conditions 007200-8 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 30.21 Notices. .................................................................................................................................131 General Conditions 007200-9 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Terms with initial capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, have the meanings indicated in this paragraph wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents. In addition to the terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda - Documents issued prior to the receipt of Bids which clarify or modify the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement - The document executed between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Alternative Dispute Resolution -The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled as an alternative to litigation, if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement between themselves. 4. Application for Payment - The forms used by Contractor to request payments from Owner and the supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents. 5. Award Date—The date the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi (City)authorizes the City Manager or designee to execute the Contract on behalf of the City. 6. Bid —The documents submitted by a Bidder to establish the proposed Contract Price and Contract Times and provide other information and certifications as required by the Bidding Documents. 7. Bidding Documents — The solicitation documents, the proposed Contract Documents and Addenda. 8. Bidder—An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 9. Bonds - Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and other Surety instruments executed by Surety. When in singular form, refers to individual instrument. 10. Change Order-A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract,which modifies the Work, Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract. 11. Change Proposal - A document submitted by Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Requesting an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; c. Challenging a set-off against payment due; or d. Seeking a Modification with respect to the terms of the Contract. 12. City Engineer - The Corpus Christi City Engineer and/or designee as identified at the preconstruction conference or in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 007200-10 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 13. Claim - A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. A demand for money or services by an entity other than the Owner or Contractor is not a Claim. Claims must be initiated by written notice, signed and sworn to be an authorized corporate officer, verifying the truth and accuracy of the Claim. 14. Constituent of Concern - Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous wastes, and substances, products, wastes, or other materials that are or become listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to: a. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. ("CERCLA"); b. The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5101 et seq.; c. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act,42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. ("RCRA"); d. The Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; e. The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; f. The Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or g. Any other Laws or Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning hazardous,toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 15. Contract -The entire integrated set of documents concerning the Work and describing the relationship between the Owner and Contractor. 16. Contract Amendment-A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which: a. Authorizes new phases of the Work and establishes the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work; or b. Modifies the terms and conditions of the Contract but does not make changes in the Work. 17. Contract Documents - Those items designated as Contract Documents in the Agreement. 18. Contract Price - The monetary amount stated in the Agreement and as adjusted by Modifications, and increases or decreases in unit price quantities, if any,that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 19. Contract Times-The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must: a. Achieve specified Milestones; b. Achieve Substantial Completion; and c. Complete the Work. 20. Contractor-The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. General Conditions 007200-11 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 21. Contractor's Team - Contractor and Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to perform part of the Work or anyone for whose acts they may be liable. 22. Cost of the Work -The sum of costs incurred for the proper performance of the Work as allowed by Article 15. 23. Defective - When applied to Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. Does not conform to the Contract Documents; b. Does not meet the requirements of applicable inspections, reference standards, tests, or approvals referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. Has been damaged or stolen prior to OAR's recommendation of final payment unless responsibility for the protection of the Work has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion 24. Designer - The individuals or entity named as Designer in the Agreement and the subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by Designer to provide design or other technical services to the Owner. Designer has responsibility for engineering or architectural design and technical issues related to the Contract Documents. Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers, Registered Architects or Registered Landscape Architects qualified to practice their profession in the State of Texas. 25. Drawings - The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work. Shop Drawings and other Contractor documents are not Drawings. 26. Effective Date of the Contract -The date indicated in the Agreement on which the City Manager or designee has signed the Contract. 27. Field Order-A document issued by OAR or Designer requiring changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 28. Hazardous Environmental Condition - The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site in quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed to Constituents of Concern. The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site necessary for the execution of the Work or to be incorporated in the Work is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition provided these Constituents of Concern are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract. 29. Indemnified Costs-All costs, losses,damages,and legal or other dispute resolution costs resulting from claims or demands against Owner. These costs include fees for engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals. 30. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations-Applicable laws,statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances,codes,and orders of governmental bodies,agencies,authorities,and courts having jurisdiction over the Project. 31. Liens - Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract related funds, real property, or personal property. General Conditions 007200-12 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 32. Milestone-A principal event in the performance of the Work that Contractor is required by Contract to complete by a specified date or within a specified period of time. 33. Modification - Change made to the Contract Documents by one of the following methods: a. Contract Amendment; b. Change Order; c. Field Order; or d. Work Change Directive. 34. Notice of Award-The notice of Owner's intent to enter into a contract with the Selected Bidder. 35. Notice to Proceed - A notice to Contractor of the Contract Times and the date Work is to begin. 36. Owner-The City of Corpus Christi (City), a Texas home-rule municipal corporation and political subdivision organized under the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager and designee, the City Engineer (the Director of Engineering Services), and the City's officers, employees, agents, or representatives, authorized to administer design and construction of the Project. 37. Owner's Authorized Representative or OAR -The individual or entity named as OAR in the Agreement and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide construction management services to the Owner. The OAR may be an employee of the Owner. 38. Owner's Project Team or OPT - The Owner, Owner's Authorized Representative, Resident Project Representative, Designer, and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide services to the Owner. 39. Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 40. Progress Schedule -A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. The Progress Schedule must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule. 41. Project - The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner under the Contract Documents. 42. Project Manual — That portion of the Contract Documents that may include the following: introductory information,solicitation requirements and responses, proposal, Contract forms and General and Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements, Specification, Drawings, Project Safety Manual and Addenda. 43. Resident Project Representative or RPR-The authorized representative of OPT assigned to assist OAR at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative includes assistants and field staff of the OAR. General Conditions 007200-13 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 44. Samples - Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship representing some portion of the Work that are used to establish the standards for that portion of the Work. 45. Schedule of Documents-A schedule of required documents, prepared and maintained by Contractor. 46. Schedule of Values - A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for Contractor's Applications for Payment. 47. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings,whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. 48. Site - Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed. The Site includes rights-of-way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use by the Contractor. 49. Specifications -The part of the Contract that describes the requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 50. Subcontractor-An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with other Subcontractors or Suppliers for the performance of a part of the Work. 51. Substantial Completion - The point where the Work or a specified part of the Work is sufficiently complete to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the Contract Documents. 52. Supplementary Conditions -The part of the Contract that amends or supplements the General Conditions. 53. Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with Subcontractors or other Suppliers to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work. 54. Technical Data-Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to either: a. Subsurface conditions at the Site; b. Physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; or C. Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. 55. Underground Facilities - All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, other similar facilities or appurtenances, and encasements containing these facilities which are used to convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 56. Unit Price Work-Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. General Conditions 007200-14 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 57. Work - The construction of the Project or its component parts as required by the Contract Documents. 58. Work Change Directive -A directive issued to Contractor on or after the Effective Date of the Contract ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. The Work Change Directive serves as a memorandum of understanding regarding the directive until a Change Order can be issued. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in this Paragraph 1.02 are not defined, but when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. It is understood that the cost for performing Work is included in the Contract Price and no additional compensation is to be paid by Owner unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. Expressions including or similar to "at no additional cost to Owner," "at Contractor's expense,"or similar words mean that the Contractor is to perform or provide specified operation of Work without an increase in the Contract Price. C. The terms"day"or"calendar day' mean a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. The meaning and intent of certain terms or adjectives are described as follows: 1. The terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed," or similar terms in the Contract Documents indicate an exercise of professional judgment by the OPT. 2. Adjectives including or similar to "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or similar adjectives are used to describe a determination of OPT regarding the Work. 3. Any exercise of professional judgment by the OPT will be made solely to evaluate the Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents unless there is a specific statement in the Contract Documents indicating otherwise. 4. The use of these or similar terms or adjectives does not assign a duty or give OPT authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or assign a duty or give authority to the OPT to undertake responsibilities contrary to the provisions of Articles 9 or 10 or other provisions of the Contract Documents. E. The use of the words "furnish," "install," "perform," and "provide" have the following meanings when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment: 1. Furnish means to supply and deliver the specified services, materials, or equipment to the Site or other specified location ready for use or installation. 2. Install means to complete construction or assembly of the specified services, materials, or equipment so they are ready for their intended use. 3. Perform or provide means to furnish and install specified services, materials, or equipment, complete and ready for their intended use. 4. Perform or provide the specified services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use if the Contract Documents require specific services, materials, or General Conditions 007200-15 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 equipment, but do not expressly use the words "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide." F. Contract Documents are written in modified brief style: 1. Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind, class, and type even though the word "all" is not stated. 2. Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the sentence. It is understood that the words "furnish," "install," "perform," "provide," or similar words include the meaning of the phrase "The Contractor shall..." before these words. 3. Unless specifically stated that action is to be taken by the OPT or others, it is understood that the action described is a requirement of the Contractor. G. Words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with this recognized meaning unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. H. Written documents are required where reference is made to notices, reports, approvals, consents, documents, statements, instructions, opinions or other types of communications required by the Contract Documents. Approval and consent documents must be received by Contractor prior to the action or decision for which approval or consent is given. These may be made in printed or electronic format through the OPT's project management information system or other electronic media as required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. I. Giving notice as required by the Contract Documents may be by printed or electronic media using a method that requires acknowledgment of the receipt of that notice. ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Provide required Bonds with the executed Agreement. B. Provide evidence of insurance required by the Contract Documents with the executed Agreement. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OPT is to furnish one fully executed Agreement (either electronic or printed) and one copy of the executed Contract Documents in electronic portable document format (PDF). This document is the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents. 2.03 Project Management System A. Owner shall administer its design and construction management through an internet-based project management system known as e-Builder. B. Contractor shall conduct all communication through and perform all project-related functions utilizing this project management system. This includes all correspondence, General Conditions 007200-16 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 submittals, requests for information, payment requests and processing, contract amendments, change orders, delivery orders and other administrative activities. C. Owner shall administer the software and provide training to Contractor's Team. 2.04 Before Starting Construction A. Provide the following preliminary documents in accordance with the Contract Documents within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract: 1. Progress Schedule,which must be a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule; 2. Schedule of Documents; and 3. Schedule of Values and projected cash flow information. 2.05 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Attend the preconstruction conference as required by the Contract Documents. B. Designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Contractor. These individuals must have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of the Contractor. C. Owner is to designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Owner and the limits of their authority with regard to acting on behalf of the Owner. ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. Requirements of components of the Contract Documents are as binding as if required by all Contract Documents. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OPT. 1. The Contract requirements described in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to Work regardless of where it is described in the Contract Documents, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. In offering a Bid for this Project and in entering into this Contract,Contractor represents: a. Contractor has studied the Contract Documents, the Work, the Site, local conditions, Laws and Regulations, and other conditions that may affect the Work; b. Contractor has studied the Technical Data and other information referred to in the Contract Documents and has or will make additional surveys and investigations as deemed necessary for the performance of the Work; c. Contractor has correlated these studies and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents; and d. Contractor has taken all of this information into consideration in developing the Contract Price offered and that the Contract Price offered provides full compensation for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-17 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 3. Organization of the Contract Documents is not intended to control or lessen the responsibility of the Contractor when dividing Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers, or to establish the extent of Work to be performed by trades, Subcontractors, or Suppliers. Specifications or details do not need to be indicated or specified in each Specification or Drawing. Items shown in the Contract Documents are applicable regardless of their location in the Contract Documents. 4. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in the Specifications are intended to aid in locating and recognizing various requirements of the Specifications. Titles do not define, limit, or otherwise restrict Specification text. S. Provide the labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents or not. Include these related costs in the offered Contract Price. B. Provide equipment that is functionally complete as described in the Contract Documents. The Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the installation of products purchased by the Owner or Contractor. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Designer through the OAR. C. Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two or more standards is specified and they establish different or conflicting requirements for the Work, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. D. Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the Project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the Drawings but are not included in the Specifications. E. The Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents governs if there is a discrepancy between the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents and subsequent electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents, including printed copies derived from these electronic or digital versions. F. The Contract supersedes all prior written or oral negotiations, representations, and agreements. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The Contract Documents may be modified only by a Modification. G. Request clarification from OAR for a decision before proceeding if Contractor is not clear on the meaning of the Contract Documents. OAR is to issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standard Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations: 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of technical societies, organizations, or associations, or to Laws or Regulations,whether specific or implied, are those in effect at the time Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-18 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2. No provision of referenced standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier changes the duties or responsibilities of OPT or Contractor from those described in the Contract Documents or assigns a duty to or gives authority to the OPT to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or undertake responsibilities inconsistent with the Contract Documents. 3. The provisions of the Contract Documents take precedence over standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. B. Comply with applicable construction industry standards, whether referenced or not. 1. Standards referenced in the Contract Documents govern over standards not referenced but recognized as applicable in the construction industry. 2. Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents if they produce a higher quality of Work than the applicable construction industry standards. 3. Designer determines whether a code or standard is applicable, which of several are applicable, or if the Contract Documents produce a higher quality of Work. C. Make copies of reference standards available if requested by OAR. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Carefully study the Drawings and verify pertinent figures and dimensions with respect to actual field measurements before undertaking the Work. Immediately report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor discovers or has actual knowledge of to the OAR. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. The exactness of existing grades, elevations, dimensions or locations given on any Drawings issued by Designer, or the work installed by other contractors, is not guaranteed by Owner. Contractor shall,therefore, satisfy itself as to the accuracy of all grades, elevations, dimensions and locations. Any errors due to Contractor's failure to verify at the site all such grades, elevations, dimensions or locations relating to such existing or other work shall be rectified by Contractor without any additional cost to Owner. 3. Immediately notify the OAR of conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents or discrepancies between the Contract Documents and: a. Applicable Laws or Regulations; b. Actual field conditions; c. Standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes; or d. Instructions of Suppliers. 4. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the General Conditions 007200-19 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. 5. Contractor is liable to the OPT for failure to report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor has actual knowledge. 6. Contractor is deemed to have included the most expensive item, system, procedure, etc. in the Contract Price if a conflict, error,ambiguity, or discrepancy in components of the Contract Documents was known, but not reported prior to submitting the Bid or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents A. Submit questions concerning the non-technical or contractual/administrative requirements of the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to provide an interpretation of the Contract Documents regarding these questions and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Submit questions regarding the design of the Project described in the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to request an interpretation of the Contract Documents from the Designer. Designer is to respond to these questions by providing an interpretation of the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OPT may initiate a Modification to the Contract Documents through the OAR if a response to the question indicates that a change in the Contract Documents is required. Contractor may appeal Designer's or OAR's interpretation by submitting a Change Proposal. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor's Team has no rights to the Contract Documents and may not use the Contract Documents, or copies or electronic media editions of the Contract Documents, other than for the construction of this Project. This provision survives final payment or termination of the Contract. B. Contractor is allowed to retain a copy of the Contract Documents for record purposes, unless specifically prohibited by the Owner for security reasons. Surrender paper and digital copies of the Contract Documents and other related documents and remove these documents from computer equipment or storage devices as a condition of final payment if the Owner so directs. ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times commence to run on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Begin performing the Work on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Do not begin Work prior to having the insurance required in Article 6 in force or before the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 007200-20 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 4.03 Progress Schedule A. Construct the Work in accordance with the Progress Schedule established in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Adjust the Progress Schedule as required to accurately reflect actual progress on the Work. 2. Submit proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that change the Contract Times in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Continue performing Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during disputes or disagreements with Owner. Do not delay or postpone Work pending resolution of disputes or disagreements, or during an appeal process. 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress A. No Damages for Delay: Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work,except in the case of direct interference with means and methods by the Owner. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to any compensation or recovery of any special damages in connection with any delays, including without limitation: consequential damages, lost opportunity costs, impact damages, or other similar damages. Owner's exercise of any of its rights or remedies under the Contract Documents (including without limitation ordering changes in the Work, or directing suspension, rescheduling, or correction of the Work), regardless of the extent or frequency of Owner's exercise of such rights or remedies, shall not be construed as active interference in the Contractor's performance of the Work. An extension of Contract Time, to the extent permitted, shall be the sole remedy of the Contractor for any acknowledged delays.Contractor agrees that the extension of time provides an equitable adjustment. B. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays, disruptions, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor's Team. C. No time extensions are allowed for weather conditions, other than those listed in Paragraph 4.04.D, for Projects using calendar days or a fixed date to establish the Contract Time. Contractor is to include the cost associated with weather related delays in the Contract Price and assumes the risks associated with delays related to weather conditions. D. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if Contractor's performance or progress is delayed,disrupted or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of OPT or Contractor. These adjustments in Contract Times are the Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. These unanticipated causes may include: 1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes e.g. fires, floods, hurricanes, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. Acts or failures to act of utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site; 3. Acts of war or terrorism; and 4. Rain days in excess of the number specified in a calendar year. General Conditions 007200-21 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 E. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the following are governed by Article 5: 1. The existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition; 2. An Underground Facility not shown or not indicated with reasonable accuracy by the Contract Documents; and 3. Hazardous Environmental Conditions. F. Article 8 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. G. Notify the OAR immediately of a potential delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Claims for adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Times that do not comply with Article 13 are waived. H. Contractor is only entitled to an adjustment of the Contract Times for specific delays, disruptions, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work that can be demonstrated to directly impact the ability of the Contractor to complete the Work within the Contract Times. No adjustments in Contract Times are allowed for delays on components of the Work which were or could have been completed without impacting the Contract Times. I. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of the Owner if this delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference attributable to or within the control of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 5—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner is to furnish the Site and inform the Contractor of encumbrances or restrictions known to Owner related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Provide for additional lands and access Contractor requires for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment, other than those identified in the Contract Documents. Provide documentation of authority to use these additional lands to OAR before using them. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment,and the operations of workers to the Site,adjacent areas that Owner or Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or agreements, and other adjacent areas as permitted by Laws and Regulations. Assume General Conditions 007200-22 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 full responsibility for damage or injuries which result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team, including: a. Damage to the Site; b. Damage to adjacent areas used for Contractor's Team's operations; C. Damage to other adjacent land or areas; and d. Injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of these lands or areas. 2. Take the following action if a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of adjacent land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team: a. Take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.09; and b. Attempt to settle the claim through negotiations with the owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by mediation or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports known to OPT of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Those drawings known to OPT of physical conditions related to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; and 3. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, and the results of tests performed on materials described in geotechnical data reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data, unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for this reliance on Technical Data,Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner with respect to: 1. The completeness of reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, or Contractor's safety precautions and programs; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Contractor's interpretation of or conclusions drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. General Conditions 007200-23 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notify OAR immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, after becoming aware of a subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site, and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any related Work that: 1. Establishes that the Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; 2. Requires a change in the Drawings or Specifications; 3. Differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. Is of an unusual nature and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb or perform Work related to this subsurface or physical condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12, until permission to do so is issued by OAR. B. OAR is to notify the OPT after receiving notice of a differing subsurface or physical condition from the Contractor. Designer is to: 1. Promptly review the subsurface or physical condition; 2. Determine the necessity of OPT's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect to the subsurface or physical condition; 3. Determine if the subsurface or physical condition falls within one or more of the differing Site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A; 4. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question; 5. Determine the need for changes in the Drawings or Specifications; and 6. Advise OPT of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. D. Possible Contract Price and Contract Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times to the extent that a differing subsurface or physical condition causes a change in Contractor's cost or time to perform the Work provided the condition falls within one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. General Conditions 007200-24 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of the subsurface or physical condition at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; b. The existence of the subsurface or physical condition could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or c. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of the OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. 4. A Change Order is to be issued by the OAR if Owner and Contractor agree that Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times and agree to the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OPT by the owners of these Underground Facilities or by others. OPT is not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of information or data provided by others that OPT makes available to Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for: 1. Investigating and field-verifying the location of underground facilities before beginning Work; 2. Reviewing and checking available information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; 3. Complying with Laws and Regulations related to locating Underground Facilities before beginning Work; 4. Locating Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; 5. Coordinating the Work with the owners, including Owner, of Underground Facilities during construction; and 6. The safety and protection of existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site and repairing damage resulting from the Work. B. Notify the OAR and the owner of the Underground Facility immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, if an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at the Site that was not shown in the Contract Documents or was not shown with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb conditions or perform Work affected by this discovery, except in the event of an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. General Conditions 007200-25 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 C. The Designer is to take the following action after receiving notice from the OAR: 1. Promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether the Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; 2. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with this Underground Facility; 3. Determine the extent to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and 4. Advise OAR of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations and provide revised Drawings and Specifications if required. D. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. E. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 to the extent that the existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. F. Contractor is not entitled an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to an existing Underground Facility at the Site if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; 2. The existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or 3. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.05.B. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility. 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports and drawings known to OPT relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions identified in the Supplementary General Conditions 007200-26 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Conditions, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for the reliance on expressly identified Technical Data,Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner's Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of these reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods,techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor or Contractor's safety precautions and programs related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. The results of tests performed on materials described in environmental reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Contractor is not responsible for removing or remediating Hazardous Environmental Conditions encountered, uncovered or revealed at the Site unless this removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. E. Contractor is responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing and remediating Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team and paying associated costs. 1. Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition and impose a set-off against payments to Contractor for associated costs if Contractor's Team creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition,and Contractor does not take acceptable action to remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition. 2. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. F. Immediately notify the OAR and take the following action if Contractor uncovers or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site or adjacent areas used by the Contractor's Team that was not created by the Contractor's Team: 1. Secure or otherwise isolate this condition; 2. Stop Work in affected areas or connected with the condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12; and 3. Do not resume Work in connection with the Hazardous Environmental Condition or in affected areas until after OPT has obtained required permits and OAR sends notice to the Contractor: a. Specifying that this condition and affected areas are or have been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or b. Specifying special conditions under which Work may be resumed safely. General Conditions 007200-27 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 4. Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by the Hazardous Environmental Condition to be deleted from the Work following the procedures in Article 11 if Contractor does not agree to: a. Resume the Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe; or b. Resume the Work under the special conditions provided by the OAR. 5. Owner may have this deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may impose a set-off if an agreement is not reached within 10 days of OAR's notice regarding the resumption of Work as to whether Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or on the amount or extent of adjustments resulting from this Work stoppage or special conditions under which Contractor agrees to resume Work. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds are to remain in effect until 1 year after the date of final payment. Furnish other Bonds as required by the Contract Documents. B. Bonds furnished by the Contractor must meet the requirements of Texas Insurance Code Chapter 3503, Texas Government Code Chapter 2253, and all other applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Notify OAR immediately if the surety on Bonds furnished by Contractor: 1. Is declared bankrupt, or becomes insolvent; 2. Has its right to do business in Texas terminated; or 3. Ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 6.02. Provide a Bond and surety which comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.02 within 20 days after the event giving rise to this notification. D. Contractor is to use amounts paid by Owner to Contractor under the Contract for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims against the Payment Bond. E. Notify the OAR of claims filed against the Payment Bond. Notify the claimant and OAR of undisputed amounts and the basis for challenging disputed amounts when a claimant has satisfied the conditions prescribed by Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Promptly pay undisputed amount. F. Owner is not liable for payment of costs or expenses of claimants under the Payment Bond. Owner has no obligations to pay, give notice or take other action to claimants under the Payment Bond. General Conditions 007200-28 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 G. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain required Bonds. H. OPT will provide a copy of the Payment Bond to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or entities claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work that request this information in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. 6.02 Licensed Sureties A. Provide Bonds in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents from sureties named in the list of"Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. B. Provide Bonds required by the Contract Documents from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized to provide bonds in the State of Texas. 6.03 Required Minimum Insurance Coverage A. Obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions. B. Deliver evidence of insurance in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions to the Owner to demonstrate that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Provide copies of these certificates to each named insured and additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise. 6.04 General Insurance Provisions A. Provide insurance coverages and limits meeting the requirements for insurance in accordance with this Article 6 and the Supplementary Conditions. B. Provide endorsements to the policies as outlined in this Article. C. Obtain insurance from companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Provide insurance from companies that have an A.M. Best rating of A-VIII or better. D. Furnish copies of endorsements and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles upon request by OPT or any named insured or additional insured. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any endorsement furnished under this Contract. E. The name and number of the Project must be referenced on the certificate of insurance. F. OPT's failure to demand such certificates or other evidence of the Contractor's full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided is not a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to obtain and maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. G. Notify the Owner if the Contractor fails to purchase or maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not be allowed to perform any Work on the General Conditions 007200-29 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Project until the required insurance policies are in effect. A Certificate of Liability Insurance shall be submitted to the OPT. H. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 18 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain the required insurance. I. Owner does not represent that the insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract are adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor's interests. J. The required insurance and insurance limits do not limit the Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents. K. Provide for an endorsement that the "other insurance" clause shall not apply to the OPT where the OPT is an additional insured shown on the policy. Contractor's insurance is primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the OPT for liability arising out of operations under this Contract. L. Include the Owner and list the other members of the OPT and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds on all policies with the exception of the workers' compensation policy and Contractor's professional liability policy. 6.05 Contractor's Insurance A. Purchase and maintain workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance for: 1. Claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. Obtain workers' compensation coverage through a licensed insurance company in accordance with Texas law and written on a policy and endorsements approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. Provide insurance in amounts to meet all workers' compensation obligations. Provide an "All Other States" endorsement if Contractor is not domiciled in Texas and policy is not written in accordance with Texas Department of Insurance rules. 2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. 3. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor. The expected coverage is that which would be included in a commercially available ISO Commercial General Liability policy and should provide coverage on an occurrence basis, against: 1. Claims for damages because of bodily injury,sickness or disease,or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 2. Claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained; 3. By any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor; and General Conditions 007200-30 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 4. Claims for damages,other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including any resulting loss of use. C. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability policy that is written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage as required in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. Insurance is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. Furnish evidence of the continuation of this insurance at final payment and again each year for 3 years after final payment to Owner and each named insured or additional insured. a. If required by the Supplementary Conditions, provide and maintain Installation Floater insurance for property under the care, custody, or control of Contractor. Provide Installation Floater insurance that is a broad form or "All Peril" policy providing coverage for all materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work. 1) Provide coverage under the Contractor's Installation Floater that includes: a) Faulty or Defective workmanship, materials, maintenance, or construction; b) Cost to remove Defective or damaged Work from the Site or to protect it from loss or damage; c) Cost to cleanup and remove pollutants; d) Coverage for testing and startup; e) Any loss to property while in transit; f) Any loss at the Site; g) Any loss while in storage, both on and off the Site; and h) Any loss to temporary Project Works if their value is included in the Contract Price. 2) Coverage cannot be contingent on an external cause or risk or limited to property for which the Contractor is legally liable. Provide limits of insurance adequate to cover the value of the installation. Pay any deductible carried under this coverage and assume responsibility for claims on materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work while in transit or in storage. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage for Contractor's contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.14, and all other contractual indemnity obligations of Contractor in the Contract Documents. Industry standard ISO Contractual Liability coverage will meet this obligation. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground explosion and collapse coverage. General Conditions 007200-31 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Endorsement CG 2032, "Additional Insured - Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured" or its equivalent. D. Purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. E. For Projects with a Contract Value that exceeds$5,000,000, purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer's liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Provide coverage that is at least as broad as all underlying policies. Provide a policy that provides first-dollar liability coverage as needed. F. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability and automobile liability policies that: 1. Are written on an occurrence basis; 2. Include the individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds; 3. Include coverage for Owner as defined in Article 1; and 4. Provide primary coverage for all claims covered by the policies, including those arising from both ongoing and completed operations. G. Purchase and maintain insurance coverage for third-party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs that result from Hazardous Environmental Conditions which result from Contractor's operations and completed operations. Provide Contractor's pollution liability insurance that includes long-term environmental impacts for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants and is not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. The completed operations coverage is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. The policy must name OPT and any other individuals and entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds. H. Purchase and maintain applicable professional liability insurance, or have Subcontractors and Suppliers do so, if Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract. I. The policies of insurance required by this Article must: 1. Include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article or the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations,whichever is greater. 2. Contain a provision that coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor, Owner, and all named insureds and additional insureds. 3. Remain in effect at all times when Contractor is performing Work or is at the Site to conduct tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 4. Be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims resulting from the Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether performed by Contractor, General Conditions 007200-32 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Subcontractor, Supplier, anyone directly or indirectly employed or retained by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met directly by those policies and may not rely on excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies to meet the coverage requirement. 6.06 Property Insurance A. Purchase and maintain builder's risk insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost of the Project. This policy is subject to the deductible amounts requirements in this Article and the Supplementary Conditions or those required by Laws and Regulations and must comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.09. This insurance shall: 1. Include the OPT,Contractor,and all Subcontractors,and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, as named insureds. 2. Be written on a builder's risk "all risk" policy form that includes insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and insures against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by this Section. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder's risk, by endorsement or otherwise, this insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. Cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property. 4. Cover materials and equipment in transit or stored prior to being incorporated in the Work. 5. Cover Owner-furnished or assigned property. 6. Allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner. 7. Allow for the waiver of the insurer's subrogation rights as set forth below. 8. Provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 9. Not include a co-insurance clause. 10. Include a broad exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any Defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 11. Include testing and startup. 12. Be maintained in effect until the Work as a whole is complete, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and Contractor. General Conditions 007200-33 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 B. Evidence of insurance provided must contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each named insured. C. Pay for costs not covered by the policy deductible. D. Notify builder's risk insurance provider if Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. Maintain the builder's risk insurance in effect during this Partial Occupancy or Use. E. Contractor may purchase other special insurance to be included in or to supplement the builder's risk or property insurance policies provided under this Article and the Supplementary Conditions. F. Contractor, Subcontractors, or employees of the Contractor or a Subcontractor owning property items, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property not expressly covered in the insurance required by the Contract Documents are responsible for providing their own insurance. 6.07 Waiver of Rights A. Insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the additional insureds identified in the Supplementary Conditions. B. All policies purchased in accordance with this Article are to contain provisions to the effect that the insurers have no rights of recovery against OPT, named insureds or additional insureds in the event of a payment for loss or damage. Contractor and insurers waive all rights against the Owner's Indemnities for losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by these policies and any other applicable property insurance. None of these waivers extend to the rights Contractor has to the proceeds of insurance as trustee. C. Contractor is responsible for assuring that agreements with Subcontractors contain provisions that the Subcontractor waive all rights against Owner,Contractor, named insureds and additional insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them,for all losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder's risk insurance and other property insurance. 6.08 Owner's Insurance for Project A. Owner is not responsible for purchasing and maintaining any insurance to protect the interest of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work. The stated limits of insurance required are minimum only. Determine the limits that are adequate. These limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits. In any event, Contractor is fully responsible for all losses arising out of, resulting from, or connected with operations under this Contract whether or not these losses are covered by insurance. The acceptance of evidence of insurance bythe OPT, named insureds,or additional insureds does not release the Contractor from compliance with the insurance requirements of the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-34 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 6.09 Acceptable Evidence of Insurance A. Provide evidence of insurance acceptable to the Owner with the executed Contract Documents. Provide the following as evidence of insurance: 1. Certificates of Insurance on an acceptable form; 2. Riders or endorsements to policies; and 3. Policy limits and deductibles. B. Provide a list of"Additional Insureds" for each policy. C. Provide evidence that waivers of subrogation are provided on all applicable policies. D. Provide evidence of requirements for 30 days' notice before cancellation or any material change in the policy's terms and conditions, limits of coverage, or change in deductible amount. 6.10 Certificate of Insurance A. Submit Certificates of Insurance meeting the following requirements: 1. Form has been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101; or 2. Form is a standard form deemed approved by the Department under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101. 3. No requirements of this Contract may be interpreted as requiring the issuance of a certificate of insurance on a certificate of insurance form that has not first been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. B. Include the name of the Project in the description of operations box on the certificate of insurance. 6.11 Insurance Policies A. If requested by the Owner, make available for viewing a copy of insurance policies, declaration pages and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. B. Contractor may block out (redact) any proprietary information or confidential premium pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this Contract. 6.12 Continuing Evidence of Coverage A. Provide updated, revised, or new evidence of insurance in accordance this Article and the Supplementary Conditions prior to the expiration of existing policies. B. Provide evidence of continuation of insurance coverage at final payment and for the following 3 years. 6.13 Notices Regarding Insurance A. Notices regarding insurance are to be sent to the Owner at the following address: General Conditions 007200-35 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of Corpus Christi— Engineering Attn: Construction Contract Admin. P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi,TX 78469-9277 B. Submit questions regarding insurance requirements to the Construction Contract Administrator by calling 361-826-3530. 6.14 Texas Workers' Compensation Insurance Required Notice A. Definitions: 1. Certificate of coverage ("certificate") -A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the Project. 2. Duration of the Project-includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the Contractor's/person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. 3. Persons providing services on the Project ("Subcontractor" in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project,the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period,file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and General Conditions 007200-36 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known,of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The Contractor shall post on each Project Site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,to: 1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements,which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: a. A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b. A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by this section, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of General Conditions 007200-37 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the Contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Supervise, inspect, and direct the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor is solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. Provide a competent resident superintendent acceptable to the OPT. The resident superintendent or acceptable qualified assistant is to be present at all times when Work is being done. Do not replace this resident superintendent except under extraordinary circumstances. Provide a replacement resident superintendent equally competent to the previous resident superintendent if replacement is required. Notify the Owner prior to replacing the resident superintendent and obtain Owner's consent to the change in superintendent. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform Work to complete the Project. Maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. Regular working hours are between sunrise and sundown Monday through Saturday unless other times are specifically authorized in writing by OAR. C. Do not perform Work on a Sunday or legal holiday without OAR's consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: Holiday Date Observed New Year's Day January 1 Martin Luther King Jr Day Third Monday in January Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November General Conditions 007200-38 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Holiday Date Observed Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 D. If a legal holiday falls on a Saturday, it will be observed the preceding Friday. If a legal holiday falls on a Sunday, it will be observed the following Monday. E. Pay additional cost incurred by Owner for services of the OAR or RPR to observe Work constructed outside of regular working hours. OAR will issue a Set-off in the Application for Payment for this cost per Paragraph 17.01.13 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Provide services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not these items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. Provide new materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Provide special warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents. Provide satisfactory evidence, including reports of required tests, as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment as required by the Contract Documents or as requested by the OAR. C. Store, apply, install, connect, erect, protect, use, clean, and condition materials and equipment in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. All Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor must retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required to do so by the Contract Documents. C. Submit a list of proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers to OAR prior to entering into binding subcontracts or purchase orders. These proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers are deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within 30 days after receiving this list. Under no circumstances shall any Subcontractor debarred under Chapter 41 of The Code of Ordinances, City of Corpus Christi, be deemed acceptable to Owner. D. Contractor is not required to retain Subcontractors,Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to furnish or perform part of the Work after the Effective Date of the Contract if Contractor has reasonable objection. E. Owner may require the replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities retained by the Contractor. Provide an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements, subject to Contractor's reasonable objections. General Conditions 007200-39 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 F. Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities required by Owner. The Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time with respect to replacement of any individual deemed unsuitable by the OPT. Notify OAR immediately if a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entity increases the Contract Price or Contract Times. Initiate a Change Proposal for the adjustment within 10 days of Owner's notice to replace a Subcontractor,Supplier,or other entity retained by Contractor to perform part of the Work. Do not make the replacement until the change in Contract Price or Contract Times has been accepted by the Owner if Change Proposal is to be submitted. G. Owner's initial acceptance of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities, or their replacements, does not constitute a waiver of the obligation of the Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. Maintain a current and complete list of Subcontractors and Suppliers that are to perform or furnish part of the Work. I. Contractor is fully responsible for the acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. J. Contractor is solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. K. Require Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work to communicate with OPT through Contractor. L. Contracts between the Contractor and their Subcontractors or Suppliers may specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents if they choose to not bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to applicable terms or conditions of the Contract Documents. 1. All Subcontractors employed on this Project must be required to obtain Workers' Compensation Insurance. 2. Proof of this insurance will be required prior to the start of any Work. M. OPT may furnish information about amounts paid to Contractor for Work provided by Subcontractors or Suppliers to the entity providing the Work. N. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. Creates a contractual relationship between members of the OPT and members of the Contractor's Team. 2. Creates an obligation on the part of the Owner to pay or to see to the payment of money due members of the Contractor's Team, except as may be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Pay license fees, royalties, and costs incident to the use of inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the performance of the Work, or to incorporate these inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the Work. The Contract Documents identify inventions, General Conditions 007200-40 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 designs, processes, products, or devices OPT knows are patented or copyrighted by others or that its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of a license fee or royalty to others. Contractor is to include the cost associated with the use of patented or copyrighted products or processes, whether specified or selected by the Contractor, in the Contract Price. B. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to infringement of patent rights and copyrights are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. 7.06 Permits A. Obtain and pay for construction permits and licenses. OPT is to assist Contractor in obtaining permits and licenses when required to do so by applicable Laws and Regulations. Pay governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time the Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. This Project is not exempt from City permits and fees unless expressly stated otherwise. 7.07 Taxes A. Contractor is responsible for all taxes and duties arising out of the Work. The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any city or state sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Contractor is responsible for including in the Contract Price any applicable sales and use taxes and is responsible for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State Comptroller. Pay sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations. B. The Owner is exempt from the Federal Transportation and Excise Tax. Contractor must comply with all federal regulations governing the exemptions. C. Products incorporated into the Work are exempt from state sales tax according to the provisions of Subchapter H, Chapter 151, of the Texas Tax Code. D. Contractor may not include any amounts for sales, use, or similar taxes for which the Owner is exempt in the Contract Price or any proposed Change Order or Application for Payment. E. Obtain tax exemption certificates or other documentation necessary to establish Owner's exemption from such taxes. 7.08 Laws and Regulations A. Give required notices and comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with Laws or Regulations except where expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Pay costs resulting from actions taken by Contractor that are contrary to Laws or Regulations. Contractor is not responsible for determining that the design aspects of the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations. This does not relieve Contractor of its obligations under Paragraph 3.03. General Conditions 007200-41 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of changes in Laws or Regulations that may affect the cost or time of performance of the Work, including: 1. Changes in Laws or Regulations affecting procurement of permits; and 2. Sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes which come into effect after Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may initiate a Claim within 30 days of this notice if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent of adjustments in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from these changes. 7.09 Safety and Protection A. Contractor is solely responsible for initiating,maintaining,and supervising safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. This responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. B. Take necessary precautions for the safety of persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work, and provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work, whether stored on or off Site; and 2. Other property at or adjacent to the Site, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. C. Comply with applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety and protection of persons or property. Erect and maintain necessary safeguards for safety and protection. Notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site when prosecution of the Work may affect them. Cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. 1. Comply with requirements of Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act, Texas Utilities Code Chapter 251. 2. Comply with all applicable safety rules and regulations of the Federal Occupational Health and Safety Act of 1970 and subsequent amendments (OSHA). D. Remedy damage, injury, or loss to property referred to in Paragraph 7.09.B caused by Contractor's Team. Pay remediation costs unless the damage or loss is: 1. Attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents; 2. Attributable to acts or omissions of OPT; or 3. Not attributable to the actions or failure to act of the Contractor's Team. E. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site continues until Work is completed and resumes whenever Contractor's Team returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations or to conduct other tasks. General Conditions 007200-42 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 F. Comply with the applicable requirements of the Owner's safety program if required to do so in the Supplementary Conditions. A copy of the Owner's safety program will be provided in the Bidding Documents. 7.10 Safety Representative A. Provide a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities are the prevention of accidents and maintaining and supervising safety programs. 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs A. Coordinate the exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.12 Emergencies A. Act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss in emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site. Notify OAR immediately if Contractor believes that significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused or are required as a result of this need to act. A Modification is to be issued by OAR if OPT determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to this emergency. 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not Defective. Owner is entitled to rely on Contractor's warranty and guarantee. Assume and bear responsibility for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. This Contractor's warranty and guarantee excludes defects or damage caused by improper maintenance or operation, abuse, or modification by OPT; or normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete Work in accordance with the Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following constitute an acceptance of Defective Work or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by OPT; 2. Recommendation by OAR to pay or payment by Owner of progress or final payments; 3. The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion; 4. Use or occupancy of part of the Work by Owner; 5. Review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; 6. Inspections,tests, or approvals by others; or General Conditions 007200-43 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 7. Correction of Defective Work by Owner. D. The Contract Documents may require the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract between the Owner and a contractor or supplier. The specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations contained in an assigned contract govern with respect to Contractor's performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in an assigned contract. 7.14 INDEMNIFICATION A. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney's fees or dispute resolution costs, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work and/or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the contract, violations of Laws or Regulations, or bodily injury, death or destruction of tangible property caused by the acts, omissions or negligence of the Contractor's Team, regardless of whether such claim, damage, loss or expense is alleged to be caused in part by an Owner hereunder, subject to the Owner's defenses and liability limits under the Texas Tort Claims Act. However, nothing herein shall be construed to require Contractor to indemnify an Owner against a claim, loss, damage or expense caused by the sole negligence of an Owner. B. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs, arising out of or relating to: (i) the failure to control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team or a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor's Team, (ii) Contractor's Team's action or inaction related to damages, delays, disruptions or interference with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, or (iii) the correction of Defective Work. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to indemnify the Owner from the consequences of the Owner's sole negligence. c. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner from and against Indemnified Costs resulting from infringement on patent rights or copyrights by Contractor's Team. General Conditions 007200-44 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 D. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 are not limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for members of the Contractor's Team or other individuals or entities under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts in claims against Owner by an employee or the survivor or personal representative of employee of Contractor's Team. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 shall not be deemed to be released,waived or modified in any respect by reason of any surety or insurance provided by Contractor. E. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 do not extend to the liability of Designer arising out of the preparation of the Contract Documents or giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, to the extent they are obligated to do so if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. F. Notify the other party within 10 days if Owner or Contractor receives notice of any claim or circumstances that could give rise to an indemnified loss. The notice must include the following: 1. A description of the indemnification event in reasonable detail; 2. The basis on which indemnification may be due; and 3. The anticipated amount of the indemnified loss. This notice does not stop or prevent Owner from later asserting a different basis for indemnification or a different amount of indemnified loss than that indicated in the initial notice. Owner does not waive any rights to indemnification except to the extent that Contractor is prejudiced, suffers loss, or incurs expense because of the delay if Owner does not provide this notice within the 10-day period. G. Defense of Indemnification Claims: 1. Assume the defense of the claim with counsel chosen by the Contractor and pay related costs, unless Owner decides otherwise. Contractor's counsel must be acceptable to Owner. Control the defense and any negotiations to settle the claim. Advise Owner as to its defense of the claim within 10 days after being notified of the indemnification request. Owner may assume and control the defense if Contractor does not assume the defense. Pay all defense expenses of the Owner as an indemnified loss. 2. Owner may retain separate counsel to participate in, but not control, the defense and any settlement negotiations if Contractor defends the claim. Contractor may not settle the claim without the consent or agreement of Owner. Contractor may settle the claim with Owner's consent and agreement unless it: a. Would result in injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or otherwise require Owner to comply with restrictions or limitations that adversely affect Owner; b. Would require Owner to pay amounts that Contractor does not fund in full; or c. Would not result in Owner's full and complete release from all liability to the plaintiffs or claimants who are parties to or otherwise bound by the settlement. 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor is not required to provide professional design services unless these services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless these General Conditions 007200-45 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. Contractor is not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. B. The Contract Documents specify performance and design criteria related to systems, materials or equipment if professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor. These services or certifications must be provided by the licensed Texas Professional Engineer or Registered Architect who prepares, signs, and seals drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other documents. C. OPT is entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by Contractor's design professionals, provided OPT has specified to Contractor the performance and design criteria that these services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.15, Designer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the performance and design criteria given and the design concepts expressed in the Contract Documents. Designer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other documents is only for the purpose stated in the Contract Documents. E. Contractor is not responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by OPT. Advise OPT if the performance or design criteria are known or considered likely to be inadequate or otherwise deficient. ARTICLE 8—OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. Owner may arrange for other work at or adjacent to the Site which is not part of the Contractor's Work. This other work may be performed by Owner's employees or through other contractors. Utility owners may perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. Include costs associated with coordinating with entities performing other work or associated with connecting to this other work in the Contract Price if this other work is shown in the Contract Documents. B. OPT is to notify Contractor of other work prior to starting the work and provide any knowledge they have regarding the start of utility work at or adjacent to the Site to Contractor. C. Provide other contractors: 1. Proper and safe access to the Site; 2. Reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment; and 3. Reasonable opportunity to execute their work. D. Provide cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work required to properly connect or integrate with other work. Do not endanger the work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the work of others without the consent of OAR and the others whose work will be affected. General Conditions 007200-46 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 E. Inspect the work of others and immediately notify OAR if the proper execution of part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others and this work has not been performed or is unsuitable for the proper execution of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to notify the OAR constitutes an acceptance of this other work as acceptable for integration with Contractor's Work. This acceptance does not apply to latent defects or deficiencies in the work of others. F. Take adequate measures to prevent damages, delays, disruptions, or interference with the work of Owner, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.02 Coordination A. Owner has sole authority and responsibility for coordination of this other work unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The Owner is to identify the entity with authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities of the various contractors, the limitations of their authority, and the work to be coordinated prior to the start of other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. Contractor may be entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times if, while performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the OPT or other contractor retained by the City: 1. Damages the Work or property of Contractor's Team; 2. Delays, disrupts, or interferes with the execution of the Work; or 3. Increases the scope or cost of performing the Work through their actions or inaction. B. Notify the OAR immediately of the event leading to a potential Change Proposal so corrective action can be taken. Submit the Change Proposal within 30 days of the event if corrective action has not adequately mitigated the impact of the actions or inactions of others. Information regarding this other work in the Contract Documents is used to determine if the Contractor is entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes in Contract Price require that Contractor assign rights against the other contractor to Owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Changes in Contract Times require that the time extension is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. Take prompt corrective action if Contractor's Team damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site or agree to compensate other contractors or utility owners for correcting the damage. Promptly attempt to settle claims with other contractors or utility owners if Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of other contractors or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. D. Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor and assign the Owner's contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations described in this Paragraph 8.03 to other contractors if damages, delays, disruptions, or interference occur. General Conditions 007200-47 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 E. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to damages, delays,disruptions, and interference with other work at the Site are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. ARTICLE 9—OWNER'S AND OPT'S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. OPT issues communications to Contractor through OAR except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members A. Owner may replace members of the OPT at its discretion. 9.03 Furnish Data A. OPT is to furnish the data required of OPT under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner is to make payments to Contractor when due as described in Article 17. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties with respect to providing lands and easements are described in Paragraph 5.01. OPT will make copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site available to Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.03. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to purchasing and maintaining insurance are described in Article 6. 9.07 Modifications A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to Modifications are described in Article 11. 9.08 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals A. OPT's responsibility with respect to certain inspections,tests, and approvals are described in Paragraph 16.02. 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities A. The OPT does not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, and is not responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or related safety precautions and programs, or for failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-48 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OPT's responsibility for undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions is described in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program A. Contractor is to inform the OPT of its safety programs and OPT is to comply with the specific applicable requirements of this program. 9.12 Plans and Specifications A. Owner does not warrant the plans and specification. ARTICLE 10—OAR'S AND DESIGNER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner's Representative A. OAR is Owner's representative. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of OAR as Owner's representative are described in the Contract Documents. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Designer is to make periodic visits to the Site to observe the progress and quality of the Work. Designer is to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents based on observations made during these visits. Designer is not required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Designer is to inform the OPT of issues or concerns and OAR is to work with Contractor to address these issues or concerns. Designer's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on Designer's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. B. OAR is to observe the Work to check the quality and quantity of Work, implement Owner's quality assurance program, and administer the Contract as Owner's representative as described in the Contract Documents. OAR's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on OAR's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.03 Resident Project Representatives A. Resident Project Representatives assist OAR in observing the progress and quality of the Work at the Site. The limitations on Resident Project Representatives' authority and responsibility are described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. OPT has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 16. OAR is to issue a Defective Work Notice to Contractor and document when Defective Work has been corrected or accepted in accordance with Article 16. General Conditions 007200-49 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments A. Designer's authority related to Shop Drawings and Samples are described in the Contract Documents. B. Designer's authority related to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services are described in Paragraph 7.15. C. OAR and Designer's authority related to Modifications is described in Article 11. D. OAR's authority related to Applications for Payment is described in Articles 15 and 17. 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. OAR is to render decisions regarding non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Designer is to render decisions regarding the conformance of the Work to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will render a decision to either correct the Defective Work or accept the Work under the provisions of Paragraph 16.04 if Work does not conform to the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. Contractor may appeal Designer's decision by submitting a Change Proposal if Contractor does not agree with the Designer's decision. 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities A. OPT is not responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor's Team. No actions or failure to act, or decisions made in good faith to exercise or not exercise the authority or responsibility available under the Contract Documents creates a duty in contract, tort, or otherwise of the OPT to the Contractor or members of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 11—AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS;CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be modified by a Contract Amendment, Change Order, Work Change Directive, or Field Order. 1. Contract Amendment: Owner and Contractor may modify the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents without the recommendation of the Designer using a Contract Amendment. A Contract Amendment may be used for: a. Changes that do not involve: 1) The performance or acceptability of the Work; 2) The design as described in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise; or 3) Other engineering, architectural or technical matters. b. Authorizing new phases of the Work and establishing the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work when using phased construction or purchasing Goods and Special Services to be incorporated into the Project. General Conditions 007200-50 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2. Change Order: All changes to the Contract Documents that include a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times for previously authorized Work, or changes to the Work requiring Designer's approval must be made by a Change Order. A Change Order may also be used to establish modifications of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. 3. Work Change Directive: A Work Change Directive does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the modifications ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations on the Contract Price and Contract Times. If negotiations under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 are unsuccessful, Contractor must submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive. 4. Field Order: Designer may require minor changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or Contract Times using a Field Order. OAR may issue a Field Order for non-technical, administrative issues. Submit a Change Proposal if Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times before proceeding with the Work described in the Field Order. B. Perform added or revised Work under the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents for the same or similar Work unless different Drawings, Specifications or directions are provided in the Modification. 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work A. Owner may order additions, deletions,or revisions in the Work at any time as recommended by the Designer to the extent the change: 1. Involves the design as described in the Contract Documents; 2. Involves acceptance of the Work; or 3. Involves other engineering, architectural or technical matters. B. These changes may be authorized by a Modification. Proceed with the Work involved or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, immediately cease construction activities with respect to the deleted Work upon receipt of the Modification. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to undertake Work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor's safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor is not entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.12, or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 16.05. General Conditions 007200-51 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 B. Contractor is responsible for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the variations are specifically approved by Change Order. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price for authorized Work can only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price is to be determined as follows: 1. By applying unit prices to the quantities of the items involved, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03, where the Work involved is covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; 2. By a mutually agreed lump sum where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; or 3. Payment on the basis of the Cost of the Work determined as provided in Paragraph 15.01 plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit determined as provided in Paragraph 15.05 when the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach a mutual agreement to a lump sum. C. The original Contract Price may not be increased by more than 25 percent or the limit set out in Texas Local Government Code 252.048 or its successor statute, whichever is greater. Owner may decrease the Work by up to 25 percent of the Contract Price. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times for authorized Work can only be changed by Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Article 13. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times is subject to the limitations described in Paragraph 4.04. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal in accordance with Article 12 to the OAR to: 1. Request an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Appeal an initial decision by OPT concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Contest a set-off against payment due; or 4. Seek other relief under the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-52 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 B. Notify the OAR within 3 days if a Change Proposal is to be submitted. Submit each Change Proposal to OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor are to execute Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, which are agreed to by Owner and Contractor, including undisputed sums or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; 2. Changes in Contract Price resulting from Owner set-offs unless the set-off has been successfully challenged by Contractor; 3. Changes in the Work which are: a. Ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02.A, b. Required because Defective Work was accepted under Paragraph 16.04 or Owner's correction of Defective Work under Paragraph 16.07, or c. Agreed to by the Owner and Contractor; and 4. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes under Paragraph 11.06 or Article 13. B. Acceptance of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes a full accord and satisfaction for any and all claims and costs of any kind, whether direct or indirect, including but not limited to impact, delay or acceleration damages arising from the subject matter of the Change Order. Each Change Order must be specific and final as to prices and extensions of time, with no reservations or other provisions allowing for future additional money or time as a result of the particular changes identified and fully compensated in the Change Order. The execution of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes conclusive evidence of Contractor's agreement to the ordered changes in the Work. This Contract, as amended, forever releases any claim against Owner for additional time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the Work included within or affected by the executed Change Order. This release applies to claims related to the cumulative impact of all Change Orders and to any claim related to the effect of a change on unchanged Work. C. All Change Orders require approval by either the City Council or Owner by administrative action. The approval process requires a minimum of 45 days after submission in final form with all supporting data. Receipt of Contractor's submission by Owner constitutes neither acceptance nor approval of a Change Order, nor a warranty that the Change Order will be authorized by City Council or administrative action. The time required for the approval process may not be considered a delay and no extensions to the Contract Times or increase in the Contract Price will be considered or granted as a result of the process. Contractor may proceed with Work if a Work Change Directive is issued. D. If the Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07, the Change Order is deemed to be in full force as if executed by Contractor. Contractor may file a Claim for payment and/or time, pursuant to Article 13. General Conditions 007200-53 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 11.08 Notice to Surety A. Notify the surety of Modifications affecting the general scope of the Work, changes in the provisions of the Contract Documents,or changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Adjust the amount of each Bond when Modifications change the Contract Price. ARTICLE 12—CHANGE MANAGEMENT 12.01 Requests for Change Proposal A. Designer will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP). 1. Designer will prepare a description of proposed Modifications. 2. Designer will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Contractor. A number will be assigned to the Request for a Change Proposal when issued. 3. Return a Change Proposal in accordance with Paragraph 12.02 to the Designer for evaluation by the OPT. 12.02 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal (CP) to the Designer for Contractor initiated changes in the Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal. A Change Proposal must be submitted to the OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. 1. Use the Change Proposal form provided. 2. Assign a number to the Change Proposal when issued. 3. Include with the Change Proposal: a. A complete description of the proposed Modification if Contractor initiated or proposed changes to the OPT's description of the proposed Modification. b. The reason the Modification is requested, if not in response to a Request for a Change Proposal. c. A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change if the Modification requires a change in Contract Price. The itemized breakdown is to include: 1) List of materials and equipment to be installed; 2) Man hours for classification; 3) Equipment used in construction; 4) Consumable supplies,fuels, and materials; 5) Royalties and patent fees; 6) Bonds and insurance; 7) Overhead and profit; 8) Field office costs; and 9) Other items of cost. General Conditions 007200-54 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 d. Provide the level of detail outlined in the paragraph above for each Subcontractor or Supplier actually performing the Work if Work is to be provided by a Subcontractor or Supplier. Indicate appropriate Contractor mark-ups for Work provided through Subcontractors and Suppliers. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for self-performed Work. e. Submit Change Proposals that comply with Article 15 for Cost of Work. f. Provide a revised schedule. Show the effect of the change on the Project Schedule and the Contract Times. B. Submit a Change Proposal to the OAR to request a Field Order. C. A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Contract Documents. D. Request changes to products in accordance with Article 25. 12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification A. OAR is to advise OPT regarding the Change Proposal. OPT is to review each Change Proposal and Contractor's supporting data, and within 30 days after receipt of the documents, direct the OAR to either approve or deny the Change Proposal in whole or in part. OAR is to issue a Change Order for an approved Change Proposal. The Contractor may deem the Change Proposal to be denied if OAR does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days and start the time for appeal of the denial under Article 13. 1. Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Contractor for execution with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. A Work Change Directive may be issued if Work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment can be authorized by the Owner. 2. Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be approved by the Owner. a. Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed at the Contractor's risk. b. No payment will be made for Work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments until approved by the Owner. B. The Contractor may be informed that the Request for a Change Proposal is not approved and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 12.04 Substitutions A. The products of the listed Suppliers are to be furnished where Specifications list several manufacturers but do not specifically list "or equal" or "or approved equal" products. Use of any products other than those specifically listed is a substitution. Follow these procedures for a substitution. B. Substitutions are defined as any product that the Contractor proposes to provide for the Project in lieu of the specified product. Submit a Change Proposal per Paragraph 12.02 along with a Shop Drawing as required by Article 25 to request approval of a substitution. General Conditions 007200-55 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 C. Prove that the product is acceptable as a substitute. It is not the Designer's responsibility to prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute. 1. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is acceptable to meet the intent of the Contract Documents requirements. 2. Make a direct comparison with the specified Suppliers published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the documents submitted. 3. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed substitute product is final. D. Provide a written certification that, in making the substitution request,the Contractor: 1. Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the substituted product as specified or as would be provided by the manufacturer of the specified product. 3. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. 4. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. E. Pay for review of substitutions in accordance with Article 25. ARTICLE 13—CLAIMS 13.01 Claims A. Follow the Claims process described in this Article for the following disputes between Owner and Contractor: 1. Seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Contesting an initial decision by OAR concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Appealing OAR's decision regarding a Change Proposal; 4. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OAR has declined to address; or 5. Seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. B. Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Contractor shall bear the entire economic risk of all weather delays and disruptions. Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in the Contract Price by reason of such delays or disruptions. Upon Contractor reaching Substantial Completion, Owner and Contractor shall look back at the entire duration of the calendar day Project and review the totality of what Contractor claims were unusually severe weather disruptions. If the Project was delayed or disrupted due to unusually severe weather in General Conditions 007200-56 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 excess of weather normally experienced over the entire duration of the Project, Contractor may make a Claim for an extension of the Contract Time for delays or disruptions due to unusually severe weather in excess of weather normally experienced at the job site, as determined from climatological data set forth by the National Weather Service and which affects the Project's critical path. Any time extension granted shall be non-compensatory. 13.02 Claims Process A. Claims must be initiated by written notice. Notice must conspicuously state that it is a notice of a Claim in the subject line or first sentence. Notice must also list the date of first occurrence of the claimed event. B. Except for Claims resulting from unusually severe weather, notice of a Claim by Contractor must be in writing and delivered to the Owner, Designer and the OAR within 14 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim. Failure by Contractor to submit written notice of a Claim within 14 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. C. Submit the complete Claim with supporting documentation to Owner no later than 60 days after the start of the event giving rise to the Claim (unless Designer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). The Claim must be signed and sworn to by Contractor, certifying that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data is accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor's knowledge and belief,the relief requested accurately reflects the full compensation to which Contractor is entitled. Failure by Contractor to submit the Claim within 60 days shall constitute a waiver of such Claim. D. Any Claims by Contractor that are not brought within 90 days following the termination of the Contract are waived and shall be automatically deemed denied. E. Claims by Owner must be submitted by written notice to Contractor. F. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the entity making the Claim. Claims must contain sufficient detail to allow the other party to fully review the Claim. 1. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Price must include the Contractor's job cost report. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. 2. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Time must include a Time Impact Analysis and native schedule files in Primavera or MS Project digital format. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR or Designer. G. Claims by Contractor against Owner and Claims by Owner against Contractor, including those alleging an error or omission by Designer but excluding those arising under Section 7.12,shall be referred initially to Designer for consideration and recommendation. H. Designer will review a Claim by Contractor within 30 days of receipt of the Claim and take one or more of the following actions: 1. Request additional supporting data from the party who made the Claim; 2. Issue a recommendation; 3. Suggest a compromise; or General Conditions 007200-57 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 4. Advise the parties that Designer is not able to make a recommendation due to insufficient information or a conflict of interest. I. If the Designer does not take any action, the Claim shall be deemed denied 30 days after receipt of the Claim. J. Following receipt of Designer's initial recommendation regarding a Claim,the Contractor and the Owner shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. If no agreement is reached within 90 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. The Owner and Contractor may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. Notify OAR of any actions taken on a Claim. K. If the entity receiving a Claim approves the Claim in whole or in part or denies it in whole or in part, this action is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 22 for final resolution of disputes by filing a notice of appeal within 30 days after this action. L. If the Owner and Contractor reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim, the results of the agreement or action on the Claim will be incorporated in a Change Order by the OAR to the extent they affect the Contract Documents, the Contract Price, or the Contract Times. M. Both parties shall continue to perform all obligations under the Agreement during the pendency of any dispute or disagreement relating to this Agreement, unless performance would be impracticable or impossible under the circumstances. N. Any failure of Contractor to comply with any of the foregoing conditions precedent with regard to any such Claim shall constitute a waiver of any entitlement to submit or pursue such Claim. O. Receipt and review of a Claim by City shall not be construed as a waiver of any defenses to the Claim available to the City under the Contract Documents or at law. ARTICLE 14—PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS 14.01 Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates A. Contractor and any Subcontractors employed on this Project shall pay not less than the rates established by the Owner as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2258. B. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay Davis-Bacon Wage Rates. C. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay laborers and mechanics an overtime rate of not less than one and one-half times the basic rate for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in a given workweek. 14.02 Records A. In accordance with Tex. Gov't Code§2258.024,the Contractor and its Subcontractors, if any, shall keep a record showing: 1. The name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in the construction of the Work; and 2. The actual per diem wages paid to each worker. General Conditions 007200-58 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 B. The record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the Owner. 14.03 Liability; Penalty; Criminal Offense A. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.003 — Liability: An officer, agent, or employee of the Owner is not liable in a civil action for any act or omission implementing or enforcing Chapter 2258 unless the action was made in bad faith. B. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.023(b)— Penalty: Any Contractor or Subcontractor who violates the requirements of Chapter 2258,shall pay to the Owner,on whose behalf the Contract is made, $60 for each worker employed on each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the Contract. C. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.058—Criminal Offense: 1. An officer, agent, or representative of the Owner commits an offense if the person willfully violates or does not comply with a provision of Chapter 2258. 2. Any Contractor or Subcontractor, or an agent or representative of the Contractor or Subcontractor, commits an offense if the person violates Tex. Gov't Code §2258.024. 3. An offense is punishable by: a. A fine not to exceed $500; b. Confinement in jail for a term not to exceed 6 months; or c. Both a fine and confinement. 14.04 Prevailing Wage Rates A. Use the Prevailing Wage Rates specified in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 15—COST OF THE WORK;ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 15.01 Cost of the Work A. The Cost of the Work is the sum of costs described in this Paragraph 15.01, except those excluded in Paragraph 15.01.D, necessary for the proper performance of the Work. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price under cost-plus,time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. B. Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment when the value of the adjustment is determined on the basis of the Cost of the Work. General Conditions 007200-59 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 C. Costs included in the Cost of the Work may not exceed the prevailing costs in the proximate area of the Site for similar work unless agreed to by the Owner. Cost of the Work includes only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for Contractor's employees performing the Work, including one foreman per crew, and other required and agreed upon personnel for the time they are employed on the Work. Employees are to be paid according to wage rates for job classifications as agreed to by Owner. Where the Cost of the Work is being used under provisions of Paragraph 15.01.A.2, rates paid for this Work are to be the same as paid for Contract Work as established by certified payroll. Payroll costs may include: a. Actual costs paid for salaries and wages; b. Actual cost paid for fringe benefits, which may include: 1) Social security contributions, 2) Unemployment, 3) Excise and payroll taxes, 4) Workers' compensation, 5) Health and retirement benefits, 6) Bonuses, and 7) Paid time off for sick leave,vacations, and holidays; and c. Actual cost of additional compensation paid for performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Sunday or legal holidays, to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including transportation and storage costs and required Suppliers'field services. Contractor may retain cash discounts unless Owner provided funds to the Contractor for early payment of these materials and equipment. Cash discounts are to be credited to Owner if the Owner provides funds for early payment. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, refunds, and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment and reduce the Cost of the Work by these amounts. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. Obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to Owner unless Owner agrees to use Subcontractors proposed by the Contractor. Bids are to be opened in the presence of the OAR and other designated members for the OPT. Provide copies of bids to the OAR to use in determining,with the OPT,which bids are acceptable. The Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee are determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 15.01 if the subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee. 4. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work; b. Costs of materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site including transportation and maintenance costs; General Conditions 007200-60 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 c. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers consumed in the performance of the Work. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers which are used but not consumed in the performance of the Work and which remain the property of Contractor, less their market value when Work is completed; d. For Contractor-and Subcontractor-owned machinery,trucks, power tools or other equipment, use the FHWA rental rates found in the Rental Rate Blue Book ("Blue Book") multiplied by the regional adjustment factor and the rate adjustment factor to establish hourly rates. Use the rates in effect for each section of the Blue Book at the time of use. Payment will be made for the actual hours used in the Work. 1) Standby costs will be paid at SO% of the FHWA rental rates found in the Blue Book if Contractor is directed by Owner in writing to standby. Standby costs will not be allowed during periods when the equipment would otherwise have been idle. For a six-day work week, no more than eight hours per a 24-hour day, no more than 48 hours per week and no more than 208 hours per month shall be paid of standby time. Operating costs shall not be charged by Contractor. e. Rental of construction equipment, including the costs of transporting, loading, unloading, assembling, dismantling, and removing construction equipment, whether rented from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner. Costs for rental of equipment will not be paid when the equipment is no longer necessary for the Work. Justify idle time for equipment by demonstrating that it was necessary to keep equipment on Site for related future Work; 1) The hourly rate shall be determined by dividing the actual invoice cost by the actual number of hours the equipment is involved in the Work. Owner reserves the right to limit the hourly rate to comparable Blue Book rates. 2) If Contractor is directed to standby in writing by Owner, standby costs will be paid at the invoice daily rate excluding operating costs, which includes fuel, lubricants, repairs and servicing. f. Applicable sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work for which the Owner is not exempt, and which Contractor pays consistent with Laws and Regulations; g. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor's Team; h. Royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses; i. Cost of additional utilities,fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site; j. Minor expense items directly required by the Work; and k. Premiums for Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents. D. The Cost of the Work does not include the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals of partnerships and sole proprietorships, general managers, safety managers, superintendents, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, clerks, and other personnel employed General Conditions 007200-61 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office, for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 15.01.C.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 15.01.C.4. These administrative costs are covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Office expenses other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the actions of Contractor's Team for the correction of Defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment that do not comply with Specifications, and correcting damage to property. 5. Losses, damages, and related expenses caused by damage to the Work or sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor is entitled to recover costs if covered by insurance provided in accordance with Article 6. Such losses may include settlements made with the approval of Owner. Do not include these losses, damages, and expenses in the Cost of the Work when determining Contractor's fee. 6. Any Indemnified Cost paid with regard to Contractor's indemnification of Owner. 7. Other overhead or general expense costs and the costs of items not described in Paragraphs 15.01.C. E. The Contractor's fee for profit and overhead is determined as follows: 1. In accordance with the Agreement when the Work is performed on a cost-plus basis; 2. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 3. A fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. The Contractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1, 15.01.C.2 and 15.01.C.4; b. The Contractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.3; C. Fees are to be determined as follows where one or more tiers of subcontracts are used: 1) The Subcontractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 15.01.C.1 and 15.01.C.2 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; 2) The Subcontractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 15.01.C.4 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; and 3) The Contractor and Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work are to be allowed a fee of 5 percent of the fee plus underlying costs incurred by the next lower tier Subcontractor. d. No fee is payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraph 15.01.D; General Conditions 007200-62 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 e. Five percent of the net decrease in the cost is to be deducted for changes which result in a net decrease in Contract Price; and 4. The adjustment in Contractor's fee is based on the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 15.05.13.1 through 15.05.13.5, inclusive when both additions and credits are involved in any one change. F. Establish and maintain records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit these records, including an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data, in a form and at intervals acceptable to OAR whenever the Cost of the Work is to be determined pursuant to this Paragraph 15.01. 15.02 Allowances A. Include allowances specified in the Contract Documents in the Contract Price and provide Work covered by the allowance as authorized by the Owner through the OAR. B. Contractor agrees that: 1. The cash allowance is used to compensate the Contractor for the cost of furnishing materials and equipment for the Work covered by the allowance item in the Contract Documents. Cost may include applicable taxes. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and reduce the allowance costs by these amounts. 2. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances; and 3. Costs for cash allowances and installation costs as described in Paragraphs 15.02.13.1 and 15.02.13.2 above are included in the Contract Price. C. OAR will issue a Change Order to adjust the Contract Price by the difference between the allowance amount and the actual amount paid by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance. The Change Order will be issued at the time costs are incurred by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance and this Work is included on the Application for Payment. 15.03 Unit Price Work A. The initial Contract Price for Unit Price Work is equal to the sum of the unit price line items in the Agreement. Each unit price line item amount is equal to the product of the unit price for each line item times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Contract. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work are to be based on actual quantities measured for Work in place. C. Each unit price is deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. OAR is to determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor to be incorporated into each Application for Payment. OAR's decision on actual quantities is final and binding, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.03.E. General Conditions 007200-63 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 E. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal,or Owner may file a Claim,seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price within 30 days of OAR's decision under Paragraph 15.03.D, if: 1. The total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 20 percent or more of the total Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by the Contractor differs by more than 20 percent from the estimated quantity of an item indicated in the Contract; 2. There is no corresponding adjustment with respect to other items of Work; and 3. Contractor believes it has incurred additional expense as a result of this condition or Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the Contract Price. 15.04 Contingencies A. Contingency funds may be included in the Contract Price to pay for Work not defined specifically by the Contract Documents that is essential to the completion of the Project. Contingency funds will be as described in the Contract. B. The contingency funds may be used for costs incurred by the Contractor provided these costs are approved by the Owner. Costs are to be determined and documented in accordance with Paragraph 15.01. The contingency funds are not to be used for the following items: 1. Cost overruns due to changes in material costs after the Contract Price is established, unless specific price escalation provisions are made in the Contract. 2. Rework required to correct Defective Work. 3. Inefficiencies in completing the Work due to the Contractor's selected means, methods, sequences, or procedures of construction. 4. Work Contractor failed to include in the Contract Price. 5. Changes required by changes in Laws and Regulations enacted after the Contract Price is established. 6. Any Work that does not constitute a change in Scope in the Work included in the Contract Price. C. OAR is to issue a Change Order for approved expenditures from contingency funds. When the Change Order is issued, the costs are to be added to the Application for Payment. Contractor is to maintain a tabulation showing the contingency amount, adjustments to the contingency amount, and amounts remaining as the Project progresses. D. Any contingency amounts that are not included in a Change Order are retained bythe Owner. A Change Order will be issued to deduct unused contingency amounts from the Contract Price prior to Final Payment. General Conditions 007200-64 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 ARTICLE 16—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;CORRECTION,REMOVAL,OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 16.01 Access to Work A. Provide safe access to the Site and the Work for the observation, inspection, and testing of the Work in progress. Contractor can require compliance with Contractor's safety procedures and programs as part of providing safe access. 16.02 Tests, Inspections and Approvals A. OPT may retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform inspections. Notify OAR when the Work is ready for required inspections and tests. Provide adequate notice to allow for coordination with entities providing inspection or testing as determined by the OAR. Cooperate with inspection and testing personnel and assist with providing access for required inspections, tests, and handling test specimens or Samples. B. Arrange for and facilitate inspections, tests, and approvals required by Laws or Regulations of governmental entities having jurisdiction that require Work to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of that entity. Pay associated costs and furnish OAR with the required certificates of inspection or approval. C. Arrange, obtain, and pay for inspections and tests required: 1. By the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to OPT; 2. To attain OPT's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. By manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. For testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; 5. For acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work,- 6. ork;6. For re-inspecting or retesting Defective Work, including any associated costs incurred by the testing laboratory for cancelled tests or standby time; and 7. For retesting due to failed tests. D. Provide independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to OPT to provide these inspections and tests. 16.03 Defective Work A. It is Contractor's obligation to ensure that the Work is not Defective. B. OPT has the authority to determine whether Work is Defective and to reject Defective Work. C. OAR is to notify Contractor of Defective Work of which OPT has actual knowledge. D. Promptly correct Defective Work. E. Take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranties or guarantees when correcting Defective Work. General Conditions 007200-65 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 F. Pay claims, costs, losses,and damages arising out of or relating to Defective Work, including: 1. Costs for correction, removal, and replacement of Defective Work; 2. Cost of the inspection and testing related to correction of Defective Work; 3. Fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because of Defective Work; and 4. Costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from Defective Work. 16.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. Owner may elect to accept Defective Work instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of Defective Work provided: 1. This acceptance occurs prior to final payment; 2. Designer confirms that the Defective Work is in general accordance with the design intent and applicable engineering or architectural principles; and 3. Designer confirms that acceptance of the Defective Work does not endanger public health or safety. B. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 for costs associated with OPT's evaluation of Defective Work to determine if it can be accepted and to determine the diminished value of the Work. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 17 if the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price to compensate Owner for the diminished value of Defective Work accepted. OAR is to issue a Modification for acceptance of the Defective Work prior to final payment. Pay an appropriate amount to Owner if the acceptance of Defective Work occurs after final payment. 16.05 Uncovering Work A. OPT has the authority to require inspection or testing of the Work,whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. B. Work that is covered prior to approval of the OAR must be uncovered for OPT's observation if requested by OAR. Pay for uncovering Work and its subsequent restoration unless Contractor has given OAR timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the Work and OAR fails to act with reasonable promptness in response to this notice. C. Provide necessary labor, material, and equipment and uncover, expose, or otherwise make available the portion of the Work suspected of being Defective for observation, inspection, or testing if OPT considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Designer or inspected or tested by others as directed by the OAR. 1. Pay for claims, costs, losses, and damages associated with uncovering, exposing, observing, inspecting, and testing if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. Pay costs for correction of Defective Work. Pay for reconstruction, repair, or replacement of work of others resulting from the Defective Work if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. General Conditions 007200-66 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 16.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work if: 1. The Work is Defective; 2. Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; or 3. Contractor performs Work that may fail to conform to the Contract Documents when completed. This stop work order is to remain in effect until the reason for the stop work order has been eliminated. Owner's right to stop the Work does not create a duty to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor's Team or surety. 16.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. Owner may remedy deficiencies in the Work after 7 days' notice to Contractor if: 1. Contractor fails to correct Defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by OPT; 2. Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or 3. Contractor fails to comply with other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Owner may: 1. Exclude Contractor from the Site; 2. Take possession of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related to the Work; and 3. Incorporate stored materials and equipment in the Work. C. Allow OPT access to the Site and off-Site storage areas to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. D. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07 are to be charged against Contractor as a set-off against payments due under Article 17. These claims, costs, losses, and damages include costs of repair and the cost of replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's Defective Work. E. Contractor is not allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of delays in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 16.07. ARTICLE 17—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR;SET-OFFS;COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 17.01 Progress Payments A. Progress payment requests are to be submitted to the OAR on the Application for Payment form provided by the OAR following procedures in this Article 17. General Conditions 007200-67 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 1. Progress payments for lump sum Work are to be paid on the basis of the earned value to date at the amounts shown in the Schedule of Values submitted as required by Paragraph 17.03. Final payment will be for the total lump sum amount. 2. Progress payments for Unit Price Work are based on the number of units completed as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 15.03. 3. Progress payments for Work to be paid on the basis of the Cost of the Work per Paragraphs 15.01, 15.02 and 15.04 are to be paid for Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Reduction in Payment by Owner: 1. Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on the following: a. Claims made against Owner or costs, losses,or damages incurred by Owner related to: 1) Contractor's conduct in the performance of the Work, including, but not limited to, workplace injuries, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement; or 2) Contractor's failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site, including but not limited to, workplace injuries, property damage, and non-compliance with Laws and Regulations. b. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; c. Work is Defective, or completed Work has been damaged by Contractor's Team, requiring correction or replacement; d. Owner has been required to correct Defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 16.07; e. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; f. Events have occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor justifying a termination for cause; g. Liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor's failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work; h. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of these Liens; i. Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required by the Contract Documents; j. Failure to submit monthly Progress Schedule updates or revised schedules as requested by the OAR; k. Failure to provide Project photographs required by the Contract Documents; I. Failure to provide Certified Payroll required by the Contract Documents; General Conditions 007200-68 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 m. Compensation for OPT for overtime charges of OAR or RPR, third review of documents, review of substitutions, re-inspection fees, inspections or designs related to correction of Defective Work, or other services identified as requiring payment by the Contractor; n. Costs for tests performed by the Owner to verify that Work previously tested and found to be Defective has been corrected; o. OPT has actual knowledge of the occurrence of events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents with associated cost impacts; p. Other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or q. Payment would result in an over-payment of the Contract Price. 2. Compensation for services of OPT staff is to be at the rates established by negotiations between OPT and Contractor. 3. OAR is to notify Contractor stating the amount and the reasons for an imposed set-off. The Owner is to pay the Contractor amounts remaining after deduction of the set-off. Owner is to pay the set-off amount agreed to by Owner and Contractor if Contractor remedies the reasons for the set-off. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal contesting the set-off. C. Delayed Payments: 1. No money shall be paid by Owner upon any claim, debt, demand, or account whatsoever, to any person, firm, or corporation who is in arrears to Owner for taxes; and Owner shall be entitled to counterclaim and automatically offset against any such debt, claim, demand,or account in the amount of taxes so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand, or account after said taxes are due, shall affect the right of Owner to offset said taxes, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 2. No payment will be made for Work authorized by a Work Change Directive until the Work Change Directive is incorporated into a Change Order. Payment can be included in an Application for payment when the Change Order is approved. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.02 Application for Payment A. Submit Applications for Payment for completed Work and for materials and equipment in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, the Agreement, and this Article 17. The Contract Price is to include costs for: 1. Providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. Installing Owner furnished equipment and materials; 3. Providing Work for Alternates and Allowances; 4. Commissioning, start-up,training and initial maintenance and operation; 5. Acceptance testing in manufacturer's facilities or on Site; General Conditions 007200-69 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 6. All home office overhead costs and expenses, including profit made directly or indirectly for the Project; 7. Project management, Contract administration, field office, and field operations staff, including supervision, clerical support, and technology system support; 8. Professional services including design fees, legal fees, and other professional services; 9. Bonds and insurance; 10. Permits, licenses, patent fees, and royalties; 11. Taxes; 12. Providing all documents and Samples required by the Contract Documents; 13. Facilities and equipment at the Site including: a. Field offices, office furnishings, and all related office supplies, software, and equipment, b. Storage facilities for Contractor's use, storage facilities for stored materials and equipment, including spare parts storage, c. Shops, physical plant, construction equipment, small tools, vehicles, technology and telecommunications equipment, d. Safety equipment and facilities to provide safe access and working conditions for workers and for others working at the Site, e. Temporary facilities for power and communications, f. Potable water and sanitation facilities, and g. Mobilization and demobilization for all of these facilities and equipment; 14. Products, materials, and equipment stored at the Site or other suitable location; 15. Products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project; 16. Temporary facilities for managing water, including facilities for pumping, storage, and treatment as required for construction and protection of the environment; 17. Temporary facilities for managing environment conditions and Constituents of Concern; 18. Temporary facilities such as sheeting, shoring, bracing, formwork, embankments, storage facilities, working areas, and other facilities required for construction of the Project; 19. Temporary and permanent facilities for protection of all overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 20. Temporary and permanent facilities for removal, relocation, or replacement of any overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 21. Products, materials, and equipment consumed during the construction of the Project; 22. Contractor labor and supervision to complete the Project, including that provided through Subcontractors or Suppliers; General Conditions 007200-70 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 23. Correcting Defective Work during the Contract Times, during the Correction Period, or as required to meet any warranty provision of the Contract Documents; 24. Risk associated with weather and environmental conditions, start-up, and initial operation of facilities including equipment, processes, and systems; 25. Contractor's safety programs, including management, administration, and training; 26. Maintenance of facilities, including equipment, processes, and systems until operation is transferred to Owner; 27. Providing warranties, extended or special warranties, or extended service agreements; 28. Cleanup and disposal of any and all surplus materials; and 29. Demobilization of all physical,temporary facilities not incorporated into the Project. B. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price. C. Provide written approval of the surety company providing Bonds for the Schedule of Values, Application for Payment form, and method of payment prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. Payment will not be made without this approval. D. OAR may withhold processing Applications for Payment if any of the following processes or documentation are not up to date: 1. Record Documents per Article 20. 2. Progress Schedule per Article 27. 3. Project photographs per Article 28. 4. Documentation required to comply with Owner's Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy. 5. Documentation required to substantiate any approved Project deviation, including overruns of Designer's estimated quantity. 6. Documentation required by funding agency, if applicable. 17.03 Schedule of Values A. Submit a detailed Schedule of Values for the Work at least 10 days prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. B. Submit the Schedule of Values in the form attached to the Application for Payment - Tabulation of Earned Value of Original Contract Performed. C. Do not submit an Application for Payment until the Schedule of Values has been approved by the OAR. D. If unit prices are included in the Contract, use each unit price line item in the Contract as a unit price line item in the Schedule of Values. E. Divide lump sum line items, including Subcontractor and Supplier amounts in the Schedule of Values into smaller components to allow more accurate determination of the earned value for each item. General Conditions 007200-71 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 1. Provide adequate detail to allow a more accurate determination of the earned value expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each item. 2. Line items may not exceed $50,000.00, unless they are for products, materials or equipment permanently incorporated into the Project that cannot be subdivided into units or subassemblies. 3. Lump sum items may be divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value. a. The estimated number of units times the cost per unit must equal the lump sum amount for that line item. b. Contractor will receive payment for the lump sum for the line item, regardless of the number of units installed, unless an adjustment is made by Change Order. 4. Include Contractor's overhead and profit in each line item in proportion to the value of the line item to the Contract Price. 5. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price for each item. 6. These line items may be used to establish the value of Work to be added or deleted from the Project. 7. The sum of all values listed in the schedule must equal the total Contract Price. F. Subdivide each line item in the Schedule of Values into two payment components. The first component is the direct cost for products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project. The second component is all other costs associated with the item in the Contract. The sum of the two components must equal the value of the line item in the Schedule of Values. G. Where a percentage of the line value is allowed for a specified stage of completion,show the value for each stage of completion as a component of that line item cost. 17.04 Schedule of Anticipated Payments and Earned Value A. Submit a schedule of the anticipated Application for Payments showing the application numbers, submission dates, and the anticipated amount to be requested. Incorporate retainage into the development of this schedule of anticipated payments. B. Submit a tabulation of the anticipated Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to create a graphic (curve) representation of the anticipated progress on the Project each month. Adjust this table and curve to incorporate Modifications. Use this curve to compare actual progress on the Project each month by comparing the anticipated cumulative Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to the actual Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials each month. Use the comparison of values to determine performance on budget and schedule. C. Update the Schedule of Payments as necessary to provide a reasonably accurate indication of the funds required to make payments each month to the Contractor for Work performed. General Conditions 007200-72 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 17.05 Basis for Payments A. Lump Sum Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the earned value of Work completed during the payment period expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each line item during the payment period per the Contract Documents. 2. Payment amount is the value of Work completed per the Contract Documents multiplied by the percentage of Work completed. 3. Payment for lump sum items divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value per Paragraph 17.03 will be made for the measured number of units. 4. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. B. Unit Price Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the actual quantity of Work completed during the payment period and for materials and equipment stored during the payment period per the Contract Documents. a. Payment amount is the Work quantity measured per the Contract Documents multiplied by the unit prices for that line item in the Contract. b. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 17.06. 2. Measure the Work described in the Contract for payment. Payment will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. 17.06 Payment for Stored Materials and Equipment A. Store materials and equipment properly at the Site. 1. Payment will be made for the invoice amount less the specified retainage. 2. Payment for materials and equipment shown in the Application for Payment and attachments will be made for the invoice amount,up to the value shown in the Schedule of Values for that line item. Costs for material and equipment in excess of the value shown in the Schedule of Values may not be added to other line items. 3. Payment will be made in full for the value shown in the line item for products and materials if invoices for materials and equipment are less than the amount shown in the line item and it can be demonstrated that no additional materials or equipment are required to complete Work described in that item. 4. Provide invoices at the time materials are included on the Application for Payment and attachments. Include invoice numbers so that a comparison can be made between invoices and amounts included on the Application for Payment and attachments. B. Provide a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of Liens. Provide documentation of payment for General Conditions 007200-73 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 materials and equipment with the next Application for Payment. Adjust payment to the amount actually paid if this differs from the invoice amount. Remove items from the tabulation of materials and equipment if this documentation is not provided. Payment will not be made for material and equipment without documentation of payment. C. Contractors can be paid for non-perishable materials on hand stored at the site, provided that invoices are furnished to the City for verification of the material value, and that Contractor provides documents, satisfactory to the City,that show that the material supplier has been paid for the materials delivered to the work site. D. Provide evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest. E. The Work covered by progress payments becomes the property of the Owner at the time of payment. The Contractor's obligations with regard to proper care and maintenance, insurance, and other requirements are not changed by this transfer of ownership until accepted in accordance with the General Conditions. F. Payment for materials and equipment does not constitute acceptance of the product. 17.07 Retainage and Set-Offs A. Retainage will be withheld from each Application for Payment per the Agreement. Retainage will be released per the General Conditions. B. Reduce payments for set-offs per the General Conditions. Include the appropriate attachment to the Application for Payment. 17.08 Procedures for Submitting an Application for Payment A. Submit a draft Application for Payment to the OAR each month at least 20 days before the date established in the Contract for Owner to make progress payments. Do not submit Applications for Payment more often than monthly. Review the draft Application for Payment with the OAR to determine concurrence with: 1. The earned value for each lump sum item including the value of properly stored and documented materials and equipment for each item in the original Contract. 2. The quantity of Work completed for each unit price item. 3. Set-offs included in the Application for Payment. 4. Values requested for materials and equipment consistent with invoices for materials and equipment. B. Submit Applications for Payment monthly through the OAR after agreement has been reached on the draft Application for Payment. 1. Number each application sequentially and include the dates for the application period. 2. Show the total amounts for earned value of original Contract performed, earned value for Work on approved Contract Amendments and Change Orders, retainage, and set- offs. Show total amounts that correspond to totals indicated on the attached tabulation for each. General Conditions 007200-74 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 3. Include Attachment A to show the earned value on each line item in the Schedule of Values for Work shown in the original Contract. 4. Include Attachment B to show the earned value on line items for approved Change Orders. Add items to Attachment B as Change Orders are approved. Change Orders must be approved before payment can be made on Change Order items. 5. Include Attachment Cto document set-offs required per the Contract Documents. Show each set-off as it is applied. Show a corresponding line item to reduce the set-off amount if a payment held by a set-off is released for payment. 6. Include Attachment D to allow tracking of invoices used to support amounts requested as materials in Attachments A and B. Enter materials to show the amount of the invoice assigned to each item in Attachment A or B if an invoice includes materials used on several line items. 7. Complete the certification stating that all Work, including materials and equipment, covered by this Application for Payment have been completed or delivered and stored in accordance with the Contract Documents,that all amounts have been paid for Work, materials, and equipment for which previous payments have been made by the Owner, and that the current payment amount shown in this Application for Payment is now due. C. Submit attachments in Portable Document Format (PDF): 1. Generate attachments to the Application for Payment using the Excel spreadsheet provided. 2. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. 17.09 Responsibility of Owner's Authorized Representative A. OAR will review draft Application for Payment with Contractor to reach an agreement on the values that will be recommended for payment by the OAR. B. OAR will review Application for Payment submitted by Contractor to determine that the Application for Payment has been properly submitted and is in accordance with the agreed to draft Application for Payment. C. OAR is to either recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending payment. Contractor may make necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment if it is not recommended within 10 days after receipt of the notice. OAR will review resubmitted Application for Payment and reject or recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner as appropriate. D. OAR's recommendation of the Application for Payment constitutes a representation by OPT that based on their experience and the information available: 1. The Work has progressed to the point indicated; 2. The quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents; and 3. Requirements prerequisite to payment have been met. General Conditions 007200-75 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 E. This representation is subject to: 1. Further evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole; 2. The results of subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents; or 3. Any other qualifications stated in the recommendation. F. OPT does not represent by recommending payment: 1. Inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work; or 2. Other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to additional compensation or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor may or may not exist. G. Neither OPT's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor OAR's recommendation of payment imposes responsibility on OPT: 1. To supervise, direct, or control the Work; 2. For the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or safety precautions and programs; 3. For Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work; 4. To make examinations to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the Contract Price; or 5. To determine that title to the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of Liens. 17.10 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to the Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract is to pass to Owner free and clear of Liens, title defects, and patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations no later than 7 days after the time of payment by Owner of the Application for Payment which includes these items. 17.11 Substantial Completion A. Notify OAR when Contractor considers the entire Work substantially complete and request a Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. OPT is to inspect the Work within 30 days after Contractor's notification to determine if the Work is substantially complete. OAR, within 120 days after receipt of Contractor's notification, is to either issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion which sets the date of Substantial Completion or notify Contractor of the reasons the Project is not considered to be substantially complete. General Conditions 007200-76 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 C. The OPT and Contractor are to meet to discuss Owner's use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. Items to be discussed at this meeting include: 1. Review of insurance policies with respect to the end of the Contractor's coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner; 2. Owner's assumption of responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, maintenance, and utilities upon Owner's use or occupancy of the Work; 3. Contractor's obligations for operations and maintenance during performance and acceptance testing; 4. Contractor's access to the Site to complete punch list items; and 5. Procedures for correction of Defective Work during the 1-year correction period. 17.12 Partial Utilization A. Owner may use or occupy substantially completed parts of the Work which are specifically identified in the Contract Documents, or which OPT and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of the Work. Owner must be able to use that part of the Work for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. Contractor and OPT are to follow the procedures of Paragraph 17.11 for this part of the Work. B. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Article 6. 17.13 Final Inspection A. OPT is to make a final inspection upon notice from Contractor that the entire Work or portion to be accepted is complete. OAR is to notify Contractor of Work determined to be incomplete or Defective. Immediately take corrective measures to complete the Work and correct Defective Work. 17.14 Final Application for Payment A. Include adjustments to the Contract Price in the final Application for Payment for: 1. Approved Change Orders and Contract Amendments, 2. Allowances not previously adjusted by Change Order, 3. Deductions for Defective Work that has been accepted by the Owner, 4. Penalties and bonuses, 5. Deductions for liquidated damages, 6. Deduction for all final set-offs, and 7. Other adjustments if needed. B. OAR will prepare a final Change Order reflecting the approved adjustments to the Contract Price which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders and if necessary reconcile estimate unit price quantities with actual quantities. General Conditions 007200-77 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 17.15 Final Payment A. Make final Application for Payment after completing required corrections identified during the final inspection and delivering items and documents required by the Contract Documents. Provide the following with the final Application for Payment: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment acknowledging unsettled disputes; and 2. Certification of Payment of Debts and Claims or Certification of Release of Liens or furnish receipts or releases in full from Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. OAR is to either recommend payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner if OPT is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending final payment. C. The Work is complete, subject to surviving obligations, when it is ready for final payment as established by the OAR's recommendation of payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner and the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of final payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 17.16 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment does not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from: 1. Unsettled Liens or claims for non-payment; 2. Defective Work appearing after final inspection; 3. Contractor's failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of specified special guarantees; or 4. Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor waives claims and rights against Owner by accepting final payment with the exception of those Claims made in accordance with the provisions of Article 22 and specifically noted in the Certificate of Final Completion. 17.17 Correction Period A. Promptly correct Defective Work without cost to Owner for 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion or, in the event of a latent defect, within 1 year after discovery thereof by City. B. Promptly correct damages to the Site or adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or other agreements. Promptly correct damages to Work or the work of others. Make corrections without cost to Owner. C. Owner may have the Defective Work and damages described in Paragraphs 17.17.A and 17.17.13 corrected if Contractor does not comply with the terms of OAR's instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. General Conditions 007200-78 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 D. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner for claims arising out of or related to the correction of Defective Work are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. E. The correction period starts to run from the date when a specific item of equipment or system is placed in continuous beneficial use by Owner before Substantial Completion of Work if so provided in the Specifications or if accepted for beneficial use by the Owner. F. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 17.17 are in addition to other obligations or warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 17.17 are not a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of applicable statutes of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 18—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 18.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. Owner may suspend the Work or a portion of the Work for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days, at any time and without cause, by notice to Contractor. This notice fixes the date on which Contractor is to resume Work. Contractor is entitled to adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Times directly attributable to this suspension only if efforts are made to mitigate the cost impacts of the suspension. Meet with the Owner within 10 days of the notice of suspension to discuss specific strategies to reduce or eliminate the cost of delays. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 18.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of one or more of the following events constitutes a default by Contractor and justifies termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; 2. Failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule; 3. Failure of the Contractor to provide a satisfactory replacement Bond or insurance in the event either is lost or canceled; 4. Failure of Contractor to maintain financial solvency to adequately complete the Project as indicated by one or more of the following: a. A petition of bankruptcy is filed by or against Contractor, b. Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, c. Contractor or surety makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, d. A receiver is appointed for the benefit of Contractor's creditors, or e. A receiver is appointed on account of Contractor's insolvency; 5. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of public bodies having jurisdiction; 6. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of OPT; 7. Contractor's failure to prosecute the work with diligence; or General Conditions 007200-79 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 8. Contractor's other material breach of the contract. B. Contractor and surety must provide adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the Contract Documents that is satisfactory to Owner if Contractor is believed to be in financial distress due to the existence of one or more of the indicators listed in Paragraph 18.02.A.4. Owner may terminate Contractor's performance under this Contract if Contractor and surety fail to provide adequate documentation satisfactory to Owner within 10 days of OAR's request for this information. C. Owner may declare Contractor to be in default, give notice to Contractor and surety that Contractor's performance under the Contract is terminated, and enforce the rights available to Owner under the Performance Bond after giving Contractor and surety 10 days' notice that one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 18.02.A has occurred. D. Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate the materials and equipment stored and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient if Owner has terminated Contractor's performance under the Contract for cause. E. Owner may elect not to proceed with termination of Contractor's performance under the Contract under this Paragraph 18.02 if Contractor begins to cure the cause for termination within 7 days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate. F. Contractor is not entitled to receive further payments until the Work is completed if Owner proceeds as provided in this Paragraph 18.02. The amount of the Contract Price remaining is to be paid to the Contractor if the unpaid balance exceeds the cost to complete the Work. The cost to complete the Work may include related claims, costs, losses, damages, and the fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals retained by Owner. Pay the difference to Owner if the cost to complete the Work including related claims, costs, losses, and damages exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Owner is not required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed when exercising its rights or remedies under this paragraph. G. Termination of Contractor's performance does not affect the rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or against surety under the Payment Bond or Performance Bond. Owner does not release Contractor from liability by paying or retaining money due Contractor. H. In the event the Owner terminates the contract for cause, and it is later determined that cause for termination was lacking, the termination will be deemed a termination without cause under Paragraph 18.03. 18.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Owner may terminate the Contract without cause after giving 7 days' notice to Contractor of the effective date of termination. Contractor is to be paid for the following if Owner terminates for convenience: 1. Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 2. Actual costs sustained prior to the effective date of termination for Work in progress, plus a fee calculated in accordance with Paragraph 15.05; and 3. Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. General Conditions 007200-80 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 B. No payment is payable to Contractor for loss of anticipated overhead, profits or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from this termination. ARTICLE 19— PROJECT MANAGEMENT 19.01 Work Included A. Furnish resources required to complete the Project with an acceptable standard of quality within the Contract Times. B. Construct Project in accordance with current safety practices. C. Manage Site to allow access to Site and control construction operations. D. Construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. E. Provide temporary controls for pollutions, management of water and management of excess earth. 19.02 Quality Assurance A. Employ competent workmen,skilled in the occupation for which they are employed. Provide Work meeting quality requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Remove Defective Work from the Site immediately unless provisions have been made and approved by the OPT to allow repair of the product at the Site. Clearly mark Work as Defective until it is removed or allowable repairs have been completed. 19.03 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. 1. Provide copies of Supplier's printed storage instructions prior to furnishing materials or products and installation instructions prior to beginning the installation. 2. Incorporate field notes,sketches, recordings,and computations made by the Contractor in Record Data. 19.04 Required Permits A. Obtain building permits for the Project from the local authorities having jurisdiction. Pay building permit fees and include this cost in the Contract Price. B. Obtain environmental permits required for construction at the Site. C. Provide required permits for transporting heavy or oversized loads. D. Provide other permits required to conduct any part of the Work. E. Arrange for inspections and certification by agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. F. Make arrangements with private utility companies and pay for fees associated with obtaining services, or for inspection fees. G. Retain copies of permits and licenses at the Site and observe and comply with all regulations and conditions of the permit or license. General Conditions 007200-81 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 19.05 Safety Requirements A. Manage safety to protect the safety and welfare of persons at the Site. B. Provide safe access to move through the Site. Provide protective devices to warn and protect from hazards at the Site. C. Provide safe access for those performing tests and inspections. D. Comply with latest provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Administration and other Laws and Regulation. E. Cooperate with accident investigations. Provide two copies of all reports,including insurance company reports, prepared concerning accidents, injury, or death related to the Project to the OAR as Record Data per Article 26. 19.06 Access to the Site A. Maintain access to the facilities at all times. Do not obstruct roads, pedestrian walks, or access to the various buildings, structures, stairways, or entrances. Provide safe access for normal operations during construction. B. Provide adequate and safe access for inspections. Leave ladders, bridges, scaffolding, and protective equipment in place until inspections have been completed. Construct additional safe access if required for inspections. C. Use roadways for construction traffic only with written approval of the appropriate representatives of each entity. Obtain written approval to use roads to deliver heavy or oversized loads to the Site. Furnish copies of the written approvals to the Owner as Record Data per Article 26. 19.07 Contractor's Use of Site A. Limit the use of Site for Work and storage to those areas designated on the Drawings or approved by the OAR. Coordinate the use of the premises with the OAR. B. Provide security at the Site as necessary to protect against vandalism and loss by theft. C. Do not permit alcoholic beverages or illegal substances on the Site. Do not allow persons under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances to enter or remain on the Site at any time. Persons on Site under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances will be permanently prohibited from returning to the Site. Criminal or civil penalties may also apply. D. Park construction equipment in designated areas only and provide spill control measures. E. Park employees'vehicles in designated areas only. F. Obtain written permission of the Owner before entering privately-owned land outside of the Owner's property, rights-of-way, or easements. G. Do not allow the use of audio devices, obnoxious, vulgar or abusive language, or sexual harassment in any form. These actions will cause immediate and permanent removal of the offender from the premises. Criminal or civil penalties may apply. General Conditions 007200-82 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 H. Require Workers to wear clothing that is inoffensive and meets safety requirements. Do not allow sleeveless shirts, shorts, exceedingly torn, ripped, or soiled clothing to be worn on the Project. I. Do not allow firearms or weapons of any sort to be brought on to the Site under any conditions. No exception is to be made for persons with concealed handgun permits. Remove any firearms or weapons and the person possessing these firearms or weapons immediately from the Site. 19.08 Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities A. Examine the Site and review the available information concerning the Site. Locate utilities, streets, driveways, fences, drainage structures, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. Verify the elevations of the structures adjacent to excavations. Report any discrepancies from information in the Contract Documents to the OAR before beginning construction. B. Determine if existing structures, poles, piping, or other utilities at excavations will require relocation or replacement. Prepare a Plan of Action and coordinate Work with local utility companies and others for the relocation or replacement. C. Protect buildings, utilities, street surfaces, driveways, sidewalks, curb and gutter, fences, wells, drainage structures, piping, valves, manholes, electrical conduits, and other systems or structures unless they are shown to be replaced or relocated on the Drawings. Restore damaged items to the satisfaction of the OPT and utility owner. D. Carefully support and protect all structures and/or utilities so that there will be no failure or settlement where excavation or demolition endangers adjacent structures and utilities. Do not take existing utilities out of service unless required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. Notify and cooperate with the utility owner if it is necessary to move services, poles, guy wires, pipelines, or other obstructions. E. Protect existing trees and landscaping at the Site. 1. Identify trees that may be removed during construction with OPT. 2. Mark trees to be removed with paint. 3. Protect trees to remain from damage by wrapping trunks with 2 x 4 timbers around the perimeter, securely wired in place, where machinery must operate around existing trees. Protect branches and limbs from damage by equipment. 4. Protect root zone from compaction. 19.09 Pre-Construction Exploratory Excavations A. Excavate and expose existing pipelines that cross within 20 feet of Project pipelines prior to any Work. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point the existing pipeline may potentially conflict with the Work. B. Excavate and expose existing parallel pipelines at 300 feet intervals (maximum) for existing pipelines which are within 10 feet of Project pipelines. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point where the line is excavated and exposed. General Conditions 007200-83 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 C. Prepare a Plan of Action indicating the owner of pipelines excavated and surveyed and all pertinent survey data, including the station where lines cross or conflicts may exist and the distance to the pavement centerline and elevations of the top of existing pipelines. D. Do not perform Work on the Project until all exploratory excavations have been completed and the Plan of Action has been approved by the OAR. E. Unless specifically indicated otherwise in the Bid Form, no separate payment will be made for pre-construction exploratory excavations. Include the cost for pre-construction exploratory excavations in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. When necessary, pavement repairs associated with exploratory excavations that are beyond the limits of the new pavement will be paid for at the unit prices for pavement repair when an item is included in the Bid Form. When an item for pavement repair is not included in the Bid Form, the cost should be included in the unit price for the pipe construction or other applicable feature. 19.10 Disruption of Services/Continued Operations A. Existing facilities are to continue in service as usual during the construction unless noted otherwise. Owner of utilities must be able to operate and maintain the facilities. Keep disruptions to existing utilities, piping, process piping, or electrical services to a minimum. 1. Do not restrict access to critical valves or operators. 2. Limit operations to the minimum amount of space needed to complete the specified Work. 3. Maintain storm sewers and sanitary sewers in service at all times. Provide temporary service around the construction or otherwise construct the structure in a manner that the flow is not restricted. B. Provide a Plan of Action if facilities must be taken out of operation. 19.11 Field Measurements A. Perform complete field measurements prior to purchasing products or beginning construction for products required to fit existing conditions. B. Verify property lines, control lines, grades, and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Check Shop Drawings and indicate the actual dimensions available where products are to be installed. D. Include field measurements in Record Data as required in Article 26. 19.12 Reference Data and Control Points A. The OPT will provide the following control points: 1. Base line or grid reference points for horizontal control. 2. Benchmarks for vertical control. B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting the Work and preserve permanent reference points during construction. Designated control points may be on an existing structure or monument. Do not change or relocate points without prior approval of the OAR. General Conditions 007200-84 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Notify OAR when the reference point is lost, destroyed, or requires relocation. Replace Project control points on the basis of the original survey. C. Provide complete engineering layout of the Work needed for construction. 1. Provide competent personnel. Provide equipment including accurate surveying instruments, stakes, platforms,tools, and materials. 2. Provide surveying with accuracy meeting the requirements established for Category 5 Construction Surveying as established in the Manual of Practice of Land Surveying in Texas published by the Texas Society of Professional Surveyors, latest revision. 3. Record Data and measurements per standards. 19.13 Delivery and Storage A. Deliver products and materials to the Site in time to prevent delays in construction. B. Deliver packaged products to Site in original undamaged containers with identifying labels attached. Open cartons as necessary to check for damage and to verify invoices. Reseal cartons and store properly until used. Leave products in packages or other containers until installed. C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored at the Site. D. Store products at locations acceptable to the OAR and to allow Owner access to maintain and operate existing facilities. E. Store products in accordance with the Supplier's storage instructions immediately upon delivery. Leave seals and labels intact. F. Provide additional storage areas as needed for construction. Store products subject to damage by elements in substantial weather-tight enclosures or storage sheds. Provide and maintain storage sheds as required for the protection of products. Provide temperature, humidity control, and ventilation within the ranges stated in the Supplier's instructions. Remove storage facilities at the completion of the Project. G. Protect the pipe interior. Keep all foreign materials such as dirt, debris, animals, or other objects out of the pipe during the Work. Cap or plug ends of installed pipe in an approved manner when pipe is not being installed. Clean or wash out pipe sections that become contaminated before continuing with installation. Take precautions to prevent the pipe from floating or moving out of the proper position during or after laying operations. Immediately correct any pipe that moves from its correct position. H. Provide adequate exterior storage for products that may be stored out-of-doors. 1. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support materials and products above ground which has been sloped to provide drainage. Protect products from soiling or staining. 2. Cover products subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the elements, with impervious sheet materials. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation below covering. 3. Store loose, granular materials on clean, solid surfaces, or on rigid sheet materials, to prevent mixing with foreign matter. General Conditions 007200-85 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 4. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water. 5. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids with stored materials. 6. Pipes and conduits stored outdoors are to have open ends sealed to prevent the entrance of dirt, moisture, and other injurious materials. Protect PVC pipe from ultraviolet light exposure. 7. Store light weight products to prevent wind damage. I. Maintain storage facilities. Inspect stored products on a weekly basis and after periods of severe weather to verify that: 1. Storage facilities continue to meet specified requirements; 2. Supplier's required environmental conditions are continually maintained; and 3. Products that can be damaged by exposure to the elements are not adversely affected. J. Replace any stored item damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls. K. Payment may be withheld for any products not properly stored. 19.14 Cleaning During Construction A. Provide positive methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations and provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from disbursing into the atmosphere. Control dust and dirt from demolition, cutting, and patching operations. B. Clean the Project as Work progresses and dispose of waste materials, keeping the Site free from accumulations of waste or rubbish. Provide containers on Site for waste collection. Do not allow waste materials or debris to blow around or off of the Site. Control dust from waste materials. Transport waste materials with as few handlings as possible. C. Comply with Laws and Regulations. Do not burn or bury waste materials. Remove waste materials, rubbish and debris from the Site and legally dispose of these at public or private disposal facilities. D. Provide a final cleaning to thoroughly clean the entire Site and make ready for acceptance. 1. Remove construction debris, boxes, and trash from the Site. 2. Remove construction storage sheds and field offices. 3. Restore grade to match surrounding condition and remove excess dirt. 4. Sweep all drives and parking lots clean of dirt and debris. Use water trucks or hose down paved site to like new appearance. 19.15 Maintenance of Roads, Driveways, and Access A. Maintain roads and streets in a manner that is suitable for safe operations of public vehicles during all phases of construction unless the Owner approves a street closing. Do not close public roads overnight. B. Submit a Notification by Contractor for Owner's approval of a street closing. The request shall state: General Conditions 007200-86 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 1. The reason for closing the street. 2. How long the street will remain closed. 3. Procedures to be taken to maintain the flow of traffic. C. Construct temporary detours, including by-pass roads around construction,with adequately clear width to maintain the free flow of traffic at all times. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the detour and excavations. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the Work in accordance with all provisions of the latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). D. Assume responsibility for any damage resulting from construction along roads or drives. 19.16 Area Access and Traffic Control A. Provide traffic control measures to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of inconvenience to motorists and the public. Provide all-weather access to all residents and businesses at all times during construction. Provide temporary driveways and/or roads of approved material during wet weather. Maintain a stockpile of suitable material on the Site to meet the demands of inclement weather. B. Schedule operations to minimize adverse impact on the accessibility of adjoining properties. Sequence construction to build driveways in half widths, construct temporary ramps, or any other measure required to maintain access to adjoining properties. C. Comply with the Owner's Uniform Barricading Standards and Practices. Copies of this document are available through the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. Secure required permits from the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. 19.17 Overhead Electrical Wires A. Comply with OSHA safety requirements regarding construction equipment working beneath overhead electrical wires. Prevent and pay for repairs for damage to existing overhead electrical wires or facilities. B. Provide for adequate safety with regard to overhead lines whether overhead lines are or are not shown in the Contract Documents. 19.18 Blasting A. Blasting is not allowed for any purpose. 19.19 Archeological Requirements A. Cease operations immediately and contact the Owner for instructions if historical or archaeological artifacts are found during construction. B. Conduct all construction activities to avoid adverse impact on the Sites where significant historical or archaeological artifacts are found or identified as an area where other artifacts could be found. 1. Obtain details for Working in these areas. 2. Maintain confidentiality regarding the Site. General Conditions 007200-87 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 3. Adhere to the requirements of the Texas Historical Commission. 4. Notify the OAR and the Texas Historical Commission. C. Do not disturb archaeological sites. 1. Obtain the services of a qualified archaeological specialist to instruct construction personnel on how to identify and protect archaeological finds on an emergency basis. 2. Coordinate activities to permit archaeological work to take place within the area. a. Attempt to archaeologically clear areas needed for construction as soon as possible. b. Provide a determination of priority for such areas. D. Assume responsibility for any unauthorized destruction that might result to such Sites by construction personnel, and pay all penalties assessed by the State or Federal agencies for non-compliance with these requirements. E. Contract Times will be modified to compensate for delays caused by such archaeological finds. No additional compensation will be paid for delays. 19.20 Endangered Species Resources A. Do not perform any activity that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. B. Cease Work immediately in the area of the encounter and notify the OAR if a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction. OPT will implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. Resume construction in the area of the encounter when authorized to do so by the OAR. 19.21 Cooperation with Public Agencies A. Cooperate with all public and private agencies with facilities operating within the limits of the Project. B. Provide a 48-hour notice to any applicable agency when work is anticipated to proceed in the vicinity of any facility by using Texas 811 at 811 and the Lone Star Notification Company at 1-800-669-8344. ARTICLE 20—PROJECT COORDINATION 20.01 Work Included A. Administer Contract requirements to construct the Project. Provide documentation per the requirements of this Section. Provide information as requested by the OPT. 20.02 Document Submittal A. Provide documents in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions 007200-88 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 B. Use the forms provided for Contract administration, applications for payment, document submittals, documentation of test results, equipment installation and documentation, and Project closeout. A digital copy of the required forms will be provided to the Contractor before or at the pre-construction conference. 20.03 Communication During Project A. The OAR is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project. B. The OAR will coordinate correspondence concerning: 1. Documents, including Applications for Payment. 2. Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Modifications. 4. Observation of Work and testing. 5. Claims. C. The OAR will normally communicate only with the Contractor. Any required communication with Subcontractors or Suppliers will only be with the direct involvement of the Contractor. D. Direct written communications to the OAR at the address indicated at the pre-construction conference. Include the following with communications as a minimum: 1. Name of the Owner. 2. Project name. 3. Contract title. 4. Project number. 5. Date. 6. A reference statement. 20.04 Project Meetings A. Pre-Construction Conference: 1. Attend a pre-construction conference. 2. The location of the conference will be determined by the OAR. 3. The time of the meeting will be determined by the OAR but will be after the Notice of Award is issued and not later than 15 days after the Notice to Proceed is issued. 4. The OPT, Contractor's project manager and superintendent, representatives of utility companies, and representatives from major Subcontractors and Suppliers may attend the conference. 5. Provide and be prepared to discuss: a. Preliminary construction schedule per Article 27. b. Schedule of Values and anticipated Schedule of Payments per Article 17. C. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers. General Conditions 007200-89 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 d. Contractor's organizational chart as it relates to this Project. e. Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Contractor and the limit of that authority with respect to the execution of legal documents,Contract Modifications, and payment requests. B. Progress Meetings: 1. Attend meetings with the OAR and Owner. a. Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the OAR to discuss the Project. b. Meet at the Site or other location as designated by the OAR. c. Contractor's superintendent and other key personnel are to attend the meeting. Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters. d. Notify the OAR of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of 1 week prior to the meeting. 2. Provide information as requested by the OAR or Owner concerning this Project. Prepare to discuss: a. Status of overall Project schedule. b. Contractor's detailed schedule for the next month. c. Anticipated delivery dates for equipment. d. Coordination with the Owner. e. Status of documents. f. Information or clarification of the Contract Documents. g. Claims and proposed Modifications to the Contract. h. Field observations, problems, or conflicts. i. Maintenance of quality standards. 3. OAR will prepare minutes of meetings. Review the minutes of the meeting and notify the OAR of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in the minutes of the following meeting or as an attachment to the minutes. C. Pre-Submittal and Pre-Installation Meetings: 1. Conduct pre-submittal and pre-installation meetings as required in the individual technical Specifications or as determined necessary by the OAR (for example, instrumentation, roofing, concrete mix design, etc.). 2. Set the time and location of the meetings when ready to proceed with the associated Work. Submit a Notification by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 20.07 for the meeting 2 weeks before the meeting. OPT must approve of the proposed time and location. 3. Attend the meeting and require the participation of appropriate Subcontractors and Suppliers in the meeting. General Conditions 007200-90 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 4. Prepare minutes of the meeting and submit to the OPT for review. OPT will review the minutes of the meeting and notify the Contractor of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in a revised set of meeting minutes. 20.05 Requests for Information A. Submit Request for Information (RFI) to the OAR to obtain additional information or clarification of the Contract Documents. 1. Submit a separate RFI for each item on the form provided. 2. Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification. OAR will return requests that do not have adequate information to the Contractor for additional information. Contractor is responsible for all delays resulting from multiple document submittals due to inadequate information. 3. A response will be made when adequate information is provided. Response will be made on the RFI form or in attached information. B. Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation, or clarification of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and does not modify the Contract Documents. C. Designer will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP) per Article 12 if the RFI indicates that a Contract Modification is required. D. Use the Project Issues Log to document decisions made at meetings and actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. E. Use the Action Item Log to document assignments for actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 20.06. 20.06 Decision and Action Item Log A. OAR will maintain a Project Decision Log to document key decisions made at meetings, telephone conversation or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report any discrepancies to the OAR for correction or discussion at the next monthly meeting. B. OAR will maintain an Action Item log in conjunction with the Project Decision Log to track assignments made at meetings, telephone conversation, or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the Action Item Log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report actions taken subsequent to the previous progress meeting on items in the log assigned to the Contractor or through the Contractor to a Subcontractor or Supplier to the OAR. Report on status of progress 1 week prior to each progress meeting established in Paragraph 20.04 to allow OAR to update the log prior to the Progress meetings. 3. Be prepared to discuss the status at each meeting. General Conditions 007200-91 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 C. Decisions or action items in the log that require a change in the Contract Documents will have the preparation of a Modification as an action item if appropriate. The Contract Documents can only be changed by a Modification. 20.07 Notification By Contractor A. Notify the OAR of: 1. Need for testing. 2. Intent to work outside regular working hours. 3. Request to shut down facilities or utilities. 4. Proposed utility connections. 5. Required observation by OAR, Designer, or inspection agencies prior to covering Work. 6. Training. B. Provide notification a minimum of 2 weeks in advance in order to allow OPT time to respond appropriately to the notification. C. Use "Notification by Contractor" form provided. 20.08 Record Documents A. Maintain at the Site one complete set of printed Record Documents including: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Modifications. 5. Record Data and approved Shop Drawings. 6. Construction photographs. 7. Test Reports. 8. Clarifications and other information provided in Request for Information responses. 9. Reference standards. B. Store printed Record Documents and Samples in the Contractor's field office. 1. Record Documents are to remain separate from documents used for construction. 2. Provide files and racks for the storage of Record Documents. 3. Provide a secure storage space for the storage of Samples. 4. Maintain Record Documents in clean, dry, legible conditions, and in good order. 5. Make Record Documents and Samples available at all times for inspection by the OPT. C. Maintain a digital record of Specifications and Addenda to identify products provided in PDF format. General Conditions 007200-92 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number,and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. D. Maintain a digital record of Drawings in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number,and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. 3. Record information as construction is being performed. Do not conceal any Work until the required information is recorded. 4. Mark Drawings to record actual construction, including the following: a. Depths of various elements of the foundation in relation to finished first floor datum or the top of walls. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances constructed and existing utilities encountered during construction. C. Location of utilities and appurtenances concealed in the Work. Refer measurements to permanent structures on the surface. Include the following equipment: 1) Piping. 2) Ductwork. 3) Equipment and control devices requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 4) Valves, unions,traps, and tanks. 5) Services entrance. 6) Feeders. 7) Outlets. d. Changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes by Modifications. f. Information in Request for Information or included in the Project Issues Log. g. Details not on the original Drawings. Include field verified dimensions and clarifications, interpretations, and additional information issued in response to RFIs. 5. Mark Drawings with the following colors: a. Highlight references to other documents, including Modifications in blue; b. Highlight mark ups for new or revised Work(lines added) in yellow; C. Highlight items deleted or not installed (lines to be removed) in red; and d. Highlight items constructed per the Contract Documents in green. General Conditions 007200-93 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 6. Submit Record Documents to Designer for review and acceptance 30 days prior to Final Completion of the Project. E. Applications for Payment will not be recommended for payment if Record Documents are found to be incomplete or not in order. Final payment will not be recommended without complete Record Documents. ARTICLE 21—QUALITY MANAGEMENT 21.01 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review the OPT's Quality Management Program and prepare and submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. B. Implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan to control the quality of the Work and verify that the Work meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. 1. Inspect products to be incorporated into the Project. Ensure that Suppliers have adequate quality control systems to ensure that products that comply with the Contract Documents are provided. 2. Integrate quality control measures into construction activities to produce Work which meets quality expectations of the Contract Documents. Inspect the Work of the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Suppliers. Correct Defective Work. 3. Provide and pay for the services of an approved professional materials testing laboratory acceptable to the OPT to provide testing that demonstrates that products proposed in Shop Drawings and Record Data for the Project fully comply with the Contract Documents. 4. Provide facilities, equipment, and Samples required for quality control inspections and tests: a. Give the OAR adequate notice before proceeding with Work that would interfere with inspections or testing; b. Notify the OAR and testing laboratories prior to the time that testing is required, providing adequate lead time to allow arrangements for inspections or testing to be made; C. Do not proceed with any Work that would impact the ability to correct defects or Work that would require subsequent removal to correct defects until testing services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the Work is acceptable; d. Cooperate fully with the performance of sampling, inspection, and testing; e. Provide personnel to assist with sampling or to assist in making inspections and field tests; f. Obtain and handle Samples for testing at the Site or at the production source of the product to be tested; g. Provide adequate quantities of representative products to be tested to the laboratory at the designated locations; General Conditions 007200-94 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 h. Provide facilities required to store and cure test Samples; i. Provide calibrated scales and measuring devices for the OPT's use in performing inspections and testing; j. Provide adequate lighting to allow OPT observations; and k. Make Contract Documents available to testing agencies when requested. 5. Provide safe access for all inspection and testing activities, including those to be conducted as part of the OPT's Quality Management Program. 6. Document Defective Work through Certified Test Reports and Defective Work Notices. Document that corrective actions have been taken to correct any defects and that corrected Work is in compliance with the Contract Documents. 7. Apply quality control measures to documentation provided for the Project. 8. Implement countermeasures to prevent future Defective Work. C. Perform tests as indicated in this and other Sections of the Specifications. Technical Specifications govern if any testing and inspection requirements of this Section conflict with the testing and inspection requirements of the technical Specifications. D. All verification testing is to be observed by the OAR or designated representative. E. Send test reports to the OAR and the Designer. F. Provide an update on quality control activities at monthly progress meetings. G. Owner will withhold payment for Defective Work, or Work that has not been tested or inspected in accordance with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan,the OPT's Quality Control Program, or the Contract Documents. H. Owner will withhold payment for additional testing fees incurred due to Contractor noncompliance with OPT's Quality Control Program, including retesting fees, standby time, cancellation charges, and trip fees for retesting or cancellations. I. Work performed that is connected or adjacent to Defective Work or Work that would have to be removed to correct Defective Work is also considered to be Defective. Contractor is responsible for all cost with replacing any acceptable Work that must be removed or might be damaged by corrective actions. 21.02 Quality Management Activities by OPT A. OPT will perform its own quality assurance tests independent of the Contractor's Quality Control Program. Assist the OPT and testing organizations in performing quality assurance activities per Paragraph 21.01. B. Quality assurance testing performed by the OPT will be paid for by the Owner, except for verification testing required per Paragraph 21.07. C. Quality assurance activities of the OPT, through their own forces or through contracts with consultants and materials testing laboratories are for the purpose of monitoring the results of the Contractor's Work to see that it is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Quality assurance activities or non-performance of quality assurance activities by the OPT do not: General Conditions 007200-95 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 1. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to provide Work or furnish products that conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; 3. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for damage to or loss of Work or products before OPT's acceptance; 4. Constitute or imply OPT's acceptance; and 5. Affect the continuing rights of the Owner after OPT's acceptance of the completed Work. D. Work is subject to OPT's quality assurance observations or testing at any time. Products which have been tested or inspected and approved by OPT at a supply source or staging area may be inspected or tested again by the OPT before, during or after incorporation into the Work and rejected if products do not comply with the Contract Documents. 21.03 Contractor's Use of OPT's Test Reports A. OPT has prepared a Quality Management Plan that describes, in general, the OPT's anticipated quality assurance testing program for this Project. This testing program will be made available to Bidders during the bidding phase. This plan outlines only the testing in general terms and may not reflect actual testing. Actual testing will depend on the Contractors means, methods and procedures of construction which will not be known until the Contractor begins Work and submits their own Quality Control Plan for review. There is no guarantee that all testing will be performed. B. Contractor will receive copies of all test reports documenting OPT's quality assurance activities. Contractor is entitled to rely on the accuracy of these test results and use these as part of their quality control efforts. C. Contractor is to determine additional testing or inspections that may be required to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Include cost for additional testing and inspections required to meet Contractors quality control obligations, including the cost for correcting Defective Work in the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal if OPT's quality assurance testing program deviates significantly from the OPT's Quality Management Plan, and Contractor can demonstrate that additional cost was incurred to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan resulting from these deviations. 21.04 Documentation A. Provide documentation which includes: 1. Contractor's Quality Management Plan that establishes the methods of assuring compliance with the Contract Documents. Submit this plan as a Shop Drawings per Article 25. 2. A Statement of Qualification for any proposed testing laboratories that includes a list of the engineers and technical staff that will provide testing services on the Project, descriptions of the qualifications of these individuals, list of tests that can be performed, General Conditions 007200-96 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 equipment used with date of last certification, and a list of recent projects for which testing has been performed with references for those projects. 3. Provide Certified Test Reports for products to be incorporated into the Project. Provide reports to indicate that proposed products comply with the Contract Documents or indicate that proposed products do not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports as part of a Shop Drawings submitted per Article 25. 4. Provide Certified Test Reports for inspection and testing required in this Section and in other Specification Sections. Provide reports to indicate that Work complies with the Contract Documents or indicate that Work does not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports on forms provided per Article 24. 21.05 Standards A. Provide testing laboratories that comply with the American Council of Independent Laboratories (ACIL) "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications." B. Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various Sections of the Specifications, standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), or other testing associations. Perform tests in accordance with published procedures for testing issued by these organizations. 21.06 Delivery and Storage A. Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the Site in accordance with recognized test procedures. Provide facilities for storing, curing, and processing test specimens as required by test standard to maintain the integrity of Samples. 21.07 Verification Testing for Corrected Defects A. Provide verification testing on Work performed to correct Defective Work to demonstrate that the Work is now in compliance with the Contract Documents. Document that Defective Work has been corrected and verify that the OAR closes the item in the Defective Work Register. B. Pay for verification testing. OPT may perform verification testing as part of their Quality Management Program and impose a Set-off to recover the cost for this testing. C. Conduct the same tests or inspections used to determine that the original Work was Defective. Different tests or methods may be used if approved by the OPT. 21.08 Test Reports A. Certified Test Reports are to be prepared for all tests. 1. Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test report forms if acceptable to the OPT. These reports must include the following: a. Name of the Owner, Project title and number and Contractor; General Conditions 007200-97 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 b. Name of the laboratory, address, and telephone number; C. Name and signature of the laboratory personnel performing the test; d. Description of the product being sampled or tested; e. Date and time of sampling, inspection, and testing; f. Date the report was issued; g. Description of the test performed; h. Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling; i. Location at the Site or structure where the sample was taken; j. Standard or test procedure used in making the test; k. A description of the results of the test; I. Statement of compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents; and m. Interpretations of test results, if appropriate. 2. Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers on the forms provided by the OAR. 3. OPT will prepare test reports on test performed by the OPT. B. Send test report to Designer within 24 hours of completing the test. Flag tests reports with results that do not comply with Contract Documents for immediate attention. C. Payment for Work may be withheld until test reports indicate that the Work is not Defective. 21.09 Defective Work A. Immediately correct any Defective Work or notify the OAR why the Work is not to be corrected immediately and when corrective action will be completed. B. No payment will be made for Defective Work. Remove Work from the Application for Payment if Work paid for on a previous Application for Payment is found to be Defective. 21.10 Limitation of Authority of Testing Laboratory A. The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing testing services and interpreting the results of the test performed. B. The testing laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Alter the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Accept or reject any portion of the Work; 3. Perform any of the duties of the Contractor; or 4. Direct or stop the Work. 21.11 Quality Control Plan A. Submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for approval as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. Use Contractor's Quality Control Plan Checklist provided to review the document before General Conditions 007200-98 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 submitting and include a copy of the completed checklist with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Do not begin Work until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved. Submit an interim plan covering only the portion of Work to be performed if the Contractor plans to begin Work prior to submitting the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for the Project. Do not begin Work on other parts of the Project until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved or another interim plan covering the additional Work to be started is approved. B. Provide a Contractor's Quality Control Plan that incorporates construction operations at both the Site and production Work at remote locations and includes Work by Subcontractors and Suppliers. The Contractor's Quality Control Plan is to include: 1. A description of the quality control organization, including an organization chart showing lines of authority to control the quality of Work; 2. Documentation describing name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and level of authority of the Quality Control Manager; 3. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of other persons assigned a quality control function; 4. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing documentation, including documentation provided by Subcontractors and Suppliers; 5. Control,verification, and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test. Include: a. Name of tests to be performed, b. Specification paragraph requiring test, C. Parameters of Work to be tested, d. Test frequency, e. Persons responsible for each test, and f. Applicable industry testing standards and laboratory facilities to be used for the test; 6. Integrate the OPT quality assurance testing into the Contractor's Quality Control Plan, specifically identifying the tests or inspections in Paragraph 21.11.13.5 that will be provided by the OPT as part of their Quality Management Program; 7. Procedures for tracking and documenting quality management efforts. 8. Procedures for tracking Defective Work from initial identification through acceptable corrective action. Indicate how documentation of the verification process for deficiencies will be made. 9. Reporting procedures which incorporate the use of forms provided by the OAR. 10. The name of the proposed testing laboratories along with documentation of qualifications per Paragraph 21.04. C. The Quality Control Manager must have authority to reject Defective Work and redirect the efforts of the Contractor's Team to prevent or correct Defective Work. D. Notify the Designer of any changes to the Contractor's Quality Control Plan or quality control personnel. General Conditions 007200-99 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 E. Meet with the OPT 7 days after Contractor's Quality Control Plan is submitted and before start of construction to discuss the Contractor's Quality Control Plan and expedite its approval. 21.12 Implement Contractor's Quality Control Plan A. Perform quality control observations and testing as required in each Section of the Specifications and where indicated on the Drawings. B. Include the following phases for each definable Work task. A definable Work task is one which is separate and distinct from other tasks, has separate control requirements, may be provided by different trades or disciplines, or may be Work by the same trade in a different environment. 1. Planning Phase: Perform the following before beginning each definable Work task: a. Review the Contract Drawings. b. Review documents and determine that they are complete in accordance with the Contract Documents. c. Check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved. d. Examine the work area to assure that all required preliminary Work has been completed and complies with the Contract Documents. e. Examine required materials, equipment, and Sample Work to assure that they are on hand, conform to Shop Drawings and Record Data, and are properly stored. f. Review requirements for quality control inspection and testing. g. Discuss procedures for controlling quality of the Work. Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for the Work task. h. Check that the portion of the plan for the Work to be performed incorporates document review comments. i. Discuss results of planning phase with the OAR. Conduct a meeting attended by the Quality Control Manager, the OAR, superintendent, other quality control personnel as applicable, and the foreman responsible for the Work task. Instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Document the results of the preparatory phase actions by separate meeting minutes prepared by the Quality Control Manager and attached to the quality control report. j. Do not move to the next phase unless results of investigations required for the planning phase indicate that requirements have been met. 2. Work Phase: Complete this phase after the Planning Phase: a. Notify the OAR at least 24 hours in advance of beginning the Work and discuss the review of the planning effort to indicate that requirements have been met. b. Check the Work to ensure that it is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-100 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 c. Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full compliance with Contract Documents. Verify required control inspection and testing is performed. d. Verify that established levels of workmanship meet acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with required Sample panels as appropriate. e. Repeat the Work phase for each new crew to work on-site, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met. 3. Follow-up Phase: Perform daily checks to assure control activities, including control testing, are providing continued compliance with contract requirements: a. Make checks daily and record observations in the quality control documentation. b. Conduct follow-up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional Work tasks that may be affected by the Defective Work. Do not build upon nor conceal Defective Work. c. Conduct a review of the Work with the OPT one month prior to the expiration of the correction period. Correct defects as noted during the review. C. Conduct additional planning and Work phases if: 1. The quality of on-going Work is unacceptable; 2. Changes are made in applicable quality control staff, on-site production supervision or crews; 3. Work on a task is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity; or 4. Other quality problems develop. ARTICLE 22—FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 22.01 Senior Level Negotiations A. Each party is required to continue to perform its obligations under the Contract pending the final resolution of any dispute arising out of or relating to the Contract, unless it would be impossible or impracticable under the circumstances then present. B. All negotiations pursuant to Article 22 are confidential and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence. C. Before invoking mediation, Owner and Contractor agree that they first shall try to resolve any dispute arising out of or related to this Contract through discussions directly between those senior management representatives within their respective organizations who have overall managerial responsibility for similar projects. Both Owner and Contractor agree that this step shall be a condition precedent to use of any other alternative dispute resolution process. If the parties' senior management representatives cannot resolve the dispute within 45 calendar days after a party delivers a written notice of such dispute to the other, then the parties shall proceed with mediation. 22.02 Mediation A. In the event that Owner and/or Contractor contend that the other has committed a material breach of the Contract or the parties cannot reach a resolution of a claim or dispute pursuant General Conditions 007200-101 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 to Article 13, as a condition precedent to filing a lawsuit,either party shall request mediation of the dispute with the following requirements: 1. The request for mediation shall be in writing and shall request that the mediation commence not less than 30 calendar days or more than 90 calendar days following the date of the request, except upon agreement of the parties. 2. In the event Owner and Contractor are unable to agree to a date for the mediation or to the identity of the mediator within 30 calendar days following the date of the request for mediation, all conditions precedent shall be deemed to have occurred. 3. Owner and Contractor are to each pay one-half of the mediator's fees and costs.Venue for any mediation or lawsuit filed under this Contract shall be in Nueces County,Texas. Any agreement reached in mediation shall be enforceable as a settlement in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4. Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as consent to a lawsuit. No provision of the Contract shall waive any immunity or defense. ARTICLE 23—MINORITY/MBE/DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY 23.01 Policy A. It is the policy of the City of Corpus Christi that maximum opportunity is afforded minorities, women, low income persons and Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (M/DBE) to participate in the performance of contracts awarded by the City of Corpus Christi in support of Equal Employment Opportunity goals and objectives. In accordance with such policy,the City has established goals, as stated herein, both for minority and female participation by trade and for Minority Business Enterprise. 23.02 Definitions A. Prime Contractor: Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein provided which has been awarded a City contract. B. Subcontractor: Any named person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture herein identified as providing work, labor, services, supplies, equipment, materials, or any combination of the foregoing under contract with a prime contractor on a City contract. C. Minority/Disadvantaged Business Enterprise: A business enterprise that is owned and controlled by one or more minority person(s) or socially and economically disadvantaged individual(s). Minority/Disadvantaged person(s) must collectively own, operate and/or actively manage, and share in payments from such an enterprise in the manner hereinafter set forth: 1. Owned: a. For a sole proprietorship to be deemed a minority business enterprise, it must be owned by a minority person. b. For an enterprise doing business as a partnership, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the partnership property must be owned by one or more minority person(s). General Conditions 007200-102 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 C. For an enterprise doing business as a corporation, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the corporate shares must be owned by one or more minority person(s). 2. Controlled: a. The primary power, direct or indirect,to manage a business enterprise rests with a minority person(s). 3. Share in Payments: a. Minority partners, proprietors, or stockholders of the business enterprise must be entitled to receive 51 percent or more of the total profits, bonuses, dividends, interest payments, commissions, consulting fees, rents, procurement, and subcontract payments, and any other monetary distribution paid by the business enterprise. D. Minority: Minority persons include Blacks, Mexican-Americans and other persons of Hispanic origin, American Indians, Alaskan Natives, and Asians or Pacific Islanders. For the purposes of this policy,women are also considered as minorities. E. Socially and economically disadvantaged individual: Any individual who is a citizen (or lawfully admitted permanent resident) of the United States and who has been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias within American society because of his or her identity as a member of a group and without regard to his or her individual qualities.The social disadvantage must stem from circumstances beyond the individual's control. F. Female Owned Business Enterprise: A sole proprietorship that is owned and controlled by a woman,a partnership at least 51 percent of whose assets or partnership interests are owned by one or more women, or a corporation at least 51 percent of whose assets or interests in the corporate shares are owned by one or more women. G. Joint Venture: A joint venture means an association of two or more persons, partnerships, corporations, or any combination thereof, founded to carry on a single business activity which is limited in scope and direction. The degree to which a joint venture may satisfy the stated MBE goal cannot exceed the proportionate interest of the MBE as a member of the joint venture in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. For example,a joint venture which is to perform 50 percent of the Work itself and in which a minority joint venture partner has a 50 percent interest, shall be deemed equivalent to having minority participation in 25 percent of the Work. Minority members of the joint venture must have financial, managerial, or technical skills in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. 23.03 Goals A. The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force on all construction Work for the Contract award shall be 1. Minority participation goal is 45%. 2. Minority Business Enterprise participation goal is 15%. B. These goals are applicable to all the construction work (regardless of federal participation) performed in the Contract, including approved Change Orders. The hours of minority General Conditions 007200-103 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 employment must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract and in each trade. The transfer of minority employees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's percentage is prohibited. 23.04 Compliance A. Upon completion of the Project, a final breakdown of MBE participation, substantiated by copies of paid invoices, shall be submitted by the Contractor to the City Engineer. B. Make bi-weekly payroll submittals to the City Engineer. The Contractor is to indicate the percent of minority and female participation, by trade, which has been utilized on the Project. Along with the request for final payment on the Project,the Contractor will indicate, in writing, the overall participation in these areas which have been achieved. The City Engineer may withhold monthly or final payments to the Contractor for failure to submit bi- weekly payrolls in a timely fashion or to submit overall participation information as required. ARTICLE 24—DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 24.01 Work Included A. Submit documentation as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. 24.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Documents not meeting these criteria will be returned without review. 24.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Review documents prior to submitting. Make certifications as required by the Contract Documents and as indicated on forms provided. B. Provide a Schedule of Documents to list the documents that are to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that documents must be returned to comply with the Project schedule. Use the form provided for this list. C. Incorporate the dates for processing documents into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Provide documents in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of documents when preparing the Progress Schedule. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each document unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents or agreed to by Designer and Contractor. 3. Schedule submittal of documents to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for processing documents so construction of the Project is not delayed. General Conditions 007200-104 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 24.04 Document Submittal A. Submit documents through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested with a completed Document Transmittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. 2. The Document Transmittal form is to be the first page in the document submitted. 3. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the document. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 24.05 Document Numbering A. Assign a number to the documents originated to allow tracking of the documents during the review process. 1. Assign the number consisting of a prefix, a sequence number, and a letter suffix. Prefixes shall be as follows: Prefix Description Originator AP Application for Payment Contractor CO Change Order OAR CP Change Proposal Contractor CTR Certified Test Report Contractor FO Field Order OAR NBC Notification by Contractor Contractor PD Photographic Documentation Contractor General Conditions 007200-105 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Prefix Description Originator RCP Request for a Change Proposal OAR RD Record Data Contractor RFI Request for Information Contractor SD Shop Drawing Contractor SCH Schedule of Progress Contractor 2. Issue sequence numbers in chronological order for each type of document. 3. Issue numbers for resubmittals that have the same number as the original document followed by an alphabetical suffix indicating the number of times the same document has been sent to the Designer for processing. For example: SD 025 A represents Shop Drawing number 25 and the letter "A" designates that this is the second time this document has been sent for review. 4. Clearly note the document number on each page or sheet of the document. 5. Correct assignment of numbers is essential since different document types are processed in different ways. B. Include reference to the Drawing number and/or Specification Section, detail designation, schedule, or location that corresponds with the data on the document transmittal forms. Other identification may also be required, such as layout drawings or schedules to allow the reviewer to determine where a particular product is to be used. 24.06 Document Requirements A. Furnish documents as indicated below or in individual Specification Sections. Submit documents per the procedures described in the Contract Documents. B. Submit documents per the Specification Section shown in the following table: Document Type Section Application for Payment Article 17 Change Proposal Article 12 Certified Test Report Article 25 for approval of product Article 21 to demonstrate compliance Notification by Contractor Article 20 Photographic Documentation Article 28 Progress Schedules Article 27 Record Data Article 26 Request for Information Article 20 Shop Drawing Article 25 Schedule of Values Article 17 Substitutions Article 12 General Conditions 007200-106 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Document Type Section Suppliers and Subcontractors Articles 20 and 26 ARTICLE 25—SHOP DRAWINGS 25.01 Work Included A. Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the product without additional detailed information from the Supplier. B. Submit Shop Drawings as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Provide detailed information for the products proposed for the Project regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Allow the Designer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the Project by the Contractor conform, in general,to the design concepts of the Contract Documents. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Shop Drawings, Samples, or mockups. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. 25.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Shop Drawings not meeting these criteria will be rejected. B. Demonstrate that the proposed products are in full and complete compliance with the design criteria and requirements of the Contract Documents or will be if deviations requested per Paragraph 25.10 are approved. C. Furnish and install products that fully comply with the information included in the document submittal. 25.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Provide Shop Drawings as required by Paragraph 25.03 of the Supplementary Conditions. B. Include Shop Drawings in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Shop Drawings to be submitted,the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Incorporate the dates for processing Shop Drawings into the Progress Schedule required by Article 27. 1. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of Shop Drawings when preparing the Progress Schedule. Include time for making revisions to the Shop Drawings and resubmitting the Shop Drawing for a least a second review. Assume a 14-day review cycle for each time General Conditions 007200-107 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 a Shop Drawing is submitted for review unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Schedule document submittals to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for ordering, fabricating, delivering, and installing product so construction of the Project is not delayed. D. Complete the following before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample: 1. Prepare Shop Drawing Review and coordinate the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials,catalog numbers, and similar information with respect to Shop Drawings and Samples; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Shop Drawings; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Shop Drawing have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Shop Drawings are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Shop Drawings related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. F. Review Shop Drawings prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Contractor and are in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Shop Drawings except for deviations specifically brought to the Designer's attention on an attached Shop Drawing Deviation Request form in accordance with Paragraph 25.09. G. Fabrication or installation of any products prior to the approval of Shop Drawings is done at the Contractor's risk. Defective products may be rejected at the Owner's option. H. Payment will not be made for products for which Shop Drawings or Samples are required until these are approved by the Designer. General Conditions 007200-108 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements A. Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings and Samples so Designer can: 1. Assist the Owner in selecting colors,textures, or other aesthetic features. 2. Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features and advise Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Contract Documents. 3. Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified and advise the Owner that the product does, in general,conform to the performance criteria specified in the Contract Documents. 4. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Include a complete description of the product to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, and operational characteristics of the product; 2. Weights,gauges,materials of construction,external connections,anchors,and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. C. Submit Shop Drawings that require coordination with other Shop Drawings at the same time. Shop Drawings requiring coordination with other Shop Drawings will be rejected until a complete package is submitted. 25.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Shop Drawings as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Shop Drawing. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Shop Drawing. 2. Certification of Local Field Service (CLS): A certified letter stating that field service is available from a factory or supplier approved service organization located within a 300 mile radius of the Site. List names, addresses, and telephone numbers of approved service organizations on or attach it to the certificate. 3. Certification of Adequacy of Design (CAD): A certified letter from the manufacturer of the equipment stating that they have designed the equipment to be structurally stable General Conditions 007200-109 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation, failure, or adverse effects to the performance and operational requirements of the unit. The letter shall state that mechanical and electrical equipment is adequately sized to be fully operational for the conditions specified or normally encountered by the product's intended use. 25.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Shop Drawing. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1-year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures A. Submit Shop Drawings through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Shop Drawing submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable,enter NA in the space provided. The Shop Drawing submittal form is to be the first document in the file submitted. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format(PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Shop Drawing. Submit Samples and color charts per Paragraph 25.08.A. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. General Conditions 007200-110 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 3. Submit each specific product or class of material separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Shop Drawings for more than one product in the same Shop Drawing. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Shop Drawings. a. Use terms and symbols in Shop Drawings consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Shop Drawings. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Shop Drawings. 6. Mark Shop Drawings to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, C. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Use the following conventions to markup Shop Drawings for review: 1. Make comments and corrections in the color blue. Add explanatory comments to the markup. 2. Highlight items in black that are not being furnished when the Supplier's standard drawings or information sheets are provided so that only the products to be provided are in their original color. 3. Make comments in the color yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Make comments in the color orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. 5. Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to indicate field verified dimensions on the Shop Drawings. C. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of"or equal" products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. D. Designate a Shop Drawing as requiring priority treatment in the comment section of the Shop Drawing submittal form to place the review of the Shop Drawing ahead of other Shop Drawings previously delivered. Shop Drawings are typically reviewed in the order received, unless Contractor requests that a different priority be assigned. Priority Shop Drawings will General Conditions 007200-111 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 be reviewed before other Shop Drawings for this Project already received but not yet reviewed. Use of this priority designation for Shop Drawings may delay the review of Shop Drawings previously submitted, pushing the processing of Shop Drawings beyond the 14-day target. Contractor is responsible for delays resulting from the use of the priority designation status on Shop Drawings. E. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 25.03. 25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures A. Submit color charts and Samples for every product requiring color, texture, or finish selection. 1. Submit color charts and Samples only after Shop Drawings for the products have been approved. 2. Deliver all color charts and Samples at one time. 3. Provide Samples of adequate size to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 4. Indicate the full range of color, texture, and patterns. 5. Deliver color charts and Samples to the field office and store for the duration of the Project 6. Notify the Designer that color charts and Samples have been delivered for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. 7. Submit color charts and Samples not less than 30 days prior to when these products are to be ordered or released for fabrication to comply with the Project schedule. 8. Remove Samples that have been rejected. Submit new Samples following the same process as for the initial Sample until Samples are approved. 9. Dispose of Samples when related Work has been completed and approved and disposal is approved by the Designer. At Owner's option, Samples will become the property of the Owner. B. Construct mockups for comparison with the Work being performed. 1. Construct mockups from the actual products to be used in construction per detailed Specification Sections. 2. Construct mockups of the size and in the area indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Construct mockups complete with texture and finish to represent the finished product. 4. Notify the Designer that mockups have been constructed and are ready for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. Allow 2 weeks for OPT to approve of the mockup before beginning the Work represented by the mockup. 5. Remove mockups that have been rejected. Construct new mockups following the same process as for the initial mockup until mockup is approved. 6. Protect mockups until Work has been completed and accepted by the OPT. General Conditions 007200-112 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 7. Dispose of mockups when related Work has been completed and disposal is approved by the Designer. 25.09 Equal Non Specified Products A. Contractor may submit other manufacturers' products that are in full compliance with the Specification where Specifications list one or more manufacturers followed by the phase "or equal" or"or approved equal." 1. Submit a Shop Drawing as required by this article to document that the proposed product is equal or superior to the specified product. 2. Prove that the product is equal. It is not the OPT's responsibility to prove the product is not equal. a. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is equal to the Contract Document requirements. b. Make a direct comparison with the specified manufacturer's published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the Shop Drawing. c. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed product is final. 3. Provide a typewritten certification that, in furnishing the proposed product as an equal, the Contractor: a. Has thoroughly examined the proposed product and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the product specified. b. Has determined that the product will perform in the same manner and result in the same process as the specified product. c. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds as for the product specified. d. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the product into the construction and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. e. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. 25.10 Requests for Deviation A. Submit requests for deviation from the Contract Documents for any product that does not fully comply with the Contract Documents. B. Submit requests for deviation using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form provided. Identify each deviation request as a separate item. Include all requested deviations that must be approved as a group together and identify them as a single item. C. Include a description of why the deviation is required and the impact on Contract Price or Contract Times. Include the amount of any cost savings to the Owner for deviations that result in a reduction in cost. D. Submit as a Change Proposal prior to submitting the Shop Drawing if the deviation will result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. General Conditions 007200-113 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 E. A Modification must be issued by the Designer for approval of a deviation. Approval of a requested Shop Drawing deviation by the Designer on the Shop Drawings Deviation Request form indicates approval of the requested deviation only on its technical merits as generally conforming to the Contract Documents. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. 25.11 Designer Responsibilities A. Shop Drawings will be received by the Designer. Designer will log the documents and review per this Article for general conformance with the Contract Documents. 1. Designer's review and approval will be only to determine if the products described in the Shop Drawing or Sample will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Designer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences,or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. Designer's review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. B. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Designer for review and comment. Any marks made by the Designer do not constitute a blanket review of the document submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations from the Contract requirements. 1. Designer will respond to Contractor's markups by either making markups directly in the Shop Drawings file using the color green or by attaching a Document Review Comments form with review comments. 2. Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following status designations: a. Approved: Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted. b. Approved as Noted: Shop Drawing is Approved so long as corrections or notations made by Designer are incorporated into the Show Drawing. C. Not Approved: Shop Drawing or products described are not acceptable. 3. Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions: a. Final distribution: Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has been filed as a record document. b. Shop Drawing not required: A Shop Drawing was not required by the Contract Documents. Resubmit the document per Article 26. c. Cancelled: This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that document are to cease. General Conditions 007200-114 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 d. Revise and resubmit: Shop Drawing has deviations from the Contract Documents, significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for subsequent review. e. Resubmit with corrections made: Shop Drawing is "Approved as Noted," but has significant markups. Make correction and notations to provide a revised document with markup incorporated into the original document so that no markups are required. f. Returned without review due to excessive deficiencies: Document does not meet the requirement of the Specifications for presentation or content to the point where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive to the review process or clearly does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this Section and resubmit. g. Actions a through c will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further action is required as a Shop Drawing. Actions d through f require follow up action to close out the review process. 4. Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be marked "Approved as Noted" and "Resubmit with corrections made." These drawings are to be revised to provide a clean record of the Shop Drawing. Proceed with ordering products as the documents are revised. 5. Dimensions or other data that does not appear to conform to the Contract Documents will be marked as "At Variance With" (AVW) the Contract Documents or other information provided. The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply with the Contract Documents. C. Bring deviations to the Shop Drawings to the attention of the Designer for approval by using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Use a single line for each requested deviation so the Status and Action for each deviation can be determined for that requested deviation. If approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested deviations, then all related deviations should be included in that requested deviation line so the status and action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole. D. Requested deviations will be reviewed as possible Modification to the Contract Documents. 1. A Requested deviation will be rejected as "Not Approved" if the requested deviation is unacceptable. Contractor is to revise and resubmit the Shop Drawing with corrections for approval. 2. A Field Order will be issued by the Designer for deviations approved by the Designer if the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Requested deviations from the Contract Documents may only be approved by Field Order. 3. A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable but the requested deviation will or should result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Submit any requested deviation that requires a change in Contract Price or Contract Times as a Change Proposal for approval prior to resubmitting the Shop Drawing. General Conditions 007200-115 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 E. Contractor is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked Approved or Approved as Noted and is assigned an action per Paragraph 25.11 that indicates that the Shop Drawing process is closed. F. Information that is submitted as a Shop Drawings that should be submitted as Record Data or other type of document, or is not required may be returned without review, or may be deleted. No further action is required and the Shop Drawing process for this document will be closed. 25.12 Resubmission Requirements A. Make all corrections or changes in the documents required by the Designer and resubmit to the Designer until approved. 1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original document. 2. Highlight or cloud in green those revisions which have been made in response to the previous reviews by the Designer. This will include changes previously highlighted or clouded in yellow to direct attention to Designer to items requiring selections or decisions by the Designer or highlighted or clouded in orange for a requested deviation from the Contract Documents. 3. Highlight and cloud new items in yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Highlight and cloud new items in orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Numbering for these new items is to start with the next number following the last Shop Drawing deviation requested. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Excessive review of Shop Drawings is defined as any review required after the original review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that corrections have been made. 2. Review of Shop Drawings or Samples will be an additional service requiring payment by the Contractor if the Contractor submits a substitution for a product for which a Shop Drawing or Sample has previously been approved, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 3. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. 4. A Set-off will be included in each Application for Payment to pay costs for the additional review to the Owner on a monthly basis. The Set-off will be based on invoices submitted to Owner for these services. General Conditions 007200-116 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 5. Need for more than one resubmission or any other delay of obtaining Designer's review of Shop Drawings will not entitle the Contractor to an adjustment in Contract Price or an extension of Contract Times. ARTICLE 26—RECORD DATA 26.01 Work Included A. Submit Record Data as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. Provide Record Data for all products unless a Shop Drawing is required for the same item. B. Submit Record Data to provide documents that allow the Owner to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Review detailed information about the products regarding their fabrication,installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Provide replacement or repair of the products at some future date. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the receipt or cursory review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. D. Provide various reports or other documents that Contract Documents require for record purposes. 26.02 Quality Assurance A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Record Data not meeting these criteria will be rejected. 26.03 Contractor's Responsibilities A. Submit Record Data in accordance with SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. B. Include Record Data in the Schedule of Documents required by Article 24 to indicate the Record Data to be submitted,the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Complete the following before submitting Record Data: 1. Prepare Record Data and coordinate with Shop Drawings or Samples, other Record Data, and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. General Conditions 007200-117 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 D. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Record Data; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Record Data have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Record Data are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Record Data related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. E. Review Record Data prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Record Data has been reviewed by the Contractor and is in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Record Data. 26.04 Record Data Requirements A. Include a complete description of the material or equipment to be furnished, including: 1. Type,dimensions,size,arrangement,model number,and operational parameters of the components; 2. Weights,gauges,materials of construction,external connections,anchors,and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. 26.05 Special Certifications and Reports A. Provide all required certifications with the Record Data as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Record Data. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Record Data. General Conditions 007200-118 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 26.06 Warranties and Guarantees A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Record Data. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with Article 29. 26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures A. Submit Record Data through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Record Data submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable,enter NA in the space provided. The Record Data submittal form is to be the first document in the file. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. b. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. c. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. d. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Record Data. e. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. f. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. g. Use software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. h. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product, class of material, or product separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Record Data for more than one system in the same Record Data. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Record Data. General Conditions 007200-119 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 a. Use terms and symbols in Record Data consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Record Data. C. Provide a legend for symbols used on Record Data. 6. Mark Record Data to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Submit a Change Proposal per Article 12 to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of"or equal" products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. C. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 26.03. 26.08 Designer's Responsibilities A. Record Data will be received by the Designer, logged, and provided to Owner as the Project record. 1. Record Data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the purpose intended. Record Data not meeting the requirements of Paragraph 26.02 may be rejected as unacceptable. 2. Record Data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. Comments may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate. 3. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by a Modification. B. Designer may take the following action in processing Record Data: 1. File Record Data as received if the cursory review indicates that the document meets the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. Document will be given the status of "Filed as Received" and no further action is required on that Record Data. 2. Reject the Record Data for one of the following reasons: a. The document submittal requirements of the Contract Documents indicate that the document submitted as Record Data should have been submitted as a Shop Drawing. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Submit Shop Drawing." No further action is required on this document as Record Data and the Record Data process will be closed. Resubmit the document as a Shop Drawing per Article 25. General Conditions 007200-120 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 b. The cursory review indicates that the document does not meet the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Revise and Resubmit." Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." When Record Data is filed, no further action is required, and the Record Data process will be closed. c. The Record Data is not required by the Contract Documents nor is the Record Data applicable to the Project. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Cancel -Not Required." No further action is required,and the Record Data process will be closed. C. Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." ARTICLE 27—CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 27.01 Requirements A. Prepare and submit a Progress Schedule for the Work and update the schedule on a monthly basis for the duration of the Project. B. Provide schedule in adequate detail to allow Owner to monitor progress and to relate document processing to sequential activities of the Work. C. Incorporate and specifically designate the dates of anticipated submission of documents and the dates when documents must be returned to the Contractor into the schedule. D. Assume complete responsibility for maintaining the progress of the Work per the schedule submitted. E. Schedule Work based upon a six day work week. 27.02 Document Submittal A. Submit Progress Schedules in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit a preliminary schedule within 10 days after the Notice of Award. The schedule is to be available at the pre-construction conference. C. Submit a detailed schedule at least 10 days prior to the first payment request. D. Submit Progress Schedule updates monthly with Applications for Payment to indicate the progress made on the Project to that date. Failure to submit the schedule may cause delay in the review and approval of Applications for Payment. 27.03 Schedule Requirements A. Schedule is to be in adequate detail to: 1. Assure adequate planning, scheduling, and reporting during the execution of the Work; 2. Assure the coordination of the Work of the Contractor and the various Subcontractors and Suppliers; 3. Assist in monitoring the progress of the Work; and General Conditions 007200-121 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 4. Assist in evaluating proposed changes to the Contract Times and Project schedule. B. Provide personnel with 5 years' minimum experience in scheduling construction work comparable to this Project. Prepare the schedule using acceptable scheduling software. C. Provide the schedule in the form of a computer generated critical path schedule which includes Work to be performed on the Project. It is intended that the schedule accomplish the following: 1. Give early warning of delays in time for correction. 2. Provide detailed plans for the execution of the Work in the form of future activities and events in sequential relationships. 3. Establish relationships of significant planned Work activities and provide a logical sequence for planned Work activities. 4. Provide continuous current status information. 5. Allow analysis of the Contractor's program for the completion of the Project. 6. Permit schedules to be revised when the existing schedule is not achievable. 7. Log the progress of the Work as it actually occurs. D. Prepare a time scaled CPM arrow or precedence diagram to indicate each activity and its start and stop dates. 1. Develop Milestone dates and Project completion dates to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements and Contract completion date. 2. Use calendar day durations while accounting for holidays and weather conditions in the projection of the duration of each activity. 3. Clearly indicate the critical path for Work to complete the Project. E. Provide a time scaled horizontal bar chart which indicates graphically the Work scheduled at any time during the Project. The chart is to indicate: 1. Complete sequence of construction by activity; 2. Identification of the activity by structure, location, and type of Work; 3. Chronological order of the start of each item of Work; 4. The activity start and stop dates; 5. The activity duration; 6. Successor and predecessor relationships for each activity; 7. A clearly indicated single critical path; and 8. Projected percentage of completion, based on dollar value of the Work included in each activity as of the first day of each month. F. Provide a schedule incorporating the Schedule of Documents provided in accordance with Article 24 indicating: 1. Specific date each document is to be delivered to the Designer. 2. Specific date each document must be received in order to meet the proposed schedule. General Conditions 007200-122 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 3. Allow a reasonable time to review documents, taking into consideration the size and complexity of the document, other documents being processed, and other factors that may affect review time. 4. Allow time for re-submission of each document. Contractor is responsible for delays associated with additional time required to review incomplete or erroneous documents and for time lost when documents are submitted for products that do not meet Specification requirements. 27.04 Schedule Revisions A. Revise the schedule if it appears that the schedule no longer represents the actual progress of the Work. 1. Submit a written report if the schedule indicates that the Project is more than 30 days behind schedule. The report is to include: a. Number of days behind schedule; b. Narrative description of the steps to be taken to bring the Project back on schedule; and c. Anticipated time required to bring the Project back on schedule. 2. Submit a revised schedule indicating the action that the Contractor proposes to take to bring the Project back on schedule. B. Revise the schedule to indicate any adjustments in Contract Times approved by Modification. 1. Include a revised schedule with Change Proposals if a change in Contract Times is requested. 2. OPT will deem any Change Proposal that does not have a revised schedule and request for a change in Contract Times as having no impact on the ability of the Contractor to complete the Project within the Contract Times. C. Updating the Project schedule to reflect actual progress is not considered a revision to the Project schedule. D. Applications for Payment may not be recommended for payment without a revised schedule and if required, the report indicating the Contractor's plan for bringing the Project back on schedule. 27.OS Float Time A. Define float time as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities on the construction schedule. B. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or Owner. C. Where several subsystems each have a critical path, the subsystem with the longest time of completion is the critical path and float time is to be assigned to other subsystems. D. Contract Times cannot be changed by the submission of a schedule. Contract Times can only be modified by a Change Order or Contract Amendment. General Conditions 007200-123 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 E. Schedule completion date must be the same as the Contract completion date. Time between the end of construction and the Contract completion date is float time. ARTICLE 28—VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 28.01 Work Included A. Provide a video recording of the Site prior to the beginning of construction. 1. Record the condition of all existing facilities in or abutting the construction area (right- of-way)including but not limited to streets,curb and gutter, utilities,driveways,fencing, landscaping, etc. 2. Record after construction staking is complete but prior to any clearing. 3. Provide one copy of the recording, dated and labeled to the OAR before the start of construction. Provide additional recording as directed by the OAR if the recording provided is not considered suitable for the purpose of recording pre-existing conditions. B. Furnish an adequate number of photographs of the Site to clearly depict the completed Project. 1. Provide a minimum of ten different views. 2. Photograph a panoramic view of the entire Site. 3. Photograph all significant areas of completed construction. 4. Completion photographs are not to be taken until all construction trailers, excess materials, trash, and debris have been removed. 5. Employ a professional photographer approved by the OAR to photograph the Project. 6. Provide one aerial photograph of the Site from an angle and height to include the entire Site while providing adequate detail. C. All photographs, video recordings, and a digital copy of this media are to become the property of the Owner. Photographs or recordings may not be used for publication,or public or private display without the written consent of the Owner. 28.02 Quality Assurance A. Provide clear photographs and recordings taken with proper exposure. View photographs and recordings in the field and take new photographs or recordings immediately if photos of an adequate print quality cannot be produced or video quality is not adequate. Provide photographs with adequate quality and resolution to permit enlargements. 28.03 Document Submittal A. Submit photographic documentation as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. B. Submit two DVDs of the video recording as Record Data in accordance with Article 24. General Conditions 007200-124 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 28.04 Photographs A. Provide photographs in digital format with a minimum resolution of 1280 x 960, accomplished without a digital zoom. B. Take photographs at locations acceptable to the OAR. C. Provide two color prints of each photograph and a digital copy on a DVD of each photograph taken. D. Identify each print on back with: 1. Project name. 2. Date,time, location, and orientation of the exposure. 3. Description of the subject of photograph. E. Submit photographs in clear plastic sheets designed for photographs. Place only one photograph in each sheet to allow the description on the back to be read without removing the photograph. F. Final photographs are to include two 8-by-10-inch glossy color prints for each of ten photographs selected by the OAR. These photographs are in addition to normal prints. 28.05 Video Recording A. Provide digital format on DVD that can be played with Windows Media Player in common format in full screen mode. B. Identify Project on video by audio or visual means. C. Video file size should not exceed 400 MB. D. Video resolution shall be 1080p. E. The quality of the video must be sufficient to determine the existing conditions of the construction area. Camera panning must be performed while at rest, do not pan the camera while walking or driving. Camera pans should be performed at intervals sufficient to clearly view the entire construction area. F. DVD shall be labeled with construction stationing and stationing should be called out, voice recorded, in the video. G. The entire construction area recording shall be submitted at once. Sections submitted separately will not be accepted. H. Pipeline projects should be recorded linearly from beginning to end. ARTICLE 29—EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT 29.01 Substantial Completion A. Notify the OAR that the Work or a designated portion of the Work is substantially complete per the General Conditions. Include a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected before the Project will be considered to be complete. General Conditions 007200-125 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 B. OPT will visit the Site to observe the Work within 30 days after notification is received to determine the status of the Project. C. OAR will notify the Contractor, within 120 days after notification, that the Work is either substantially complete or that additional Work must be performed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 1. OAR will notify the Contractor of items that must be completed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 2. Correct the noted deficiencies in the Work. 3. Notify the OAR when the items of Work in the OAR's notice have been completed. 4. OPT will revisit the Site and repeat the process. 5. OAR will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Contractor when the OPT considers the Project to be substantially complete. The Certificate will include a tentative list of items to be corrected before Final Payment will be recommended. 6. Review the list and notify the OAR of any objections to items on the list within 10 days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 29.02 Final Inspections A. Notify the OAR when: 1. Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents; 2. Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully operational; 3. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all operator training has been completed; 4. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and 5. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for Final Payment within 30 days after the notice is received. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. D. Take immediate steps to correct Defective Work. Notify the Designer when Defective Work has been corrected. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. OAR will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. E. Submit the Request for Final Payment with the closeout documents described in Paragraph 29.04 if notified that the Project is complete, and the Work is acceptable. 29.03 Reinspection Fees A. Owner may impose a Set-off against the Application for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions to compensate the OPT for additional visits to the Project if additional Work is required. General Conditions 007200-126 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 29.04 Closeout Documents Submittal A. Record Documents per Article 20. B. Warranties and bonds. C. Equipment installation reports on equipment. D. Shop Drawings, Record Data, and other documents as required by the Contract Documents. E. Evidence of continuing insurance and bond coverage as required by the Contract Documents. F. Final Photographs per Article 28. 29.05 Transfer of Utilities A. If applicable to the Project,transfer utilities to the Owner when the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued and the Work has been occupied by the Owner. B. Submit final meter readings for utilities and similar data as of the date the Owner occupied the Work. 29.06 Warranties, Bonds and Service Agreements A. Provide warranties, bonds, and service agreements required by the Contract Documents. B. The date for the start of warranties, bonds, and service agreements is established per the Contract Documents. C. Compile warranties, bonds, and service agreements and review these documents for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Provide a log of all equipment covered under the 1-year correction period specified in the Contract Documents and all products for which special or extended warranties or guarantees are provided. Index the log by Specification Section number on forms provided. Include items 2.e through 2.g below in the tabulation. 2. Provide a copy of specific warranties or guarantees under a tab indexed to the log. Each document is to include: a. A description of the product or Work item; b. The firm name with the name of the principal, address, and telephone number; c. Signature of the respective Supplier or Subcontractor to acknowledge existence of the warranty obligation for extended warranties and service agreements; d. Scope of warranty, bond, or service agreement; e. Indicate the start date for the correction period specified in the Contract Documents for each product and the date on which the specified correction period expires. f. Indicate the start date for extended warranties for each product and the date on which the specified extended warranties period expires. g. Start date, warranty or guarantee period, and expiration date for each warranty, bond, and service agreement; General Conditions 007200-127 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 h. Procedures to be followed in the event of a failure; and i. Specific instances that might invalidate the warranty or bond. D. Submit digital copies of the documents to the Designer for review. E. Submit warranties, bonds, and service agreements within 10 days after equipment or components are placed in service. ARTICLE 30—MISCELLANEOUS 30.01 Computation of Times A. Exclude the first day and include the last day when determining dates for a period of time referred to in the Contract Documents by days. The last day of this period is to be omitted from the determination if it falls on a Sunday or a legal holiday. B. All references and conditions for a Calendar Day Contract in the Contract Documents apply for a Fixed Date Contract. A Fixed Date Contract is one in which the calendar dates for reaching Substantial Completion and/or final completion are specified in lieu of identifying the number of days involved. 30.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records A. By execution of the Contract, Contractor grants Owner the right to audit, examine, inspect and/or copy, at Owner's election at all reasonable times during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years following the completion or termination of the Work, all of Contractor's written and electronically stored records and billings relating to the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by an Owner designee,which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by Owner. Contractor agrees to retain its records for a minimum of four(4)years following termination of the Contract, unless there is an ongoing dispute under the Contract,then, such retention period must extend until final resolution of the dispute. As used in these General Conditions, "Contractor written and electronically stored records" include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character generated as a result of the work under this Contract. Examples of Contractor written and electronically stored records include, but are not limited to:accounting data and reports, billings, books, general ledgers, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets, documents, correspondence, meeting notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies, procedures, Subcontractor agreements, Supplier agreements, rental equipment proposals, federal and state tax filings for any issue in question, along with any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in Owner's sole judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any Contract Documents. B. Owner agrees to exercise the right to audit, examine or inspect Contractor's records only during regular business hours. Contractor agrees to allow Owner and/or Owner's designee access to all of the Contractor's Records, Contractor's facilities, and current or former employees of Contractor, deemed necessary by Owner or its designee(s), to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Contractor also agrees to provide adequate and General Conditions 007200-128 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 appropriate work space necessary for Owner or its designees to conduct such audits, inspections or examinations. C. Contractor must include this Paragraph 30.02 in any Subcontractor, supplier or vendor contract. 30.03 Independent Contractor A. Contractor is to perform its duties under this Contract as an independent contractor. The Contractor's Team and their personnel are not considered to be employees or agents of the Owner. Nothing in this Contract is to be interpreted as granting Contractor's Team the right or authority to make commitments for the Owner. This Contract does not constitute or create a joint venture, partnership or formal business organization of any kind. 30.04 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available to the Owner or Contractor by these General Conditions are in addition to, and are not a limitation of,the rights and remedies which are otherwise imposed or available by: 1. Laws or Regulations; 2. Special warranties or guarantees; or 3. Other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Paragraph 30.04 are as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. 30.05 Limitation of Damages A. Owner is not liable to Contractor for claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by Contractor's Team associated with other projects or anticipated projects. B. Contractor waives claims for consequential damages, incidental or special damages arising out of or relating to this Contract, whether the damages are claimed in contract, tort or on any other basis. 30.06 No Waiver A. The failure of Owner or Contractor to enforce any provision of this Contract does not constitute a waiver of that provision or affect the enforceability of that provision or the remainder of this Contract. 30.07 Severability A. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders a part of this Contract invalid or unenforceable, that part is to be severed and the remainder of this Contract continues in full force. General Conditions 007200-129 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 30.08 Survival of Obligations A. Representations, indemnifications, warranties, guarantees and continuing obligations required by the Contract Documents survive completion and acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract. 30.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries A. Nothing in this Contract can be construed to create rights in any entity other than the Owner and Contractor. Neither the Owner nor Contractor intends to create third party beneficiaries by entering into this Contract. 30.10 Assignment of Contract A. This Contract may not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the prior written consent of the Owner. 30.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity A. The Owner has not waived its sovereign immunity by entering into and performing its obligations under this Contract. B. This Contract is to perform a governmental function solely for the public benefit. 30.12 Controlling Law A. This Contract is governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws. Venue for legal proceedings lies exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. Cases must be filed and tried in Nueces County and cannot be removed from Nueces County,Texas. 30.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,Contractor will have at least 90 days to give notice of a claim for damages as a condition precedent to the right to sue on the Contract, subject to the contractual Claims and Alternative Dispute Resolution processes set forth herein. 30.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury A. Owner and Contractor agree that they have knowingly waived and do hereby waive the right to trial by jury and have instead agreed, in the event of any litigation arising out of or connected to this Contract, to proceed with a trial before the court, unless both parties subsequently agree otherwise in writing. 30.15 Attorney Fees A. The Parties expressly agree that, in the event of litigation, all parties waive rights to payment of attorneys' fees that otherwise might be recoverable, pursuant to the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code Chapter 38, Texas Local Government Code §271.153, the Prompt Payment Act, common law or any other provision for payment of attorney's fees. General Conditions 007200-130 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 30.16 Compliance with Laws A. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 as amended (ADA) and Texas Architectural Barriers Act and all regulations relating to either statute. B. No qualified person shall on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, gender, age or disability be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity which receives or benefits from federal financial assistance. C. Comply with all applicable federal, state and city laws, rules and regulations. D. Each applicable provision and clause required by law to be inserted into the Contract shall be deemed to be enacted herein,and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though each were physically included herein. 30.17 Enforcement A. The City Manager or designee and the City Attorney or designee are fully authorized and will have the right to enforce all legal rights and obligations under the Contract without further authorization from City Council. 30.18 Subject to Appropriation A. Funds are appropriated by the Owner on a yearly basis. If for any reason, funds are not appropriated in any given year,the Owner may direct immediate suspension or termination of the Contract with no additional liability to the Owner. If the Contractor is terminated or suspended and the Owner requests remobilization at a later date, the Contractor may request payment for reasonable demobilization/remobilization costs. Such costs shall be addressed through a Change Order to the Contract. Under no circumstances may a provision or obligation under this Contract be interpreted as contrary to this paragraph. 30.19 Contract Sum A. The Contract Sum is stated in the Contract and, including authorized adjustments,is the total maximum not-to-exceed amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. Contractor accepts and agrees that all payments pursuant to this Contract are subject to the availability and appropriation of funds by the Corpus Christi City Council. If funds are not available and/or appropriated,this Contract shall immediately be terminated with no liability to any party to this Contract. 30.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy A. The Contractor's guarantee is a separate and additional remedy available to benefit the Owner. Neither the guarantee nor the expiration of the guarantee period will operate to reduce, release or relinquish any rights or remedies available to the Owner for any claims or causes of action against the Contractor or any other individual or entity. 30.21 Notices. A. Any notice required to be given to Owner under any provision in this Contract must include a copy to OAR by mail or e-mail. General Conditions 007200-131 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 30.22 Public Information A. The requirements of Subchapter J, Chapter 552, Government Code, may apply to this contract, and Contractor agrees that the contract can be terminated if Contractor knowingly or intentionally fails to comply with a requirement of that subchapter. END OF SECTION General Conditions 007200-132 Corpus Christi Standards Rev 6/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and other provisions of the Contract Documents. All provisions not amended or supplemented in these Supplementary Conditions remain in effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below. ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SC-1.01 DEFINED TERMS A. The members of the OPT as defined in Paragraph 1.01.A.41 consists of the following organizations: City of Corpus Christi,Texas Bath Engineering ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK SC-4.04 DELAYS IN CONTRACTOR'S PROGRESS A. The allocation for delays in the Contractor's progress for rain days as set forth in General Conditions Paragraph 4.04.D are to be determined as follows: 1. Include rain days in developing the schedule for construction. Schedule construction so that the Work will be completed within the Contract Times assuming that these rain days will occur. Incorporate residual impacts following rain days such as limited access to and within the Site, inability to work due to wet or muddy Site conditions, delays in delivery of equipment and materials, and other impacts related to rain days when developing the schedule for construction. Include all costs associated with these rain days and residual impacts in the Contract Price. 2. A rain day is defined as any day in which the amount of rain measured by the National Weather Services at the Power Street Stormwater Pump Station is 0.50 inch or greater. Records indicate the following average number of rain days for each month: Month Day Month Days January 3 July 3 February 3 August 4 March 2 September 7 April 3 October 4 May 4 November 3 June 4 December 3 3. A total of 9 rain days have been set for this Project. An extension of time due to rain days will be considered only after the calculated total of average rain days have been exceeded in a calendar year and the OAR has determined that a detrimental impact to the construction schedule resulted from the excessive rainfall. Rain days are to be Supplementary Conditions 007300-1 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 2/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 incorporated into the schedule and unused rain days will be considered float time which may be consumed by the Owner or Contractor in delay claims. ARTICLE 5 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS.- HAZARDOUS ONDITIONS;HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS SC-5.03 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS No reports of explorations or tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site, or drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, are known to Owner." SC-5.06 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AT SITE 1. Environmental Reports include the following:Asbestos Report a. Asbestos Report-The Contractor may rely on the following Technical Data in using this document. ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE SC-6.03 REQUIRED MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGE INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE AMOUNTS Provide the insurance coverage for at least the following amounts unless greater amounts are required by Laws and Regulations: Type of Insurance Minimum Insurance Coverage Commercial General Liability including 1. Commercial Form 2. Premises—Completed Operations 3. Explosions and Collapse Hazard 4. Underground Hazard 5. Products/Completed Operations Hazard $1,000,000 Per Occurrence 6. Contractual Liability $2,000,000 Aggregate 7. Broad Form Property Damage 8. Independent Contractors 9. Personal &Advertising Injury Business Automobile Liability-Owned, Non- $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit Owned, Rented and Leased Workers' Compensation Statutory Employer's Liability $500,000/500,000/500,000 Excess Liability/Umbrella Liability $1,000,000 Per Occurrence Required if Contract Price>$5,000,000 Supplementary Conditions 007300-2 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 2/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Contractor's Pollution Liability / $1,000,000 Per Claim Environmental Impairment Coverage Not limited to sudden and accidental Required X Not Required discharge. To include long-term environmental impact for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants. Required if excavation>3 ft Builder's Risk(All Perils including Collapse) Equal to Full Replacement Cost of Structure and Contents Required for vertical structures and bridges X Required Not Required Installation Floater Equal to Contract Price Required if installing city-owned equipment Required X Not Required ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC-7.02 LABOR; WORKING HOURS B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of person or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. Regular working hours are between 7:30 a.m.and 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday unless other times are specifically authorized in writing by OAR. SC-7.04 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS,AND OTHERS A. Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 7.04.A: "The Contractor must perform at least [50] percent of the Work, measured as a percentage of the Contract Price, using its own employees." ARTICLE 14—PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS SC-14.04 PREVAILING WAGE RATES A. The minimum rates for various labor classifications as established by the Owner are shown below: "General Decision Number:TX20220288 02/25/2022 Superseded General Decision Number:TX20210288 State:Texas Construction Type: Building Counties:Aransas, Nueces and San Patricio Counties in Texas. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories). Supplementary Conditions 007300-3 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 2/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Note: Contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act are generally required to pay at least the applicable minimum wage rate required under Executive Order 14026 or Executive Order 13658. Please note that these Executive Orders apply to covered contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but do not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(2)-(60). The applicable Executive Order minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. If this contract is covered by one of the Executive Orders and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination,the contractor must still submit a conformance request. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the Executive Orders is available at https://www.dol.gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/07/2022 1 02/25/2022 BOI L0074-003 01/01/2021 Rates Fringes BOILERMAKER.....................................................$ 29.47 24.10 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ELECO278-002 03/20/2020 Rates Fringes ELECTRICIAN........................................................$ 26.25 8.24 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENG10178-005 06/01/2020 Rates Fringes POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (1)Tower Crane..............................................$ 32.85 13.10 (2) Cranes with Pile Driving or Caisson ......Attachment and Hydraulic Crane 60 tons and above.................................$ 28.75 10.60 (3) Hydraulic cranes 59 Tons and under.....$ 32.35 13.10 ---------------------------------------------------------------- I RO N 0084-011 06/01/2021 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER, ORNAMENTAL.............................$ 26.01 7.56 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * SUTX2014-068 07/21/2014 Rates Fringes BRICKLAYER..........................................................$ 20.04 0.00 CARPENTER..........................................................$ 15.21 0.00 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER.................$ 15.33 0.00 INSULATOR- MECHANICAL (Duct, Pipe & Mechanical System Insulation)......$ 19.77 7.13 IRONWORKER, REINFORCING.............................$ 12.27 ** 0.00 IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL................................$ 22.16 5.26 LABORER: Common or General............................$ 9.68 ** 0.00 LABORER: Mason Tender........................ Brick...$ 11.36 ** 0.00 Supplementary Conditions 007300-4 18176G-Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 2/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 LABORER: Mason Tender- Cement/Concrete................................................$ 10.58 ** 0.00 LABORER: Pipelayer............................................$ 12.49 ** 2.13 LABORER: Roof Tearoff.......................................$ 11.28 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Backhoe/Excavator/Trackhoe.............................$ 14.25 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Bobcat/Skid Steer/Skid Loader................................................$ 13.93 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Bulldozer...........................................$ 18.29 1.31 OPERATOR: Drill....................................................$ 16.22 0.34 OPERATOR: Forklift.............................................$ 14.83 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Grader/Blade...................................$ 13.37 ** 0.00 OPERATOR: Loader..............................................$ 13.55 ** 0.94 OPERATOR: Mechanic...........................................$ 17.52 3.33 OPERATOR: Paver (Asphalt, Aggregate, and Concrete)......................................$ 16.03 0.00 OPERATOR: Roller...............................................$ 12.70 ** 0.00 PAINTER(Brush, Roller, and Spray)......................$ 14.45 ** 0.00 PIPEFITTER..............................................................$ 25.80 8.55 PLUMBER................................................................$ 25.64 8.16 ROOFER.................................................................$ 13.75 ** 0.00 SHEET METAL WORKER (HVAC Duct Installation Only).....................................................$ 22.73 7.52 SHEET METALWORKER, Excludes HVAC Duct Installation............................................$ 21.13 6.53 TILE FINISHER........................................................$ 11.22 ** 0.00 TILE SETTER...........................................................$ 14.74 ** 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Dump Truck................................$ 12.39 ** 1.18 TRUCK DRIVER: Flatbed Truck..................................$ 19.65 8.57 TRUCK DRIVER: Semi-Trailer Truck........................$ 12.50 ** 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Water Truck....................................$ 12.00 ** 4.11 ---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS- Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- ** Workers in this classification may be entitled to a higher minimum wage under Executive Order 14026 ($15.00) or 13658 ($11.25). Please see the Note at the top of the wage determination for more information. Note: Executive Order(EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO,the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care;to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member(or person who is like family to the employee)who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at https://www.dol.gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not Supplementary Conditions 007300-5 18176G-Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 2/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination.The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of""identifiers"" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than ""SU"" or""UAVG"" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification,which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198.The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA)governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the ""SU"" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based.The next number,007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state.The next number,0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year,to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. ---------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter?This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling Supplementary Conditions 007300-6 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 2/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour National Office because National Office has responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory,then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes,then an interested party(those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.)that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.)All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- END OF GENERAL DECISION" ARTICLE 19—PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SC-19.21 COOPERATION WITH PUBLIC AGENCIES For the Contractor's convenience, the following telephone numbers are listed: Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number City Engineer 361-826-3500 Bath Group 361-992-2287 Jeff Tabb 361-992-2287 Traffic Engineering 361-826-3547 Police Department 361-882-2600 Supplementary Conditions 007300-7 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 2/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number 361-826-1800 (361-826-1818 after Water/Wastewater/Stormwater hours) Gas Department 361-885-6900 (361-885-6942 after hours) Parks& Recreation Department 361-826-3461 Street Department 361-826-1875 City Street Div.for Traffic Signals 361-826-1610 Solid Waste & Brush 361-826-1973 IT Department (City Fiber) 361-826-1956 AEP 1-877-373-4858 AT&T 361-881-2511 (1-800-824-4424 after hours) Grande Communications 1-866-247-2633 Spectrum Communications 1-800-892-4357 Crown Castle Communications 1-888-632-0931 (Network Operations Center) Centu ryl-i n k 361-208-0730 Windstream 1-800-600-5050 Regional Transportation Authority 361-289-2712 Port of Corpus Christi Authority Engr. 361-882-5633 TxDOT Area Office 361-808-2500 Corpus Christi ISD 361-695-7200 ARTICLE 25—SHOP DRAWINGS SC-25.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Provide Shop Drawings for the following items: Refer to Submittal Register SC-25.12 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. ARTICLE 26—RECORD DATA SC-26.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Submit Record Data for the following items: Refer to Submittal Register END OF SECTION Supplementary Conditions 007300-8 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 2/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 011100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Construct Work as described in the Contract Documents. 1. Provide the materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make the Project completely and fully useable. 2. Provide the labor, equipment, tools, and consumable supplies required for a complete Project. 3. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OAR. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work is described in general, non-inclusive terms as: 1. Replace building electrical service entrance and associated main distribution equipment. 2. Install new 600 KW 208/3/60 generator and associated automatic transfer switch. Provide 72 hours of fuel storage. Generator shall be configured to provide power to the entire building. 3. Verify that the existing generator operation will not be affected by the new generator. 4. Modify mechanical controls to stagger mechanical equipment starts on resumption of power. 5. Generator foundation 6. Windstorm Certification 1.03 USE PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION A. Owner has the right to use or operate any portion of the Project that is ready for use after notifying the Contractor of its intent to do so. B. The execution of Bonds is understood to indicate the consent of the surety to these provisions for use of the Project. C. Provide an endorsement from the insurance carrier permitting use of Project during the remaining period of construction. D. Conduct operations to insure the least inconvenience to the Owner and general public. Summary of Work 011100-1 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Summary of Work 011100-2 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. The Bid Items described as"Allowances" have been set as noted in Section 00 30 01 Bid Form and shall be included in the Total Base Bid of the Bid Form for each Bidder. These Allowances may be used at the Owner's discretion in the event that unforeseen conditions or conflicts are encountered during construction that warrants the use of the Allowance funds. If the use of Allowance funds becomes necessary, the OAR will provide written authorization at a cost negotiated between Owner and Contractor, using unit prices in the Bid Form when applicable. No work is to be performed under the Allowance items without written authorization from the OAR. There is no guarantee that any of these funds will need to be used during the course of the Work. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. Provide documents for materials furnished as part of the alternate in accordance with Article 24 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance D1—Allowance for Unforeseen Conditions 1. The sum of$82,700 is to be used for Unforeseen Conditions that affect the successful completion of the Project. B. Allowance D2—Allowance for Permits: 1. The sum of$8,270 is to be used for the purchase of Construction Permits related to the Project . 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Alternates and Allowances 012310-1 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON LUMP SUM ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for lump sum payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that lump sum item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each lump sum item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the lump sum price. B. Measurement for progress payments will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. Payment at Final Completion will be equal to the total lump sum amount for that item. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in unit price payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that unit price item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in Article 17 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for each unit price item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the unit price. B. Measurement for payments will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. Measurement will be as indicated for each unit price item. 1.03 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR BASE BID ITEMS A. Bid Item A1—Mobilization and Demobilization (Maximum 5%): 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Transportation and setup for equipment; b. Transportation and/or erection of all field offices, sheds, and storage facilities; c. Salaries for preparation of documents required before the first Application for Payment; d. Salaries for field personnel assigned to the Project related to the mobilization of the Project; e. Demobilization; and f. Mobilization may not exceed 5 percent of the total Contract Price. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01-1 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2. Measurement for payment will be made per lump sum on the following basis: When at least 5% of the adjusted contract amount for construction is earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. Upon substantial completion of all work under this Contract and removal of all equipment and materials from the Project site, the remaining 25% of the mobilization lump sum bid amount will be eligible for payment, minus retainage. B. Bid Item A2—Bonds and Insurance (Maximum Allowance of 5%) 1. Payment shall include all bonds and insurance required under the Contract Documents. 2. Payment for bonds and insurance will be based on the receipt of documentation of actual costs. Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence of the rate or rates paid for all bonds and insurance. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost of unique insurance as required and obtained specifically forthis Project, not including the routine and general company insurance policies that are maintained for the course of conducting normal business operations. Contractor will be reimbursed for the actual cost of project specific bonds and insurance, not to exceed the bid amount or the verifiable costs of Project specific bonds and insurance incurred by the Contractor. C. Bid Item 61—Demolition Work 1. This includes all cutting, patching, demolition, removal and relocation of all mechanical equipment, conduit and wiring, and piping, specified or required for a complete demolition.The City Of Corpus Christi retains salvage rights to all demolished equipment and wire. D. Bid Item B2—Hangers and Support for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 1. This includes the furnishing and complete installation of all pipe and equipment hangers, supports, and associated anchors. Sleeves and seals. Flashing and sealing equipment and pipe stacks. E. Bid Item B3—Plumbing Piping 1. This includes the furnishing and complete installation of the piping, with all appurtenances, ready for Owner's use. F. Bid Item B4—HVAC Piping Insulation 1. This includes the furnishing and complete installation of pipe insulation to chilled water and heating hot water piping, condensate drain piping, refrigerant piping, and all pipes subject to freezing conditions. G. Bid Item B5—Above Ground Hydronic Piping 1. This includes the furnishing and complete installation of the pipe and pipe fittings, valves, heating water piping, chilled water piping, condenser water piping, condensate drain piping, makeup water piping, and air-vent piping. H. Bid Item B6—Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 1. This includes the furnishing and complete installation of building wires and cables rated 600V and less. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600V and less. I. Bid Item B7—Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01-2 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 1. This includes the furnishing and complete installation of ground systems and equipment. J. Bid Item B8—Hangers and Support for Electrical Systems 1. This includes the furnishing and complete installation of hanger supports for electrical equipment and systems. Construction requirements for concrete bases. K. Bid Item B9—Raceway and Boxes for Electrical System 1. This includes the furnishing and complete installation of metal conduits and fittings, non-metal conduits,tubing, and fittings, metal wireways and auxiliary gutters, surface raceways, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets, handholes and boxes for exterior underground cabling. L. Bid Item B10—Identification for Electrical Systems 1. This includes the furnishing and complete installation of identification for the following: raceways, power and control cables, conductors, underground-line warning tape, warning labels and signs, instruction signs, equipment identification labels, and miscellaneous identification products. M. Bid Item B11—Switchboards 1. This includes the furnishing and complete installation of the switchboard as specified and shown on the associated electrical drawings. N. Bid Item B12—Panelboards 1. This includes the furnishing and complete installation of panelboards as shown on the drawings. O. Bid Item B13—Wiring Devices 1. This includes the furnishing and complete installation of receptacles, receptacles with integral GFCI, associated device plates, weather-resistant receptacles, and wall- switches as shown on the drawings. P. Bid Item B14—Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 1. This includes the furnishing and complete installation of fusible switches, non-fusible switches, molded-case circuit breakers (MCCBs), molded-case switches, enclosures. Q. Bid Item B15—Diesel Engine Driven Generator Set 1. This includes the furnishing and complete installation of packaged engine-generator sets suitable for use in mission critical applications with the features as specified and indicated. Engine generators will be used as the Standby power source for the system, but shall be capable of providing reliable power with no run-time limitations while the primary source of power is unavailable. R. Bid Item B16—Automatic Transfer Switch 1. This includes the furnishing and complete installation of automatic transfer switches (ATS) with number of poles, amperage,voltage, withstand and close-on ratings as shown on the plans. Each automatic transfer switch shall consist of an inherently double throw power transfer switch mechanism and a microprocessor controller to provide automatic operation. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01-3 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 S. Other Bid Items 1. The basis of measurement and payment for other Bid Items shall be as described in the applicable Specification Sections, Construction Drawings and/or SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01-4 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 5/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 0133 01 Submittal Register 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1.3-1.5 Record Data None 0&M Manual 26 05 19 LOW-VOLTAGE POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 1.3-1.4 Record Data None 0&M Manual 26 05 29 HANGER AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1.5-1.6 Shop Drawing None None 26 05 33 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1.4-1.5 Record Data None 0&M Manual 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1.3 Record Data Sample None 26 24 13 SWITCHBOARDS 1.4 Shop Drawing None 0&M Manual- 262416 anual262416 PANELBOARDS 1.4-1.7 Shop Drawing None 0&M Manual 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES 1.5-1.7 1 Shop Drawing Sample 0&M Manual 26 32 13 DIESEL ENGINE DRIVEN GENERATOR SET 1.4-1.5 Shop Drawing None 0&M Manual 26 36 00 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES 1.03 Shop Drawing None 0&M Manual Submittal Register 01 33 01-1 18176G-Police Headquarters Backup Generator 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 PLAN OF ACTION A. Submit a written plan of action for approval for shutting down essential services. These include: 1. Electrical power, 2. Control power, 3. Communications equipment, and 4. Other designated functions. B. Describe the following in the plan of action: 1. Scheduled dates for construction; 2. Work to be performed; 3. Utilities, piping, or services affected; 4. Length of time the service or utility will be disturbed; 5. Procedures to be used to carry out the Work; 6. Plan of Action to handle emergencies; 7. List of manpower, equipment, and ancillary supplies; 8. Backups for key pieces of equipment and key personnel; 9. Contingency plan that will be used if the original schedule cannot be met; and C. Submit plan 1 month prior to beginning the Work. 1.02 CRITICAL OPERATIONS A. The Owner has identified critical operations that must not be out of service longer than the designated maximum time out of service and/or must be performed only during the designated times. These have been identified in the table below: Max.Time Hours Operation Liquidated Critical Operation Damages Out of Operation can be Shut Down ($ per hour) All power outages 12 hours After hours B. Submit a written plan of action per Paragraph 1.02 for approval for critical operations. Refer to Sheet G-02 Scope, Notes, and Codes for more information. C. Work affecting critical operations is to be performed on a 24-hour a day basis until Owner's normal operations have been restored. Special Procedures 013500-1 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 D. Provide additional manpower and equipment as required to complete the Work affecting critical operations within the allotted time. E. Liquidated damages will be assessed if Work on critical operations is not completed within the time indicated. 1. These items are critical to the for operation of the existing distribution system. 2. Loss of operation of the existing distribution system can subject the Owner to loss of revenue, additional operations cost, and fines from regulatory agencies. 3. Liquidated damages have been established for each critical operation. F. Designated Critical Operations are described in more detail as follows: 1. Critical Operation 1 -All power outages: a. All power outages affecting the building electrical service will require coordination and pre-scheduling with the client.All power outages will be required to be planed for times when the building is lightly occupied. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Special Procedures 013500-2 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 10/2018 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Install and maintain temporary Project identification signs. Provide temporary on-site informational signs to identify key elements of the construction facilities. Do not allow other signs to be displayed. 1.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Arrange transportation, loading, and handling of temporary buildings and sheds. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. Maintain, expand as required, and modify temporary services and facilities as needed throughout the progress of the Work. B. Remove services and facilities when approved by the OAR. C. Operate temporary facilities in a safe and efficient manner. 1. Restrict loads on temporary services or facilities to within their designed or designated capacities. 2. Provide sanitary conditions. Prevent public nuisance or hazardous conditions from developing or existing at the Site. 3. Prevent freezing of pipes,flooding, or the contamination of water. 4. Maintain Site security and protection of the facilities. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY STORAGE BUILDINGS A. Furnish storage buildings of adequate size to store any materials or equipment delivered to the Site that might be affected by weather. 2.02 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide sanitary facilities at the Site from the commencement of the Project until Project conclusion. Maintain these facilities in a clean and sanitary condition at all times, and comply with the requirements of the local health authority. On large sites, provide portable toilets at such locations that no point in the Site shall be more than 600 feet from a toilet. B. Use these sanitary facilities. Do not use restrooms within existing or Owner-occupied buildings. Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000-1 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Locate temporary facilities in areas approved by the OAR. Construct and install signs at locations approved by the OAR. Install informational signs so they are clearly visible. 3.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. The Owner will furnish two Project signs to be installed by the Contractor. The signs must be installed before construction begins and will be maintained throughout the Project period by the Contractor. The locations of the signs will be determined in the field by the OAR. 3.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide temporary lighting inside buildings once buildings are weatherproof. B. Provide lighting that is adequate to perform Work within any space. Temporary lights may be removed once the permanent lighting is in service. C. Provide portable flood lights at any time that Work will be performed outside the structure at night. Provide adequate lighting at any location Work is being performed. 3.04 DRINKING WATER A. Provide all field offices with potable water. Provide a dispenser and cooling apparatus if bottled drinking water is provided. B. Pay for water services and maintain daily. 3.05 CONSTRUCTION FENCE A. Install and maintain a construction fence around the Site and off-site storage yards. Fence must be a minimum 6 feet high chain link construction unless shown otherwise. Provide gates with padlocks. 3.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Remove temporary buildings, sheds, and utilities at the conclusion of the Project and restore the Site to original condition or finished in accordance with the Drawings. B. Remove informational signs upon completion of construction. C. Remove Project identification signs, framing, supports, and foundations upon completion of the Project. 3.07 MAINTENANCE AND JANITORIAL SERVICE A. Maintain signs and supports in a neat, clean condition. Repair damage to structures, framings, or signs. B. Repair any damage to Work caused by placement or removal of temporary signage. Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000-2 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 END OF SECTION Temporary Facilities and Controls 015000-3 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. B. Construct temporary impounding works, channels, diversions, furnishing and operation of pumps, installing piping and fittings, and other construction for control of conditions at the Site. Remove temporary controls at the end of the Project. C. Provide a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as required by Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit No. TXR150000 for stormwater discharges from construction activities as applicable to the nature and size of the Project. Comply with all requirements of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ)and Laws and Regulations. File required legal notices and obtain required permits prior to beginning any construction activity. D. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to prevent stormwater pollution for the duration of the Project. Provide and maintain erosion and sediment control structures as required to preventive sediment and other pollutants from the Site from entering any stormwater system including open channels. Remove pollution control structures when no longer required to prevent stormwater pollution. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construct and maintain temporary controls with adequate workmanship using durable materials to provide effective environmental management systems meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents and Laws and Regulations. Use materials that require minimal maintenance to prevent disruption of construction activities while providing adequate protection of the environment. B. Periodically inspect systems to determine that they are meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents requiring approval by the OPT as Shop Drawings in accordance with Article 25 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. B. Provide copies of notices, records, and reports required by the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations as Record Data in accordance with Article 26 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1.04 STANDARDS A. Provide a SWPPP that complies with all requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. Temporary Controls 015700-1 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 B. Perform Work to comply with the City of Corpus Christi Code of Ordinances, Part III, Chapter 14, Article X - titled "STORM WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS" and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. 1.05 PERMITS A. As applicable, submit the following to the TCEQ and the Operator of any Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) receiving stormwater discharges from the Site: 1. Notice of Intent (NOI) at least 48 hours prior to beginning construction activity. Construction activity may commence 24 hours after the submittal of an electronic NOI. 2. Notice of Change (NOC) letter when relevant facts or incorrect information was submitted in the NOI, or if relevant information in the NOI changes during the course of construction activity. 3. Notice of Termination (NOT) when the construction Project has been completed and stabilized. B. Post a copy of the NOI at the Site in a location where it is readily available for viewing by the general public and as required by Laws and Regulations prior to starting construction activities and maintain the posting until completion of the construction activities. C. Maintain copies of a schedule of major construction activities, inspection reports, and revision documentation with the SWPPP. 1.06 STORMWATER POLLUTION CONTROL A. Comply with the current requirements of TPDES General Permit No.TXR150000 as set forth by the TCEQ for the duration of the Project as applicable to the nature of the work and the total disturbed area: 1. Develop a SWPPP meeting all requirements of the TPDES General Permit. 2. Submit of a Notice of Intent to the TCEQ. 3. Develop and implement appropriate Best Management Practices as established by local agencies of jurisdiction. 4. Provide all monitoring and/or sampling required for reporting to the TCEQ. 5. Submit reports to the TCEQ as required as a condition of the TPDES General Permit. 6. Submit copies of the reports to the Designer as Record Data in accordance with Article 26 of SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 7. Retain copies of these documents at the Site at all times for review and inspection by the OPT or regulatory agencies. Post a copy of the permit as required by Laws and Regulations. 8. Assume sole responsibility for implementing, updating, and modifying the TPDES General Permit per Laws and Regulations for the SWPPP and Best Management Practices. B. Use forms required by the TCEQ to file the Notice of Intent. Submit the Notice of Intent at least 2 days prior to the start of construction. Develop the SWPPP prior to submitting the Temporary Controls 015700-2 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Notice of Intent. Provide draft copies of the Notice of Intent,SWPPP,and any other pertinent TCEQ submittal documents to Owner for review prior to submittal to the TCEQ. C. Return any property disturbed by construction activities to either specified conditions or pre- construction conditions as set forth in the Contract Documents. Provide an overall erosion and sedimentation control system that will protect all undisturbed areas and soil stockpiles/spoil areas. Implement appropriate Best Management Practices and techniques to control erosion and sedimentation and maintain these practices and techniques in effective operating condition during construction. Permanently stabilize exposed soil and fill as soon as practical during the Work. D. Assume sole responsibility for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures for furnishing, installing, and maintaining erosion and sedimentation control structures and procedures and overall compliance with the TPDES General Permit. Modify the system as required to effectively control erosion and sediment. E. Retain copies of reports required by the TPDES General Permit for 3 years from date of Final Completion. 1.07 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Prevent the contamination of soil, water, or atmosphere by the discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. Provide adequate measures to prevent the creation of noxious air-borne pollutants. Prevent dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. Do not dump or otherwise discharge noxious or harmful fluids into drains or sewers, nor allow noxious liquids to contaminate public waterways in any manner. B. Provide equipment and personnel and perform emergency measures necessary to contain any spillage. 1. Contain chemicals in protective areas and do not dump on soil. Dispose of such materials at off-site locations in an acceptable manner. 2. Excavate contaminated soil and dispose at an off-site location if contamination of the soil does occur. Fill resulting excavations with suitable backfill and compact to the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil. 3. Provide documentation to the Owner which states the nature and strength of the contaminant, method of disposal, and the location of the disposal site. 4. Comply with Laws and Regulations regarding the disposal of pollutants. C. Groundwater or run-off water which has come into contact with noxious chemicals, sludge, or sludge-contaminated soil is considered contaminated. Contaminated water must not be allowed to enter streams or water courses, leave the Site in a non-contained form, or enter non-contaminated areas of the Site. 1. Pump contaminated water to holding ponds constructed by the Contractor for this purpose, or discharge to areas on the interior of the Site, as designated by the OAR. 2. Construct temporary earthen dikes or take other precautions and measures as required to contain the contaminated water and pump to a designated storage area. 3. Wash any equipment used for handling contaminated water or soil within contaminated areas three times with uncontaminated water prior to using such equipment in an Temporary Controls 015700-3 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 uncontaminated area. Dispose of wash water used to wash such equipment as contaminated water. 1.08 EARTH CONTROL A. Remove excess soil, spoil materials, and other earth not required for backfill at the time of generation. Control stockpiled materials to eliminate interference with Contractor and Owner's operations. B. Dispose of excess earth off the Site. Provide written approval from the property owner for soils deposited on private property. Obtain approval of the Owner if this disposal impacts the use of Site or other easements. 1.09 OZONE ADVISORY DAYS—NOT APPLICABLE A. Do not conduct roofing, priming, or hot-mix paving operations, except for repairs, on days the City Engineer has notified Contractor that an ozone advisory is in effect. An extension of time will be allowed for each day for which priming or hot mix paving was scheduled, crews were prepared to perform this Work and the City Engineer issued ozone alert prevents this Work. Contractor will be compensated at the unit price indicated in the Bid for each day for which an extension of time was granted due to an ozone alert. 1.10 MANAGEMENT OF WATER A. Manage water resulting from rains or ground water at the Site. Maintain trenches and excavations free of water at all times. B. Lower the water table in the construction area by acceptable means if necessary to maintain a dry and workable condition at all times. Provide drains, sumps, casings, well points, and other water control devices as necessary to remove excess water. C. Provide continuous operation of water management actions. Maintain standby equipment to provide proper and continuous operation for water management. D. Ensure that water drainage does not damage adjacent property. Divert water into the same natural watercourse in which its headwaters are located, or other natural stream or waterway as approved by the Owner. Assume responsibility for the discharge of water from the Site. E. Remove the temporary construction and restore the Site in a manner acceptable to the OAR and to match surrounding material at the conclusion of the Work. 1.11 DEWATERING A. This item is considered subsidiary for all dewatering methods other than "well pointing' to the appropriate bid items as described in the Bid Form where dewatering is needed to keep the excavation dry, as approved by the Designer, and shall include all costs to provide a dry foundation for the proposed improvements. B. Storm water that enters an excavation can be pumped out as long as care is taken to minimize solids and mud entering the pump suction and flow is pumped to a location that allows for sheet flow prior to entering a storm water drainage ditch or storm water inlet. Temporary Controls 015700-4 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 C. An alternative to sheet flow is to pump storm water to an area where ponding occurs naturally without leaving the designated work area or by a manmade berm(s) prior to entering the storm water system. Sheet flow and ponding is to allow solids screening and/or settling prior to entering a storm water conduit or inlet. D. Storm water or groundwater shall not be discharged to private property without permission. It is the intent that Contractor discharges groundwater primarily into the existing storm water system, provided that the quality of groundwater is equal to or better than the receiving stream,the Corpus Christi Bay. E. Testing of groundwater quality is to be performed by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, prior to commencing discharge and shall be retested by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, a minimum of once a week. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner on all testing. Tests will also be performed as each new area of construction is started. F. Another option for disposal of groundwater by Contractor would include pumping to the nearest wastewater system. If discharging to temporary holding tanks and trucking to a wastewater or wastewater plant, the costs for these operations shall be negotiated. Other groundwater disposal alternatives or solutions may be approved by the Designer on a case by case basis. G. Prior to pumping groundwater from a trench to the wastewater system the Contractor shall contact Wastewater Pre-treatment Coordinator at 826-1817 to obtain a "no cost" permit from the Owner's Waste Water Department. Contractor will pay for any water quality testing or water analysis cost required. The permit will require an estimate of groundwater flow. Groundwater flow can be estimated by boring a hole or excavating a short trench then record water level shortly after completion, allow to sit overnight, record water level again, pump hole or trench dry to a holding tank or vacuum truck then record how long it takes to fill to original level and overnight level. 1.12 DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER— NOT APPLICABLE A. An allowance will be included in the Bid for the unanticipated disposal of contaminated groundwater. This allowance may not be needed but is provided in case contaminated groundwater is encountered during the course of the Project and does not meet the water quality requirements for discharge into the storm water or wastewater systems. This allowance includes all materials, tools, equipment, labor, transportation, hauling, coordination, and proper disposal of the contaminated water at an approved landfill, deep water injection well, or other site as agreed to by the Designer. Suggested disposal facilities would be [US Ecology (USET) in Robstown, Texas or Texas Molecular in Corpus Christi, Texas]. B. The payment for this Work will be based on the Contractor's actual costs and will be negotiated. Payment will not include costs associated with routine dewatering, which is considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid items as described in Paragraph 1.11. 1.13 DISPOSAL OF HIGHLY CHLORINATED WATER A. Dispose of water used for testing, disinfection, and line flushing. Comply with Owner's requirements and Laws and Regulation regarding the disposal of contaminated water, including water with levels of chlorine,which exceed the permissible limits for discharge into wetlands or environmentally sensitive areas. Comply with the requirements of all regulatory Temporary Controls 015700-5 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 agencies in the disposal of all water used in the Project. Include a description and details for disposal of this water in a Plan of Action per SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. Do not use the Owner's wastewater system for disposal of contaminated water. 1.14 WINDSTORM CERTIFICATION A. All affected materials and installation shall comply with Texas Department of Insurance Requirements for windstorm resistant construction for design wind speed as required by the current version of the International Building Code (IBC). When applicable, Contractor shall be responsible for contracting with a licensed structural engineer in the State of Texas to perform all inspections and provide documentation for windstorm certification to the Texas Board of Insurance. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all necessary design/assembly documentation for all new windows, doors, louvers, etc. to the windstorm engineer/inspectors required to conform with the requirements of the Texas Department of Insurance. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials that comply with Laws and Regulations. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTING, MAINTAINING AND REMOVING TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Construct temporary controls in accordance with Laws and Regulations. B. Maintain controls in accordance with regulatory requirements where applicable, or in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Remove temporary controls when no longer required, but before the Project is complete. Correct any damage or pollution that occurs as the result of removing controls while they are still required. END OF SECTION Temporary Controls 015700-6 18176G—Police Headquarters Backup Generator Rev 8/2019 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction SECTION 02 41 00 CUTTING, PATCHING AND DEMOLITION WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 Summary A. This specification is intended to define cutting, patching, demolition, removal and relocation of all mechanical equipment, conduit and wiring, and piping, specified or required for a complete demolition. B. The City Of Corpus Christi retains salvage rights to all demolished equipment and wire. 1.2 Definitions A. Cutting: Removal of existing construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other work. C. Demolition is to be as described in the following: 1. The removal of all existing work so indicated specified or required. 2. The removal of existing work required to be removed for replacement by new work. 3. The removal of existing work required to be temporarily removed in order to erect new work. Work temporarily removed shall be reinstalled or replaced in a manner to restore the work to its original condition, subject to the approval of the Engineer. When such existing work is removed for the convenience of the various trades, such removal and replacement or reinstallation shall be performed by mechanics skilled in the trade of erecting the type of work involved. 4. The removal and reinstallation or relocation of existing electrical work as required by the installation of new work of all trades. 1.3 Work Not Shown On Plans A. Work not shown on the plans which must be removed and reinstalled, shall be done with no increase in contract price. The Contractor shall visit the site prior to bid and determine the existing conditions to verify the demolition or removal. This work shall be done with no increase in contract price. 1.4 Existing Equipment A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials required to insure the continued service of any affected systems interrupted by the demolition or removals. This work shall be done with no increase in contract price. B. Existing conduits exposed by demolition work shall be relocated as necessary. Coordinate with owner such that no loss of time is incurred by the owner regarding facility operations and/or maintenance. C. Existing concealed conduits not reused in the work may be abandoned in place; however, all wires shall be removed. D. Existing exposed conduits not reused in the work shall be removed unless otherwise indicated on drawings. 1.5 Damage and Protection of Property A. Care shall be exercised while performing work under this section in order to assure there will be no damage to installations that are to remain in place. Any damage shall be repaired by the contractor at no increase in contract price. B. The Contractor shall remove, at his own expense, any part of the work that has been improperly executed. He shall be responsible for the care of all work until its completion and final acceptance, and he shall replace any damaged or lost material. The Owner/Engineer's opinion of improperly executed work shall prevail. 1.6 Quality Assurance A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. Page 1 of 6 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND DEMOLITION—02 41 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch the following operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 1. Primary operational systems and equipment. 2. Fire-protection systems. 3. Control systems. 4. Communication systems. 5. Electrical wiring systems. 6. Operating systems of special construction in Division 13 Sections. C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch the following elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that result in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 1. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. 2. Membranes and flashings. 3. Exterior curtain-wall construction. 4. Equipment supports. 5. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. 6. Noise and vibration-control elements and systems. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials A. All products must comply with NSF/ANSI Standard 61. Use materials identical to existing materials. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of existing materials. B. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. C. Storage/ Packing Containers 1. Shall be 28 inches long x 20% inches wide x 15 7/16 inches wide. 2. Shall be manufactured from high density gray polyethylene and be equipped with permanently attached flip up interlocking lids suitable for stacking up to three high. 3. Buckhorn Model NR422104 or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Examination A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged. D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Owner. E. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. 1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 Fittings A. Existing Utilities: Maintain services indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. B. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities unless authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner and to authorities having jurisdiction. Provide at least seven (7) working days' notice to Owner if shutdown of service is required Page 2 of 6 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND DEMOLITION—02 41 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction during changeover. C. Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated utilities when requested by Contractor. 2. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. 3. If utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary utilities that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of service to other parts of building. 4. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing. D. Utility Requirements: Refer to Division 23 and Division 26 Sections for shutting off, disconnecting, removing, and sealing or capping utilities. Do not start selective demolition work until utility disconnecting and sealing have been completed. 3.3 Preparation A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D. Existing Services: Where existing services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services before cutting to minimize interruption of services to occupied areas. E. Dangerous Materials: Drain, purge, or otherwise remove, collect, and dispose of chemicals, gases, explosives, acids, flammables, or other dangerous materials before proceeding with selective demolition operations. These items include the proper removal of any treated chilled water that is to be drained from the system. Receive proper written permission from the Owner if chilled water is to be drained into the sewer system. F. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations. 2. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain. 4. Erect a plainly visible fence around drip line of individual trees or around perimeter drip line of groups of trees to remain. G. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed H. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of existing building and construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weather tight enclosure for building exterior. Page 3 of 6 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND DEMOLITION—02 41 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction I. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise. J. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. K. Camera Equipment Demolition 1. Each camera shall be neatly and securely packed in the containers noted in section 2.0 Materials of these specifications. 2. Each component of the camera system shall be packaged with the camera itself. This includes but not limited to the following: a. Camera VDP cable system b. Fiber transceivers C. Coax and Surge Suppression devices d. Camera controller 3. Each separate camera system component shall be neatly wrapped with at least two layers of bubble wrap and secured with packing tape. 4. Once all components of each camera system are properly stored in the containers, each container shall be sealed and labeled by the camera number. Contact Owner for proper disposition of camera containers. 5. All demolitioned camera VDP cable systems shall not be cut but shall be removed from the connectorized end of the cable. The cable shall be tie wrapped to secure the cable in a coiled manner. All cable connectors shall be bubble wrapped with a least two layers and secured with packing tape for storage. 3.4 Selective Demolition A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 6. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 9. Owner reserves the "right of first refusal' for all demolished items as indicated on the drawings. Contractor is to take possession of demolished equipment and materials and verify the intent of the owner to refuse any items. Contractor shall dispose of refused demolished items and materials promptly. 10. Return elements of construction and surfaces that are to remain to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. Page 4 of 6 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND DEMOLITION—02 41 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction B. Existing Facilities: Comply with building manager's requirements for using and protecting elevators, stairs, walkways, loading docks, building entries and other building facilities during selective demolition operations. C. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint equipment to match new equipment. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. D. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Owner, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. E. Concrete: Demolish in small sections. Cut concrete to a depth of at least 3/4 inch at junctures with construction to remain, using power-driven saw. Dislodge concrete from reinforcement at perimeter of areas being demolished, cut reinforcement, and then remove remainder of concrete indicated for selective demolition. Neatly trim openings to dimensions indicated. F. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power-driven saw, then remove masonry between saw cuts. G. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, then break up and remove. 3.5 Performance A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original installer. Comply with original installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 5. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other sections of these specifications. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of Page 5 of 6 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND DEMOLITION—02 41 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2020 Technical Specifications for Construction patching and refinishing. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re-hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even- plane surface of uniform appearance. 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weather tight condition. END OF SECTION Page 6 of 6 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND DEMOLITION—02 41 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 SECTION 22 05 29—HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe, and equipment hangers, supports, and associated anchors. B. Sleeves and seals. C. Flashing and sealing equipment and pipe stacks. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASME B31.1 - Power Piping. B. NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. C. NFPA 14 - Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supports for Sprinkler Piping: In conformance with NFPA 13. B. Supports for Standpipes: In conformance with NFPA 14. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Division One. B. Indicate hanger and support framing and attachment methods. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 Inch Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 Inches Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and Over: Adjustable steel yoke, cast iron roll, double hanger. D. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods; cast iron roll and stand for pipe sizes 6 inches and over. E. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook. F. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Over: adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll. HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 G. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. H. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes to 4 Inches: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, locknut nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. L Floor Support for Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and Over: Adjustable cast iron roll and stand, steel screws, and concrete pier or steel support. J. Roof Pipe Supports and Hangers: Galvanized Steel Channel System as manufactured by Portable Pipe Hangers, Inc. or approved equal. For pipes 2-1/2" and smaller—Type PP 10 with roller For pipes 3"through 8"—Type PS For multiple pipes—Type PSE- Custom K. Copper Pipe Support and Hangers: Electro-galvanized with thermoplastic elastomer cushions; Unistrut"Cush-A-Clamp"or equal. Hangers: Plastic coated; Unistrut or equal. L. For installation of protective shields refer to specification section 22 07 19-3.3. M. Shields for Vertical Copper Pipe Risers: Sheet lead. N. Pipe Rough-In Supports in Walls/Chases: Provide preformed plastic pipe supports, Sioux Chief"Pipe Titan"hold rite or equal. 2.2 HANGER RODS A. Galvanized Hanger Rods: Threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuous threaded. 2.3 INSERTS A. Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment,top slot for reinforcing rods,lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.4 FLASHING A. Metal Flashing: 20 gage galvanized steel. B. Lead Flashing: 41b./sq. ft. sheet lead for waterproofing; 1 lb./sq. ft. sheet lead for soundproofing. C. Caps: Steel,20 gage minimum; 16 gage at fire resistant elements. D. Coordinate with roofing contractor/architect for type of flashing on metal roofs. 2.5 FINISH A. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 -2 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 spaces,pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSERTS A. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. Coordinate with structural engineer for placement of inserts. B. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. C. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling,provide inserts to be flush with slab surface. D. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide thru-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut recessed into and grouted flush with slab. Verify with structural engineer prior to start of work. 3.2 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Support horizontal piping as follows: PIPE SIZE MAX. HANGER SPACING HANGER DIAMETER (Steel Pipe) 1/2 to 1-1/4 inch 7'-0" 3/8" 1-1/2 to 3 inch 10'-0" 3/8" 4 to 6 inch 10'-0" 1/2" 8 to 10 inch 10'-0" 5/8" 12 to 14 inch 10'-0" 3/4" 15 inch and over 10'-0" 7/8" (Copper Pipe) 1/2 to 1-1/4 inch 5'-0" 3/8" 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 inch 8'-0" 3/8" 3 to 4 inch 10'-0" 3/8" 6 to 8 inch 10'-0" 1/2" (Cast Iron) 2 to 3 inch 5'-0" 3/8" 4 to 6 inch 10'-0" 1/2" 8 to 10 inch 10'-0" 5/8" 12 to 14 inch 10'-0" 3/4" 15 inch and over 10'-0" 7/8" (PVC Pipe) 1-1/2 to 4 inch 4'-0" 3/8" 6 to 8 inch T-0" 1/2" HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 -3 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 10 and over 4'-0" 5/8" B. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. C. Place a hanger within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow and at the vertical horizontal transition. D. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. E. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub,with 5 feet maximum spacing between hangers. F. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each floor at hub. G. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation,provide multiple or trapeze hangers. H. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. I. Install hangers with nut at base and above hanger; tighten upper nut to hanger after final installation adjustments. J. Portable pipe hanger systems shall be installed per manufactures instructions. 3.3 Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installationrequirements. A. Clamps: Attach galvanized clamps, including spacers (if any),to piping with clamps projecting through insulation;do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ASME B31.9. B. Saddles:Install galvanized protection saddles MSS Type 39 where insulation without vapor barrier is indicated.Fill interior voids with segments of insulation that match adjoining pipe insulation. C. Shields: Install protective shields MSS Type 40 on cold and chilled water piping that has vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees and shall have dimensions in inches not less than the following: NPS LENGTH THICKNESS 1/4 THROUGH 3-1/2 12 0.048 4 12 0.060 5 & 6 18 0.060 8 THROUGH 14 24 0.075 16 THROUGH 24 24 0.105 D. Piping 2"and larger provide galvanized sheet metal shields with calcium silicate at hangers/supports. HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 -4 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 E. Insert material shall be at least as long as the protective shield. F. Thermal Hanger Shields: Install where indicated,with insulation of same thickness as piping. 3.4 FLASHING A. Provide flexible flashing and metal counter flashing where piping and ductwork penetrate weather or waterproofed walls, floors, and roofs. B. Flash vent and soil pipes projecting 8 inches minimum above finished roof surface with lead worked one inch minimum into hub, 8 inches minimum clear on sides with 24 x 24 inches sheet size. For pipes through outside walls, turn flanges back into wall and caulk, metal counter flash and seal. C. Flash floor drains in floors with topping over finished areas with lead, 10 inches clear on sides with minimum 36 x 36 inch sheet size. Fasten flashing to drain clamp device. D. Seal floor shower mop sink and all other drains watertight to adjacent materials. E. Provide curbs for mechanical roof installations 8 inches minimum high above roofing surface. Contact architect for all flashing details and roof construction. Seal penetrations watertight. 3.5 SLEEVES A. Set sleeves in position in formwork. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. B. Extend sleeves through floors minimum one inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves full depth with fire rated thermfiber and 3M caulking and provide floor plate. C. Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with U.L.listed fire stopping insulation and caulk seal air tight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. D. Fire protection sleeves may be flush with floor of stairways. END OF SECTION 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 SECTION 22 10 00-PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. The Basic Materials and Methods, Section 22 02 00, are included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.2 SCOPE A. The scope of the work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the piping covered by this Section,with all appurtenances,ready for the Owner's use. B. Include the following work in addition to items normally part of this Section: 1. Pipe and pipe fittings: a. Sanitary drainage piping system. b. Domestic water piping system. 2. Adapters, Transitions, Unions, Couplings,Flanges, Connectors 3. Valves 4. Excavation, Bedding, and Backfill 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASME—Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. B. ASME Section IX—Welding and Brazing Qualifications. C. ASME B1.20.1 —Pipe Threads, General Purpose. D. ASME B16.1 —Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125, and 250. E. ASME B16.3 -Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300. F. ASME B16.4—Gray Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 125 and 250. G. ASME B16.5—Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2 through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard. H. ASME B 16.14—Ferrous Pipe Plugs,Bushings, and Locknuts with Pipe Threads. PLUMBING PIPING 22 10 00 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 I. ASME B16.22 -Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings. J. ASME B16.23 —Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings: DWV. K. ASME B16.51 —Copper and Copper Alloy Press-Connect Pressure Fittings. L. ASME B31.3 —Process Piping. M. ASME B31.9—Building Services Piping. N. ASTM A47—Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. O. ASTM A53—Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped,Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless. P. ASTM A74—Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. Q. ASTM Al 26—Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves,Flanges,and Pipe Fittings. R. ASTM A153 —Standard Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. S. ASTM A197—Standard Specification for Cupola Malleable Iron. T. ASTM A395—Standard Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures. U. ASTM A536—Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. V. ASTM A582—Standard Specification for Free-Machining Stainless Steel Bars. W. ASTM B32—Standard Specification for Solder Metal. X. ASTM B42—Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes. Y. ASTM B43 —Standard Specification for Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes. Z. ASTM B62—Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings. AA. ASTM B75—Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube. BB. ASTM B148—Standard Specification for Aluminum-Bronze Sand Castings. CC. ASTM B306—Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube(DWV). DD. ASTM B584—Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. EE. ASTM B828—Standard Practice for Making Capillary Joints by Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube and Fittings. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 -2 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 FF. ASTM C33/C33M— Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. GG. ASTM C94—Standard Specification for Ready-Mix Concrete. HH. ASTM C150—Standard Specification for Portland Cement. IL ASTM C564—Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. JJ. ASTM C1053 — Standard Specification for Borosilicate Glass Pipe and Fittings for Drain, Waste, and Vent (DWV)Applications. KK. ASTM C 1173—Standard Specification for Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Piping Systems. LL. ASTM C 1277— Standard Specification for Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. MM. ASTM C1540— Standard Specification for Heavy Duty Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. NN. ASTM D635—Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position.00. ASTM D 1784— Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC)Compounds. PP. ASTM D1785 — Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. QQ. ASTM D2241 — Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe(SDR Series). RR. ASTM D2321 — Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications. SS. ASTM D2464 — Standard Specification for Threaded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. TT. ASTM D2466 — Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. UU. ASTM D2467 — Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. VV. ASTM D2564 — Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)Plastic Piping Systems. WW. ASTM D2665 — Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings. XX. ASTM D2672—Standard Specification for Joints for IPS PVC Pipe Using Solvent Cement. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 - 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 YY. ASTM D2729 — Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. ZZ. ASTM D2774 — Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure Piping. AAA. ASTM D2843 — Standard Test Method for Density of Smoke from the Burning or Decomposition of Plastics. BBB. ASTM D2846 — Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Hot and Cold Water Distribution Systems. CCC. ASTM D2855 — Standard Practice for the Two-Step (Primer and Solvent Cement) Method of Joining Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)or Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(CPVC)Pipe and Piping Components with Tapered Sockets. DDD. ASTM D3034—Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. EEE. ASTM D3139—Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. FFF. ASTM D3212—Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. GGG. ASTM D3311 —Standard Specification for Drain,Waste, and Vent(DWV)Plastic Fittings Patterns. HHH. ASTM D4976—Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. III. ASTM D5926—Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC)Gaskets for Drain, Waste, and Vent(DWV), Sewer, Sanitary, and Storm Plumbing Systems. JJJ. ASTM D6707—Standard Specification for Circular-Knit Geotextile for Use in Subsurface Drainage Applications. KKK. ASTM E84—Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. LLL. ASTM F439—Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. MMM. ASTM F441 —Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80. NNN. ASTM F477—Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets)for Joining Plastic Pipe. 000. ASTM F493 —Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC)Plastic Pipe and Fittings. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 -4 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 PPP. ASTM F656—Standard Specification for Primers for Use in Solvent Cement Joints of Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)Plastic Pipe and Fittings. QQQ. ASTM F913 —Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets)for Joining Plastic Pipe. RRR. ASTM F1336— Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)Gasketed Sewer Fittings. SSS. ASTM F1476— Standard Specification for Performance of Gasketed Mechanical Couplings for Use in Piping Applications. TTT. ASTM F1548—Standard Specification for Performance of Fittings for Use with Gasketed Mechanical Couplings Used in Piping Applications. UUU. AWS A5.8—Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding. VVV. AWS 5.31 —Specification for Fluxes for Brazing and Braze Welding. WWW. AWWA C105 — Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. XXX. AWWA C111 —Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. YYY. AWWA C209—Standard for Cold-Applied Tape Coatings for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connections, and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines. ZZZ. AWWA C219—Bolted, Sleeve-Type Couplings for Plain-End Pipe. AAAA.AWWA C509—Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. BBBB. AWWA C515—Reduced-Wall,Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Services. CCCC. AWWA C651 —Disinfecting Water Mains. DDDD. CISPI 301 —Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain,Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. EEEE. CISPI 310—Specification for Coupling for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain,Waste, and Vent Piping Applications. FFFF. ASSE 1003 Performance Requirements for Water Pressure Reducing Valves for Domestic Water Distribution Systems. GGGG. ASSE 1079—Performance Requirements for Dielectric Pipe Unions. HHHH. UL 94 Standard for Tests for Flammability of Plastic Materials for Parts in Devices and Appliances. 1111. UL 1285 Standard for Safety Pipe and Couplings,PVC and PVCO for Underground Fire Service. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 - 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 JJJJ. NSF/ANSI 61 — Drinking Water System Components — Health Effects. KKKK. NSF/ANSI 372—Drinking Water System Components—Lead Content. LLLL. Federal Specifications and Standards DD-G-54113—Glass (Laboratory). 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: For each product specified,provide components by the same manufacturer throughout. B. Valves: Manufacturer's name, size, and pressure rating shall be cast or marked on valve body or handle. C. Piping shall be labeled along its entire length indicating size, class,material specification, manufacturer's name and country of origin. D. Foreign pipe,fittings or valves are unacceptable. E. All cast iron soil pipe and fittings shall be marked with the collective trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute(CISPI) and shall be listed by NSF International. F. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME Code and applicable state labor regulations. G. Welders Certification: In accordance with ASME Section IX. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division One. B. Submit product data under provisions of Division One. C. Include pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. Provide manufacturer's catalog information, product certifications, and country of origin. Indicate valve data and ratings. 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Division One. B. Record actual locations of valves. 1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Division One. B. Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 - 6 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with a minimum of 5 years documented experience and must be a domestic manufacturer. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with a minimum of 5 years documented experience. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. DELIVERY: Deliver clearly labeled piping and valves to; and store, protect and handle products on site in accordance with the provisions of Division One. B. TIMING AND COORDINATION: Arrange for delivery of materials to allow for minimum storage time at the project site. Coordinate with the scheduled time of installation. C. ACCEPTANCE: Accept product on site in original factory packaging. Receive valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. Damaged valves shall not be acceptable. D. STORAGE: Store materials in a clean, dry location,protected from weather and damage. E. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. F. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. G. Protect installed piping systems from entry of foreign materials by providing temporary covers, as completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed systems. Tape will not be allowed as an acceptable end cover. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Division One. 1.11 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Perform work in accordance with plumbing and building codes having jurisdiction. B. No PVC pipe or fittings, or similar un-rated material, will be allowed in any areas where pipe is to penetrate a fire rated assembly or is to be installed in a return air plenum unless the entire length of all such piping is encased within a minimum two (2) hour fire rated enclosure. C. Provide a water pressure regulating valve assembly at the service entry where incoming water supply pressure is greater than 70 psi. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SANITARY SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING, PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 - 7 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 BELOW GRADE A. PVC Pipe: ASTM D1785/D2665 schedule 40 solid wall; installed per ASTM D2321. 1. Fittings: PVC,ASTM D3311/D2665 drainage pattern,with bell and spigot ends. Furnished by the same manufacturer as pipe or approved equal. 2. Joints: solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement,clear,medium bodied,for sizes 3" and smaller and gray, heavy bodied, for sizes 4" and larger. Mating surfaces shall be prepared with ASTM F656 purple primer immediately prior to cement application. 3. Acceptable except for kitchen waste and vent systems including piping associated with the grease trap, which shall be as specified below. 2.2 SANITARY SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING, WITHIN BUILDING,ABOVE GRADE A. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301 or ASTM A888,hubless. 1. Fittings: Cast iron, CISPI 301 or ASTM A888 drainage pattern. 2.3 DOMESTIC WATER PIPE, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING EDGE,BELOW GRADE A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type K, soft annealed. Provide for pipe sizes up to and including 2-1/2". 1. Fittings: ASTM B 16.22 wrought copper pressure fittings. 2. Joints shall be as follows: a. No joints shall be permitted for pipe sizes 2" and smaller. All such piping must be run continuous below slab on grade and brought up to no less than 12" above the finished floor before any joint is provided. b. For sizes larger than 2",joints between copper pipe and fittings shall be brazed and shall be made in accordance with all the applicable portions of ASTM B828, manufacturer's recommendations, and AWS requirements. Brazing filler metal shall be in accordance with AWS A5.8 and any required flux shall meet AWS A5.31, Type F133-A or F133-C. 3. Beginning at no closer than the 5'-0"mark from the building, all piping buried or in contact with concrete shall be provided with one of the following, which shall also extend to a minimum of 6" above the finished floor: a. AWWA C209 cold-applied,integrated primer type, elastomeric adhesive, laminate polymeric tape coating, minimum 35 mil nominal thickness, in accordance with manufacturer's installation guidelines. Chase Construction Products Tapecoat H35 or approved equivalent. b. Continuous polyethylene lining,minimum 60 mil nominal thickness. B. Ductile Iron Pipe: Minimum pressure class 150,ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51.Provide for pipe sizes 3" and larger. 1. Fittings: Standard ductile iron,ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10. 2. Joints: Rubber-gasketed and bolted mechanical joints, ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. Installation shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C600 and approved pipe lubricant shall be used for optimum gasket sealing and long-term PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 - 8 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 performance. 3. Note: A single fitting may be installed below slab on grade to facilitate underground pipe entry up to above floor from an immediately adjacent exterior building wall. 4. Provide continuous polyethylene encasement for all piping buried or in contact with concrete in accordance with ANSUAWWA C105/A21.5, beginning at no closer than the 5'-0" mark from the building and to a minimum of 6" above the finished floor. C. Stainless Steel Pre-Fabricated In-Building Riser(acceptable for sizes 2"through 10") 1. Corrosion resistant Type 304 stainless steel construction single, extended 90 degree fitting. 2. UL listed, FM approved and NFPA 24 compliant. 3. Lead free and NSF/ANSI 61 (372) certified. 4. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Ames Fire&Waterworks Series IBR(4"through 10")and IBR2 (2", 2- 1/2", and 3") b. Zurn Wilkins Model WBR(4"through 10") 5. Note: For this application, the inlet joint for larger diameter (4" through 10") piping (which shall not be located below a building slab or foundation) can be rubber gasketed push-on type, ANSUAWWA C111/A21.11. Installation shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA C600. 6. Provide continuous polyethylene encasement for all piping buried or in contact with concrete in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5, beginning at no closer than the 5'-0" mark from the building and to a minimum of 6" above the finished floor. 2.4 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, WITHIN BUILDING, BELOW GRADE A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type K, soft annealed. 1. No joints allowed below slab, run tubing continuous. 2. Provide AWWA C209 cold-applied,integrated primer type, elastomeric adhesive, laminate polymeric tape coating, minimum 35 mil nominal thickness, in accordance with manufacturer's installation guidelines, for all piping buried or in contact with concrete, to a minimum of 6" above finished floor. Chase Construction Products Tapecoat H35 or approved equivalent. 3. Applies to installations including services to island sinks and trap primer lines. 2.5 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, WITHIN BUILDING,ABOVE GRADE A. Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type L,hard drawn. 1. Fittings: ASME B 16.18,cast bronze or ASTM B 16.22 wrought copper alloy solder joint pressure fittings. 2. Joints between copper pipe and fittings shall be made in accordance with ASTM B828 using ASTM B32 Alloy HB lead-free solder. 3. Fittings and joints for pipe sizes 1/2" through 4"may be mechanical press-connect system joints with ASME B16.51 lead-free copper bodied fittings with integral ethylene-propylene diene monomer rubber (EPDM) sealing gaskets. All fittings, PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 - 9 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 couplings, and adapters shall be the product of a single system manufacturer and only that manufacturer's approved press tools,kits, and jaws shall be used. a. EPDM o-rings shall be pre-installed and lubricated with ANSI/NSF 61 listed lubricant. b. All installers of copper press-connect fittings shall be trained by the fitting manufacturer's appointed representative and carry such credentials for the duration of the project. C. The fitting manufacturer's representative shall conduct periodic inspections of the installation and shall provide written reports of such inspections to the Contractor and Engineer, including any observed deviations from the manufacturer's recommended installation practices. d. Acceptable system manufacturers: Viega or pre-approved equal. 4. Fittings and joints for pipe sizes 2-1/2 inch and larger shall be rolled groove type for copper tubing with all tools, couplings, adapters, fittings, gaskets, and valves the product of a single system manufacturer. a. Fittings shall be cast bronze using lead-free alloys per ASTM B584 or copper wrought copper constructed to ASTM B75, compliant with NSF/ANSI 61 for potable water service applications, and meet ASTM F1548. b. Couplings shall be epoxy/enamel (rust-inhibiting) coated ductile iron housings conforming to ASTM A536. C. Gaskets shall be EPDM for potable water, meeting ASTM F1476, and NSF 61/NSF 372 certified for potable water service from 30 degrees to 180 degrees F. d. Acceptable system manufacturers: Victaulic, Grinnell,Anvil Gruvlok. 2.6 ADAPTERS, TRANSITIONS,UNIONS, COUPLINGS,FLANGES, CONNECTORS A. (Non-Acid Waste)Drainage Applications: 1. Provide approved listed adapter and transition fittings appropriate to the specific pipe transition and in accordance with code requirements. 2. For dissimilar piping above ground, provide stainless steel shielded, molded elastomeric couplings and adapters meeting ASTM C564 and ASTM C1460. Applies to installations including cast iron to PVC transitions immediately adjacent to building slabs on grade. 3. For dissimilar underground piping not below building slab,provide shear resistant .012" thick 300 series stainless steel shielded, PVC gasketed flexible couplings and adapters meeting ASTM D5926 and ASTM C1173. For direct-bury applications, provide AWWA C209 cold-applied, integrated primer type, elastomeric adhesive, laminate polymeric tape coating, minimum 35 mil nominal thickness,in accordance with manufacturer's installation guidelines,to completely wrap the shield,banding, and screws. Chase Construction Products Tapecoat H35 or approved equivalent. 4. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Anaco-Husky/Cremco b. Mission Rubber Company LLC C. Femco,Inc. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 - 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 d. Fernco, Inc. Strong Back RC 1000 Series (underground piping,not below building slab; or readily accessible underground piping transitions in backwater valve pits, etc.) 5. Adapters, couplings, bushings for copper DWV pipe shall be cast bronze or wrought copper,ASME B16.23/B16.29. B. Domestic Water Applications: 1. Provide joints between various materials with approved adapter and transition fittings appropriate to the specific pipe transition and in accordance with code requirements and the manufacturer's instructions. 2. For copper tube and pipe: adapters, bushings, plugs, caps, and couplings shall be wrought copper or cast bronze; flanges (minimum class 150) and unions shall be cast bronze. Provide with solder or threaded connections as necessary and as produced to applicable ASME standards B 16.15,B 16.18,B 16.22,B 16.24,B 16.50, B 1.20.1. All such appurtenances shall be for use in above ground potable water systems. 3. Above slab transitions for water service entries: a. 100% fusion bonded epoxy coated ASTM A536 cast ductile iron construction coupling with acrylonitrile butadiene rubber (NBR) gaskets and EPDM insulating boot for water service. 5/8 inch high strength stainless steel bolts and nuts. Coupling shall meet AWWA C219. Romac Industries,Inc. IC501 or pre-approved equivalent. b. 100%fusion bonded 14 mil epoxy coated coupling with ASTM A536 cast ductile iron rings. Complete with acrylonitrile butadiene rubber (NBR) gaskets and type 304 stainless steel bridge, spacers, nuts, and bolts. Coupling shall meet AWWA C219, NSF 61, and NSF 372. Krausz USA Hymax Grip Coupling Restraint or pre-approved equivalent. 4. Dielectric connections: a. For pipe sizes 2 inch and smaller,provide lead-free dielectric unions,rated to 180 F at 250 psi and compliant to ASSE 1079. b. For pipe sizes larger than 2 inches, provide lead-free dielectric flanged pipe fittings,rated to 180 F at 175 psi and meeting ASME B16.1. C. For grooved copper joining systems, provide grooved end dielectric transition fitting from system manufacturer, with virgin polypropylene internal lining,meeting NSF 61. C. General: I. Unions for ferrous pipe shall be ASTM B16.39 galvanized malleable iron, threaded,minimum pressure class 150. 2. Plugs and bushings for ferrous pipe shall be ASME B 16.14 galvanized malleable iron,threaded. 3. Nipples for ferrous pipe shall be schedule 40,galvanized,ASTM A53 welded steel pipe nipples,threaded,meeting ASTM A733. 4. Couplings for ferrous pipe shall be galvanized steel, threaded, manufactured in accordance with ASTM A865. 5. Flanges for ferrous pipe shall be galvanized forged steel construction,either socket weld or slip-on weld type, minimum pressure class 150, manufactured to ASME B16.5. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 - 11 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 6. Bolts, nuts, and gaskets for flanged connections shall be appropriate to the pipe material, fluid type, temperature, and pressure. 1/16" thick pre-formed neoprene, typical. 7. Provide flexible stainless steel connectors at pumps and other such equipment, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Connectors shall have corrugated hose and braided 300 series stainless steel jacketing. Carbon steel flanged or grooved ends as appropriate. NSF 372 lead-free for all potable water applications. Metraflex Company or pre-approved equivalent. 2.7 GATE VALVES (IRON) A. ASTM A126 cast iron bodied, class 125 gate valve with bolted bonnet,non-rising ASTM B16 brass stem and packing gland, solid wedge, cast iron hand-wheel. Bronze wedge for sizes up through 6"and cast iron wedge with bronze bushing and wedge face rings for sizes 8" and larger. B. Basis of design: 1. NIBCO T-619 (threaded)for sizes 2"through 4". 2. NIBCO F-619 (flanged) for sizes 6"and larger. C. Acceptable alternate manufacturers: 1. Apollo 2. Milwaukee D. Applies to only to limited installations such as services from submersible pumps and ejectors.Not to be used for domestic water systems. 2.8 GATE VALVES (DUCTILE IRON) A. Fusion bonded epoxy coated ASTM A536 ductile iron bodied, class 125 gate valve with bolted bonnet, non-rising Type 304 stainless steel stem, resilient wedge. End connections as suited for adjacent piping. Provide with square operating nut for extended handle operation or with hand-wheel as appropriate for depth of burial and access. Certified lead- free to NSF 61/NSF 372 and AWWA C509 &C515 compliant(3" and larger). B. Basis of design: 1. NIBCO 619 series for sizes 2"through 12". C. Applies to outdoor, buried below grade domestic water main installations beyond 5 feet from the building edge.Not to be used inside of buildings. 2.9 BALL VALVES A. All bronze cast construction two-piece 600 psi body,blow-out proof stem, Teflon seated, lead-free, with stainless steel trim (including ball, stem, and valve handle). Threaded connections. Certified lead-free to NSF 61/NSF 372 and suited to 180 degrees F. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 - 12 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 B. Basis of design(bronze valves): 1. NIBCO T-585-66-LF (full port)for all sizes up through 2". 2. NIBCO T-580-66-LF (conventional port)for sizes 2-1/2"and 3". C. Valves 4" and larger shall be split body stainless steel construction, 275 psi cold working pressure, blow-out proof stem, PTFE seated, type 316 stainless steel trimmed, class 150, full port design with manual gear operator. NIBCO F-515-S6-F-66-FS. D. Acceptable alternate manufacturers: 1. Apollo 77 CLF-A series(full port) for all sizes up through 2". 2. Milwaukee UPBA-400S (full port)for all sizes up through 2". 3. Apollo 77 CLF-A series(full port)for size 2-1/2" and Apollo 70LF-140 series (standard port) for 3". 4. Milwaukee UPBA-1005 (standard port) for sizes 2-1/2" and 3". E. Applies to domestic water system installations. F. Provide valves complete with extended lever handles as required to accommodate insulation and full valve operation. G. Provide valves complete with memory stop kit where used for balancing applications. 1.17 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. ASTM A536 ductile iron bodied, (minimum) 200 psi lug type wafer style butterfly valve with ASTM A582 Type 400 series stainless steel stem, ASTM B148 aluminum bronze disc,and EPDM rubber seat/lining. Extended neck. Certified lead-free to NSF 61/NSF 372 and suited to 180 degrees F. B. Basis of design: 1. NIBCO LD-2000-3 (lever handle operated) for sizes 2-1/2"through 4". 2. NIBCO LD-2000-5 (manual gear operated) for sizes 6"and larger. 3. Install between standard ASME(minimum) class 125 flanges in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Acceptable alternate manufacturers: 1. Apollo 2. Milwaukee ML233E(lever handle operated)and ML333E(manual gear operated). D. Applies to domestic water system installations. 2.17 BUTTERFLY VALVES (GROOVED) A Grooved end, lead-free, copper alloy bodied, 300 psi butterfly valve with EPDM encapsulated ductile iron or aluminum bronze disc, EPDM seat/seal, stainless steel stem and trim, and extended neck. ANSI/NSF 61 certified for potable water systems. Lever PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 - 13 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 handle operated for sizes 2-1/2"through 4" and manual gear operated with handwheel for sizes 6"and larger. B. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Victaulic 608N (cast brass body with aluminum bronze construction disc). 2. Grinnell B680 (ASTM B584 bronze bodied). 3. Anvil Gruvlok Series 6700 CTS (ASTM B584 bronze bodied). C. Applies only to domestic water system installations employing grooved copper joining systems, as specified elsewhere in this section. Manufacturers shall only be acceptable where their grooved systems are provided. 2.18 CHECK VALVES (BRONZE) A ASTM B62/ASTM B584 bronze body and disc,minimum 200 psi(cold working pressure) Y-pattern horizontal swing type check valve with removable bronze bonnet, Type 300 series stainless steel nuts and hinge pin, and PTFE disc seat. Threaded connections. Certified lead-free to NSF 61/NSF 372 and suited to 180 degrees F. R ASTM A126 cast iron bodied, (minimum) class 125 globe style spring loaded (silent) check valve with ASTM B584 bronze disc and seat. Flanged connections. Certified lead- free to NSF 61/NSF 372 and suited to 200 degrees F. C Basis of design: 1. NIBCO T-413-Y-LF (Y-pattern swing type) for sizes up through 2". 2. NIBCO F-910-B-LF (globe style spring loaded type)for sizes 2-1/2"and larger. D. Acceptable alternate manufacturers: 1. Apollo (for sizes up through 2") E. Applies to domestic water system installations including associated pump discharge lines. Valves shall be suited for installation in both horizontal lines and vertical lines with upward flow, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2.19 CHECK VALVES (IRON) A ASTM A126 cast iron bodied, (minimum) class 125 conventional horizontal swing type check valve with bronze,cast or ductile iron disc.200 psi cold working pressure. Threaded or flanged connections. B. Basis of design: 1. NIBCO T-918-B (threaded connections)for sizes 2"through 4". 2. NIBCO F-918-B (flanged connections)for sizes 6" and larger. C Acceptable alternate manufacturers: PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 - 14 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 1. Apollo (flanged in all sizes) 2. Milwaukee F-2974A(flanged in all sizes) D. Applies only to limited installations such as services from submersible pumps and ejectors._ Not to be used for domestic water systems. 2.20 BALANCING VALVES A Self-contained, fully automatic thermally actuated balancing valve shall continuously adjust flow to maintain the desired domestic hot water temperature within the branch line, regardless of system operating pressure. Valve shall modulate between open and closed position within a 10 degrees F range. Valve body and all internal components shall be constructed of stainless steel with major components constructed of Type 303 stainless. Rated for 200 psi maximum working pressure and no less than 250 degrees F maximum working temperature. Lead-free and ANSI/NSF 61 compliant. Threaded connections. B. Basis of design: I. ThermOmegaTech Circuit Solver, sizes 1/2" through 2". Provide a union and ball type shutoff valve on both sides of the balancing valve. 2. ThermOmegaTech Circuit Solver with integrated union (CSU) assembly, sizes 1/2"and 3/4".Balancing valve assembly shall come complete with union body and ball type shutoff valves on both sides. C Applies to circulated domestic hot water system installations including multi-branch parallel piping circuits and single-loop piping circuits. 1. Provide balancing valve at end of each domestic hot water supply line (after last fixture served)just prior to the hot water return line, as indicated on Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations. 2. Provide a pipe tee or elbow with bushing as appropriate,3/4"threaded thermowell, and bi-metal adjustable angle 3 inch dial thermometer upstream of each balancing valve. Thermowell stem length and thermometer temperature probe length to be suited for pipe size, insulation thickness, and to ensure clearance for maintenance access and easy viewing of thermometer.Trerice bimetal/sensor,threaded-stepped shank thermowell(style 76)of lead-free brass(PBF)material.Trerice Model B836 thermometer with 300 stainless steel case and stem, hermetically sealed, double strength glass windowed,aluminum white-faced dial, complete with external reset and 0 to 200 degrees F range. Thermowell and thermometer face to be oriented upright for readability. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION,BEDDING AND BACKFILL A. This section shall apply for the excavation,bedding,and backfill of all buried piping unless specifically noted otherwise. All work shall be coordinated with any job site subsurface drainage/dewatering and adjusted accordingly. B. Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure the following: PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 - 15 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 1. Not less than 2 feet of cover, or not less than maximum depth of frost penetration, whichever is the greater. 2. For water lines intended for fire protection service, the depth of cover shall be: a. Not less than 2'-6"in those locations where frost is not a factor. b. Not less than 1'-0"below the frost line for the locality. C. Not less than 3'-0"for piping under driveways. d. Not less than 1'-0"below the bottom of the building foundation/footers. e. In full compliance with the requirements of NFPA 13 and NFPA 24. C. Excavation: 1. Excavate trenches for underground piping to the required depths. 2. The bottom of the trench or excavation shall be cut to a uniform grade. 3. Should rock be encountered, excavate 6 inches below grade, fill with bedding material and tamp to existing density. 4. Coordinate alignment of pipe trenches to avoid obstructions. Ensure that proposed routing of pipe will not interfere with building foundation before any trenching has begun. Should conflicts occur, contact Architect/Engineer before proceeding. 5. Should any sleeving of the building foundation be required, this shall be provided as directed by the structural engineer of record AND in accordance with the prevailing code,but in no case shall the sleeve be any less than two (2)pipe sizes greater than the pipe it serves. D. Bedding and Backfill: 1. Backfill shall not be placed until the piping has been inspected, tested and approved. Complete backfill to the surface of natural ground or to the lines and grades indicated on drawings. Provide 6 inch stabilized sand bed with 4 inch stabilized sand cover around each pipe.Provide select fill up to finished surface or grade, unless indicated otherwise by project geotechnical report or specified otherwise in Division 02. 2. Compacting Backfill:Place material in uniform layers of 8 inches maximum,loose measure and compact to not less than 95%of maximum soil density as determined by ASTM D-698 Standard Proctor. 3. Restoration: Compact backfill, where trenching or excavation is required in improved areas such as pavements, walks and similar areas, to a condition equal to the adjacent undisturbed earth and restore surface of the area to the condition existing prior to trenching or excavating operation. 4. A clay fill"trench plug"extending 3 feet inside the building line and 5 feet outside the building line shall be placed to completely surround utility lines passing beneath the foundation and grade beam. The materials shall consist of on-site soils with a plasticity index (PI) between 30 and 40 percent compacted to at least 95 percent of the Standard Proctor and maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D-698. E. Cement Stabilized Sand: 1. Materials: a. Cement shall be Type I Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 - 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 b. Sand shall be clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine aggregates of ASTM C33 and free of organic matter and deleterious substances. C. Water shall be potable and free of oils, acids, alkalis, organic matter, or other deleterious substances,meeting requirements of ASTM C94. 2. Mixture: a. Product shall consist of not less than 1.5 sacks of Portland cement per ton of dry sand. b. Mixture shall contain sufficient water to hydrate the cement and be thoroughly mixed in a pugmill type mixer. F. For water lines (including In-Building Risers)intended for fire protection service,provide joint restraints by way of concrete thrust blocks in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13 and NFPA 24. G. Aggressive Soil Conditions: Soil shall be considered aggressive and protection of buried metallic piping shall be provided as specified if any of the following situations exist: 1. Conditions are identified as such by the project geotechnical report or project geotechnical engineer. 2. The soil environment is a landfill area, swamp, marsh, polluted river bottom, cinder bed, or has alkaline soils. 3. A score of ten or higher is tallied when applying the soil assessment tool detailed in Appendix A of AWWA C105. An excerpt of this evaluation procedure is provided below for reference but is not intended as a substitute for the complete and latest Standard: Numerical Corrosivity Scale Soil Parameter Assigned Points Resistivity(ohm-cm) <700 10 700- 1,000 8 1,000— 1,200 5 1,200— 1,500 2 1,500—2,000 1 >2,000 0 pH 0-2 5 2-4 3 4-6.5 0 6.5-7.5 0 7.5- 8.5 0 >8.5 3 Redox Potential (mV) >100 0 PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 - 17 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 50- 100 3.5 0-50 4 <0 5 Sulfides Positive 3.5 Trace 2 Negative 0 Moisture Poor drainage continuously wet 2 Fair drainage generally moist 1 Good drainage generally dry 0 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General requirements for piping: 1. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. 2. Remove any scale, oil and dirt, on inside and outside,before assembly. 3. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 4. Confirm pipe placement, depth/elevation, and flow lines prior to any installation. B. General requirements for valves: 1. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. 2. Valves shall be line-sized unless specifically noted otherwise. 3. Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and operable fittings. Valves installed beyond reasonable reach shall be provided with a chain operator. 4. Provide access doors where valves and operable fittings are not otherwise accessible. Access doors shall be of approved types set in locations pre-approved by submittal to the Architect. 5. Gate valves installed below grade shall be covered with an adjustable cast iron roadway box extended to grade. Cover shall be cast iron with'water'cast on top of cover and shall be set flush to finished paving or 2" above finished earthen grade. Box shall be supported from undisturbed soil or concrete base and shall not introduce any stress to piping under all traffic conditions. C. Install all materials in accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions. D. All exposed sewer and water pipe in toilet rooms or other finished areas of the building shall be chrome plated. E. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever joining dissimilar metals. F. Route piping in an orderly manner,parallel and perpendicular to building column grid lines,unless indicated otherwise on drawings, and maintain gradients. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 - 18 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 G. Install piping to conserve building space and not conflict with other trades or interfere with intended use of space. H. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. I. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe,joints, or connected equipment. J. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape,brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. K. Provide encasement for and support for utility meters in accordance with the requirements of utility companies. L. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories not pre-finished, ready for finish painting. M. Maintain uniformity in the installation of piping materials and j oining methods.Do not mix material types. N. Where connecting new underground sanitary, storm, or vent piping to existing piping of dissimilar material,provide suitable mechanical transition fittings complete with corrosion protection for metallic elements. Chase Construction Products Tapecoat H35 or approved equivalent and a final coat of coal tar to completely cover the transition. O. Solder joints shall be wiped clean at each joint,remove excess metal while molten and flux residue when cooled. P. Waste nipple from wall to tapped tee shall be schedule 40 threaded galvanized steel pipe or brass or copper with threaded adapter. Q. General requirements for cast iron piping installation: 1. Install all pipe and fittings in accordance with published recommendations from the manufacturer and the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI). Specific items referenced below are not intended as a substitute for the complete and latest recommendations. 2. Install bell and spigot type pipe with bell end upstream. 3. Above ground horizontal pipe(suspended) shall: a. Be supported at no less than at every joint, and within 18" of the hub or coupling. b. Be maintained in alignment. Sagging or grade reversal shall be unacceptable. C. Be supported at terminal ends of all runs or branches and at each change of direction or alignment. d. Have all closet bends, traps, trap anus, and similar branches firmly secured. e. Be braced to prevent movement or joint separation. f. Be provided with suitable sway bracing (such as clamps, rods, and hardware)where pipe and fittings are suspended in excess of 18"by means of non-rigid hangers. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 - 19 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 4. Above ground vertical pipe shall: a. Be secured at each stack base. b. Be secured at each floor and riser clamps shall be provided on no greater than 15'-0"intervals. C. Be adequately supported to keep the system(pipe and contents) in alignment. 5. Provide seismic restraints in seismically active areas,whether specifically required by the prevailing code or not. R. For all underground non-metallic piping outside the building, provide minimum 14 AWG solid copper tracer wire (ASTM B-1, B-3) with high molecular weight polyethylene insulation(HMWPE)per ASTM D-1248. Wire shall be suited for direct bury applications to facilitate the detection and tracing of underground piping systems.THHN wire and other such nylon jacketing shall not be allowed. Insulation color shall be provided per the particular utility, in accordance with the American Public Works Association (APWA) uniform color code. Provide corrosion proof wire connectors with twist locking design and protective dielectric sealant. Copperhead Industries, LLC Snakebite or pre-approved equivalent. Tracer wire shall be placed in the same orientation as the installed pipe and laid six inches directly above the piping. One end of the tracer wire shall be brought aboveground at a building wall or riser for easy identification. S. No PVC pipe or fittings, or similar un-rated material, will be allowed in any areas where pipe is to penetrate a fire rated assembly or is to be installed in a return air plenum unless the entire length of all such piping is encased within a minimum two (2) hour fire rated enclosure T. Installations of underground thermoplastic piping systems shall be in strict conformity with the manufacturer's published instructions and the requirements of ASTM D2321 (gravity pipe) and ASTM D2774(pressure pipe). U. Installation of above ground thermoplastic piping systems shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The specific items indicated below are not intended as a substitute for the complete and latest manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Hangers and supports shall not compress, distort, cut, or abrade the piping. Nor shall they force the pipe and fittings into position. 2. Piping shall be supported at intervals sufficiently close to maintain pipe alignment and to prevent any sagging or grade reversal. System maximum operating temperature will determine support spacing. 3. Piping shall be supported at all branch ends and at all changes of direction,as close as practical to the fitting to avoid introducing excessive torsional stresses into the system. 4. Directly support(or if need be, immediately adjacent to) concentrated loads in the system, such as valves and other appurtenances. 5. Allowances must be made for thermal expansion and contraction of the piping system where temperature fluctuations can reasonably be expected to produce such movement. Provide and place hangers accordingly so as not to restrict. 6. Plastic piping systems shall not be placed alongside steam or other high temperature pipe lines or other high temperature objects. 7. Drainage piping shall be supported at trap arms as close as possible to the trap and all closet bends shall be supported and braced. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 -20 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 V. Installation of solvent cement joints for PVC and CPVC piping shall be in strict conformity with the requirements of ASTM D2855 and manufacturer's published instructions. W. Provide approved heavy duty transition coupling at each transition from above ground cast iron pipe to underground PVC pipe as specified elsewhere in this section. Transition shall be made as close as possible to the floor for sanitary DWV piping systems and at test tee "minimum 12 inches A.F.F." for storm drainage piping. Support vertical cast iron pipe from floor anchors using riser clamp and galvanized all thread rod as specified in Section 22 05 29. X. All grooved system tools and components (couplings, adapters, fittings, gaskets, valves, and specialties) shall be the product of a single domestic system manufacturer. Y. Grooved pipe system manufacturer shall provide on-site training for contractor's field personnel by a factory trained representative in the proper use of grooving tools, application of groove, and product installation. Factory trained representative shall periodically visit the job site and inspect installation. Contractor shall remove and replace any improperly installed products at no additional cost to the owner. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Provide union downstream of all valves at equipment or apparatus connections. B. Provide male adapters each side of threaded valves in copper piped system. Sweat solder adapters to tube prior to make-up of threaded connections. C. Provide approved isolation valves for shut-off and to isolate all equipment items and distinct parts of systems. Isolation valves shall be provided for both hot and cold water in locations including,but not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. At each floor for each domestic water tap branching off from a vertical riser. 2. At each domestic water branch line capped for future use. 3. At each restroom or restroom group. 4. At each hose bibb,wall hydrant,hose reel,and trap primer device(except for flush valve or tailpiece type trap primer devices). 5. At each domestic water branch line within 24" of the corresponding main. 6. At each plumbing fixture not otherwise served by a localized fixture group isolation valve. D. Each plumbing water rough-in stub out shall be fitted with a supply stop. E. Valves installed in insulated piping shall be fitted with extended lever operators of sufficient length to raise handle above the insulation jacket material. Where valve is used for throttling service, the valve handle shall be equipped with adjustable memory stop device. F. Provide non-slam type check valves on discharge lines from all water pumps. Install at a minimum length of 5 times the pipe diameter from the pump and in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 -21 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. All gravity drainage lines in the building shall have 1/4 inch per foot fall where possible and not less than 1/8 inch per foot fall toward the main sewer.Pipe must be laid so that the slope will be uniform and continuous. Permission shall be secured from the Architect and Engineer before proceeding with any Work where existing conditions prevent the installation at the minimum grade specified. B. All vent and branch vent pipes shall be graded and connected as to drip back by gravity to the drainage pipe it serves. A slope of 1 inch per 40 feet will suffice for this requirement, subject to the approval of the local Authority Having Jurisdiction. C. Slope all horizontal water piping with uniform pitch of 1/8 inch per 10 feet to low points to allow for complete system drainage. For long runs, where constant pitch cannot be maintained, provide intermediate low points and rise up again from such locations. Slope horizontal branches back to mains or risers. Provide clearly identified supplementary drain valves where hose bibbs,hydrants, or sill cocks will not suffice for this requirement. 3.5 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM A. Prior to starting work, all domestic water systems shall be complete, thoroughly flushed clean and free of all foreign matter or erection residue. B. Ensure PH of water to be treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali (caustic soda or soda ash) or acid (hydrochloric). C. On building side of the main shut off valve, provide a 3/4" connection through which chlorine can be introduced into the water piping D. Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid,powder,tablet or gas form,in sufficient quantity to obtain 50 to 80 mg/L residual free chlorine solution throughout the entire domestic water piping systems. E. Bleed water from outlets as required to ensure complete distribution and test for disinfectant residual at a minimum 15 percent of total outlets. F. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours. G. If final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L,repeat treatment. H. Flush disinfectant from system until residual equal to that of incoming water or 1.0 mg/L. 1. Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from 5 percent of outlets and from water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C651. 3.6 SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Provide new sanitary and storm sewer services connecting to existing building services or utility lines as shown on the drawings. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 -22 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 B. Before commencing work, field verify invert elevations required for sewer connections, confirm inverts and ensure that these can be properly connected with slope for drainage and cover as required. C. Provide new domestic water service connecting to existing building services or utility lines as shown on plans. Assure connections are in compliance with requirements of the jurisdiction having authority. D. Extension of services to the building shall be fabricated from the same materials as the utility service lines or those materials specified herein. E. Should points of connection vary from those indicated on the drawings contractor shall properly allow for this in the actual connections field fabricated. 3.7 RODDING SEWERS A. All sanitary soil and waste lines, both in the building and out, shall be rodded out after completion of the installation. B. This Work shall be done,as part of the contract,to make certain that all lines are clear, and any obstruction that may be discovered shall be removed immediately. Rodding shall be accomplished by utilizing a rotary cutter, which shall be full size of pipe being cleaned. 3.8 TESTING OF PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS A. During the progress of the work and upon completion, tests shall be made as specified herein and as required by Authorities Having Jurisdiction, including Inspectors, Owner or Architect. The Architect or duly authorized Construction Inspector shall be notified in writing at least 2 working days prior to each test or other Specification requirement which requires action on the part of the Construction Inspector. B. Tests shall be conducted as part of this work and shall include all necessary instruments, equipment,apparatus,and service as required to perform the tests with qualified personnel. Submit proposed test procedures, recording forms, and test equipment for approval prior to the execution of testing. C. Tests shall be performed before piping of various systems have been covered or furred-in. For insulated piping systems testing shall be accomplished prior to the application of insulation. D. All piping systems shall be tested and proved absolutely tight for a period of not less than 24 hours. Tests shall be witnessed by the Architect or an authorized representative and pronounced satisfactory before pressure is removed or any water drawn off. E. Leaks, damage or defects discovered or resulting from test shall be repaired or replaced to a like new condition. Leaking pipe joints,or defective pipe, shall be removed and replaced with acceptable materials. Test shall be repeated after repairs are completed and shall continue until such time as the entire test period expires without the discovery of any leaks. PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 -23 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 F. Wherever conditions permit, each piping system shall thereafter be subjected to its normal operating pressure and temperature for a period of no less than five 5 days. During that period, it shall be kept under the most careful observation. The piping systems must demonstrate the propriety of their installation by remaining absolutely tight during this period. G. Domestic Water: Pressure test at one and one half times the normal working pressure or 125 psig, whichever is the greater, for 24 hours. H. Sanitary Soil, Waste and Vents and Storm Sewer: 1. After the rough-in soil, waste and vent and other parts of the sanitary sewer including branch laterals have been set from the lowest level,at point of connection to existing utility lines, to above the floor line, all outlets shall be temporarily plugged or capped, except as are required for testing as described herein. Ground work shall not permit the backfill of trenches to cover any joints until the completion of testing. Back fill shall be limited to mid sections of full joints of piping only. For pipe in ground the piping shall be readied as described herein and filled with water to a verifiable and visible level to 10' above the lowest portions of the system being tested. 2. On multi-level buildings only one floor level shall be tested at a time. Each floor shall be tested from a level below the structure of the floor, or the outlet of the building in the case of the lowest level, to a level of 12 inches above the floor immediately above the floor being tested, or the top of the highest vent in the case of the highest building level. The pipes for the level being tested shall be filled with water to a verifiable and visible level as described above and be allowed to remain so for 24 hours.If after 24 hours the level of the water has been lowered by leakage, the leaks must be found and stopped, and the water level shall again be raised to the level described, and the test repeated until, after a 24 hour retention period,there shall be no perceptible lowering of the water level in the system being tested. 3. Should the completion of these tests leave any reasonable question or doubt of the integrity of the installation, additional tests including peppermint smoke, or other measures shall be performed to demonstrate the reliability of these systems to the complete satisfaction of the Owner's duly authorized representative. Such tests shall be conducted and completed before any joints in plumbing are concealed or made inaccessible. 3.9 COMPLETE FUNCTIONING OF WORK A. All work reasonably implied as essential to the complete functioning of the systems shown on the Drawings and Specification shall be completed as part of the work of this Division, unless specifically stated otherwise.It is the intention of the Drawings and Specification to establish the type and function of systems but not to set forth each item essential to the functioning of any system. In case of doubt as to the work intended or in the event of amplification or clarification thereof, the Contractor shall call upon the Architect for Supplementary Instructions and Drawings, etc. END OF SECTION 22 10 00 PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000 -24 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 SECTION 23 05 29—HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT—HVAC PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. Section 23 02 00 -Basic Materials and Methods is included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe, and equipment hangers, supports and associated anchors. B. Sleeves and seals. C. Flashing and sealing equipment and pipe stacks. 1.3 RELATED WORK A. Section 21 00 00—Fire Suppression. B. Section 22 10 00—Plumbing Piping and Pumps. C. Section 23 05 48—Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment. D. Section 23 07 16—HVAC Equipment Insulation. E. Section 23 07 19—HVAC Piping Insulation. F. Section 23 21 13 —Above Ground Hydronic Piping. G. Section 23 21 16—Underground Hydronic Piping. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ANSUASME B31.1 - Power Piping. B. NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. C. NFPA 14 - Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supports for Sprinkler Piping: In conformance with NFPA 13. B. Supports for Standpipes: In conformance with NFPA 14. HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Division One. B. Indicate hanger and support framing and attachment methods. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hangers for Pipes Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 Inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. B. Hangers for Pipes Sizes 2 to 4 Inch: Carbon steel, adjustable clevis. C. Hangers for Pipes Sizes 6 Inches and Over: Adjustable steel yoke, cast iron roller, double hanger. D. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers, pre-formed manufactured saddles and hanger rods; cast iron roller and stand for pipe sizes 6 inches and over. E. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook. F. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and over: adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roller. G. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. H. Floor Support for Pipe Sizes to 4 Inches: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle,locknut nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. L Floor Support for Pipe Sizes 6 hiches and Over: Adjustable cast iron roller and stand, steel screws, and concrete pier or steel support. J. Roof Pipe Supports and Hangers: Galvanized Steel Channel System as manufactured by Portable Pipe Hangers, Inc. or approved equal. 1. For pipes 2-1/2" and smaller—Type PP 10 with roller 2. For pipes 3"through 8"—Type PS 3. For multiple pipes—Type PSE-Custom K. Copper Pipe Support and Hangers: Electro-galvanized with thermoplastic elastomer cushions; Unistrut"Cush-A-Clamp"or equal. Hangers: Plastic coated; Unistrut or equal. L. Shields for Vertical Copper Pipe Risers: Sheet lead. M. Pipe Rough-In Supports in Walls/Chases: Provide preformed plastic pipe supports, Sioux Chief"Pipe Titan" or equal. 2.2 HANGER RODS A. Galvanized Hanger Rods: Threaded both ends,threaded one end, or continuous threaded. HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 -2 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2.3 INSERTS A. Inserts: Malleable iron case with galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment,top slot for reinforcing rods,lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.4 FLASHING A. Metal Flashing: 20 gage galvanized steel. B. Lead Flashing: 4 lb. /sq. ft. sheet lead for waterproofing; 1 lb. /sq. ft. sheet lead for soundproofing. C. Caps: Steel,20 gage minimum; 16 gage at fire resistant elements. D. Coordinate with roofing contractor/Architect for type of flashing on metal roofs. 2.5 EQUIPMENT CURBS A. Fabricate curbs of hot dipped galvanized steel. B. For metal roof construction, roof curbs shall be made of aluminum or stainless steel. Coordinate with Architectural Drawings and details. C. Refer to section 3.5 for Rooftop Equipment Anchorage. 2.6 SLEEVES A. Sleeves for Pipes through Non-fire Rated Floors: Form with 18 gage galvanized steel,tack welded to form a uniform sleeve. B. Sleeves for Pipes through Non-fire Rated Beams,Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Form with steel pipe, Schedule 40. C. Sleeves for Pipes through Fire Rated and Fire Resistive Floors and Walls,and Fireproofing: Prefabricated fire rated steel sleeves including seals,UL listed. D. Sleeves for Round Ductwork: Form with galvanized steel. E. Sleeves for Rectangular Ductwork: Form with galvanized steel. F. Fire Stopping Insulation: Glass fiber type,non-combustible,U.L.listed. G. Caulk: Paintable 25-year acrylic sealant. H. Pipe Alignment Guides: Factory fabricated, of cast semi-steel or heavy fabricated steel, consisting of bolted, two-section outer cylinder and base with two-section guiding spider that bolts tightly to pipe. Length of guides shall be as recommended by manufacturer to allow indicated travel. 2.7 FABRICATION HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 -3 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 A. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. B. Design hangers without disengagement of supported pipe. C. Design roof supports without roof penetrations,flashing or damage to the roofing material. 2.8 FINISH A. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces,pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSERTS A. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. Coordinate with Structural Engineer for placement of inserts. B. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. C. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling,provide inserts to be flush with slab surface. D. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide thru-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut recessed into and grouted flush with slab. Verify with Structural Engineer prior to start of work. 3.2 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Support horizontal piping as follows: PIPE SIZE MAX. HANGER SPACING HANGER DIAMETER (Steel Pipe) 1/2 to 1-1/4 inch 7'-0" 3/8" 1-1/2 to 3 inch 10'-0" 3/8 " 4 to 6 inch 10'-0" 1/2" 8 to 10 inch 10'-0" 5/8" 12 to 14 inch 10'-0" 3/4" 15 inch and over 10'-0" 7/8" (Copper Pipe) 1/2 to 1-1/4 inch 5'-0" 3/8" HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 -4 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 inch 8'-0" 3/8" 3 to 4 inch 10'-0" 3/8" 6 to 8 inch 10'-0" 1/2" (Cast Iron) 2 to 3 inch 5'-0" 3/8" 4 to 6 inch 10'-0" 1/2" 8 to 10 inch 10'-0" 5/8" 12 to 14 inch 10'-0" 3/4" 15 inch and over 10'-0" 7/8" (PVC Pipe) 1-1/2 to 4 inch 4'-0" 3/8" 6 to 8 inch 4'-0" 1/2" 10 and over 4'-0" 5/8" B. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. C. Place a hanger within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow, and at the vertical to horizontal transition. D. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. E. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub,with 5 feet maximum spacing between hangers. F. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each floor at hub. G. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation,provide multiple or trapeze hangers. H. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. I. Install hangers with nut at base and above hanger; tighten upper nut to hanger after final installation adjustments. J. Portable pipe hanger systems shall be installed per manufacturer's instructions. K. Distances between supports are maximum distance. Supports shall be provided to carry the pipe/equipment load. HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 3.3 INSULATED PIPING: Comply with the following installation requirements. A. Clamps: Attach galvanized clamps,including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through insulation; do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ASME B31.9. B. Saddles: Install galvanized protection saddles MSS Type 39 where insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with segments of insulation that match adjoining pipe insulation. Secure the full contact area of the saddle to the pipe insulation with 1/8"thick coat of mastic. C. Shields: Install protective shields MSS Type 40 on cold and chilled water piping that has vapor barrier. Secure the full contact area of the shield to the pipe insulation with 1/8" thick coat of mastic. D. Shields shall span an are of 180 degrees and shall have dimensions in inches not less than the following: NPS LENGTH THICKNESS 1/4 THROUGH 12 0.048 3-1/2 4 12 0.060 5 & 6 18 0.060 8 THROUGH 14 24 0.075 16 THROUGH 24 24 0.105 E. Piping 2"and larger: provide galvanized sheet metal shields with calcium silicate insulation at hangers/supports. F. Insert material shall be at least as long as the protective shield. G. Thermal Hanger Shields: Install where indicated,with insulation of same thickness as piping. 3.4 EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide equipment bases of concrete. B. Provide templates, anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment. C. Construct support of steel members. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure. D. Provide rigid anchors for pipes after vibration isolation components are installed. 3.5 ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 -6 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 A. All roof top equipment curbs, roof top mechanical equipment, equipment tie downs, and connections of all equipment to building structure for wind loading are to be designed and engineered by a registered Specialty Engineer retained by the mechanical equipment supplier. Signed and Sealed drawings and calculations are to be submitted to the engineer of record for review and approval. The equipment manufacturer shall provide the attachment of the unit to structure and submit to the engineer loads,locations,and methods of attachment. The structural engineer will make provisions in the design of the primary structural frame to accommodate the loads and attachments submitted by the manufacturer. B. 3.6 FLASHING A. Provide flexible flashing and metal counter flashing where piping and ductwork penetrate weather or waterproofed walls, floors, and roofs. B. Flash vent and soil pipes projecting 8 inches minimum above finished roof surface with lead worked one inch minimum into hub, 8 inches minimum clear on sides with 24 x 24 inches sheet size. For pipes through outside walls, turn flanges back into wall and caulk. Provide metal counter flash and seal. C. Flash floor drains in floors with topping over finished areas with lead, 10 inches clear on sides with minimum 36 x 36 inch sheet size. Fasten flashing to drain clamp device. D. Seal floor, shower, mop sink, and all other drains watertight to adjacent materials. E. Provide curbs for mechanical roof installations 8 inches minimum high above roofing surface. Contact Architect for all flashing details and roof construction. Seal penetrations watertight. 3.7 SLEEVES A. Set sleeves in position in formwork. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. B. Extend sleeves through floors minimum one inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves full depth with fire rated thermafiber and 3M caulking and provide floor plate. C. Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with U.L. listed fire stopping insulation and caulk seal air tight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. D. Fire protection sleeves may be flush with floor of stairways. END OF SECTION 23 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORT FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 -7 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 SECTION 23 07 19—HVAC PIPING INSULATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. Section 23 02 00—Basic Materials and Methods is included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.2 SCOPE A. Scope of the Work shall include the furnishing and complete installation of the equipment covered by this Section, with all auxiliaries, ready for Owner's use. B. Furnish and install piping insulation to: 1. Chilled water and heating hot water piping. 2. Condensate drain piping. 3. Refrigerant piping. 4. All pipes subject to freezing conditions shall be insulated. C. Work specified elsewhere. 1. Painting. 2. Pipe hangers and supports. D. For insulation purpose piping is defined as the complete piping system including supplies and returns, pipes, valves, automatic control valve bodies, fittings, flanges, strainers, thermometer well,unions,reducing stations, and orifice assemblies. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 23 05 29 -Hangers and Support for HVAC Piping and Equipment B. Section 23 05 53 —Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment C. Section 23 21 13 -Above Ground Hydronic Piping D. Section 23 23 00 -Refrigerant Piping 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM International. (ASTM) B. American Society of Heating,Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers,Inc. (ASHRAE). HVAC PIPING INSULATION 2307 19 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 C. North American Insulation Manufacturers Association(NAIMA). D. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA). E. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association,Inc.(SMACNA). F. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL). G. Underwriter's Laboratories Environmental(UL Environment). 1.5 WARRANTY A. Warrant the Work specified herein for one year against becoming unserviceable or causing an objectionable appearance resulting from either defective or nonconforming materials or workmanship. B. Defects shall include,but not be limited to,the following: 1. Mildewing. 2. Peeling, cracking, and blistering. 3. Condensation on exterior surfaces. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: Indicate size,material, and finish. Show locations and installation procedures. Include details of joints, attachments, and clearances. B. PRODUCT DATA: Submit schedules, charts, literature, and illustrations to indicate the performance, fabrication procedures,project variations, and accessories. 1.7 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in unopened containers with manufacturer's stamp, clearly labeled with flame and smoke rating, affixed showing fire hazard indexes of products. B. Protect insulation against dirt, water and chemical and mechanical damage. Do not install damaged or wet insulation; remove such from project site. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 It is the intent of these specifications to secure superior quality workmanship resulting in an absolutely satisfactory installation of insulation from the standpoint of both function and appearance. Particular attention shall be given to valves, fittings, pumps, etc., requiring low temperature insulation to insure full thickness of insulation and proper application of the vapor seal. All flaps of vapor barrier jackets and/or canvas covering must be neatly and securely smoothed and sealed down. 2.2 The type of insulation and its installation shall be in strict accordance with these specifications for HVAC PIPING INSULATION 2307 19 -2 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 each service, and the application technique shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. All insulation types, together with adhesives and finishes shall be submitted and reviewed prior to installation. 23 A sample quantity of each type of insulation and each type application shall be installed and accepted prior to proceeding with the main body of the work. Condensation caused by improper installation of insulation shall be corrected by Installing Contractor. Any damage caused by condensation shall be made good at no cost to the Owner or Architect/Engineer. 2.4 All insulation shall have composite (insulation,jacket or facing, and adhesive used to adhere the facing or jacket to insulation) fire and smoke hazard as tested by Procedure ASTM E 84, NFPA 255 and UL 723 not exceeding: Flame Spread 25 Smoke Developed 50 25 All HVAC piping insulation shall comply with minimum requirements of 2015 International Energy Conservation Code and ASHRAE 90.1 -2013. 2.6 Accessories, such as adhesives, mastics and cements shall have the same component ratings as listed above. 2.7 All products or their shipping cartons shall have a label affixed, indicating flame and smoke ratings do not exceed the above requirements. 2.8 Any piping located in an air plenum that is comprised of materials that do not comply with the 25/50 flame and smoke rating per ASTM E 84 testing requirements shall be provided with a single layer of high-temperature insulation to establish a noncombustible rating per ASTM E 136. Insulation products which are approved for such non-compliant combustible piping materials located air plenums shall be 3M Fire Barrier Plenum Wrap 5A+ or Unifrax FyreWrap 0.5 Plenum. Insulation products for this application shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 2.9 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Calcium silicate materials shall be as manufactured by Johns Manville. B. Glass mineral wool materials shall be as manufactured by Knauf Insulation, Johns Manville or Owens-Corning and shall have the same thermal properties, density, fire rating,vapor barrier, etc., as the types specified herein, subject to review by the Engineer. C. Adhesives shall be as manufactured by Childers, Foster, HB Fuller or Armacell, and shall have the same adhesive properties, fire rating, vapor seal, etc., as the types specified herein, subject to review by the Engineer. D. Flexible elastomeric cellular thermal insulation by Armacell. E. Phenolic foam insulation shall be as manufactured by Kooltherm Insulation(Koolphen). F. Metal jacketing and fitting covers shall be as manufactured by Childers or RPR Products. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 2307 19 - 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2.10 MATERIALS A. CHILLED WATER: Provide Phenolic foam with ASJ jacket and all joints sealed B. HEATING HOT WATER PIPE: Provide glass mineral wool pipe insulation with ASJ- SSL jacket or phenolic foam with ASJ and all joints sealed. C. CONDENSATE DRAINAGE PIPING: Flexible elastomeric cellular thermal insulation, model "AP-2000", fire rated for use in environmental air plenums; insulation not required when piping is exposed on roof. D. REFRIGERANT PIPING: Flexible elastomeric cellular thermal insulation, model "AP- 2000", fire rated for use in environmental air plenums. Apply manufacturers recommended finish and sealant for exterior applications. E. METAL JACKETING: Utilize Childers "Strap-On" jacketing. Provide preformed fitting covers for all elbows and tees. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 All insulation shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and printed installation instructions, including high density inserts at all hangers and pipe supports to prevent compression of insulation. 3.2 All items required for a complete and proper installation are not necessarily indicated on the plans or in the specifications. Provide all items required as per manufacturer's requirements. 33 Pipes located outdoors or in tunnels shall be insulated same as concealed piping and shall have a jacket of 0.016 inch thick, smooth aluminum with longitudinal modified Pittsburg Z-Lock seam and 2 inch overlap. Jacketing shall be easily removed and replaced without damage. All insulation butt joints shall be sealed with gray silicone. Galvanized banding is not acceptable. 3.4 All insulated piping located over driveways shall have an aluminum shield permanently banded over insulation to protect it from damage from car antennas. 3.5 WATER PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. The insulation shall be applied to clean, dry pipes with all joints firmly butted together. Where piping is interrupted by fittings, flanges, valves or hangers and at intervals not to exceed 25 feet on straight runs, an isolating seal shall be formed between the vapor barrier jacket and the bare pipe. The seal shall be by the applications of adhesive to the exposed insulation joint faces, carried continuously down to and along 4 inches of pipe and up to and along 2 inches of jacket. B. Pipe fittings and valves shall be insulated with pre-molded or shop fabricated glass mineral wool covers finished with two brush coats of vapor barrier mastic reinforced with glass fabric. C. All under lap surfaces shall be clean and free of dust, etc. before the Joint is sealed. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 2307 19 -4 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 These laps shall be firmly rubbed to insure a positive seal. A brush coat of vapor retarder shall be applied to all edges of the vapor barrier jacket. 3.6 STANDBY-GENERATOR ENGINE EXHAUST PIPING A. Entire engine exhaust pipe from exhaust manifold to outside terminal shall be enclosed in a V thick layer of calcium silicate insulation. B. A second insulating layer of V thick calcium silicate shall cover the first layer. C. Joints for the first and second layer shall be staggered. D. Apply aluminum jacket over outer layer of insulation. E. Insulate exhaust muffler in the same manner as the exhaust piping. 3.7 FIRE RATED INSULATION A. All pipe penetrations through walls and concrete floors shall be fire rated by applying USG Thermafiber in the space between the concrete and the pipe. B. The penetration shall be additionally sealed by using 3M brand model CP 25 or 303 fire barrier caulk and putty. C. All fire rating material shall be insulated in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. PART 4- SCHEDULES 4.1 Provide all HVAC piping insulation to comply with the ASHRAE 90.1 Minimum Thickness Schedule. 4.2 LOW TEMPERATURE SURFACES MINIMUM INSULATION THICKNESS A. Condensate drain lines: 1 inch B. Chilled Water Piping: 1. Located outdoors: 2 inch 2. Located indoors: a. 4 inch and smaller: 1 '/2 inch b. Larger than 4 inch: 2 inch C. Refrigerant Piping 1. 1'/z" and smaller 1 inch 2. Larger than 1'/z inch 1 '/z inch 43 HIGH TEMPERATURE SURFACES MINIMUM INSULATION HVAC PIPING INSULATION 2307 19 - 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 THICKNESS A. Hot Water Piping: 1. Operating temperature 105°F or less: 1 inch 2. Operating temperature higher than 105°F 1 '/2 inch and pipe size 1'/4 inch or smaller 3. Operating temperature higher than 105°F 2 inch and pipe size greater than 1'/4 inch END OF SECTION 23 0719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 2307 19 - 6 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 SECTION 23 2113—ABOVE GROUND HYDRONIC PIPING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The requirements of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all work herein. B. Section 23 02 00 -Basic Materials and Methods is included as a part of this Section as though written in full in this document. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe and pipe fittings. B. Valves. C. Heating water piping system. D. Chilled water piping system. E. Condenser water piping system. F. Condensate drain piping. G. Makeup water piping. H. Air-vent piping. 1.3 RELATED WORK A. Section 23 05 16—Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping. B. Section 23 05 29—Hangers and Supports for Piping and Equipment HVAC. C. Section 23 05 48—Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment. D. Section 23 05 53 —Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment. E. Section 23 07 19—HVAC Piping Insulation. F. Section 23 21 19—Hydronic Specialties. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ANSFASME Sec 9- Welding and Brazing Qualifications. B. ANSFASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Class 150 and 300. C. ANSFASME B31.9- Building Services Piping. ABOVE GROUND HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13 - 1 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 D. ANSI/AWS A5.8 - Brazing Filler Metal. E. ANSI/AWWA C110-Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings 3 in. through 48 in., for Water and Other Liquids. F. ASTM A53 -Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated,Welded and Seamless. G. ASTM A106 - Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service H. ASTM At 23 -Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. L ASTM B32 - Solder Metal. J. ASTM B88 - Seamless Copper Water Tube. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Foreign made pipes,valves and fittings will not be acceptable. B. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. C. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ANSUASME SEC 9. and applicable state labor regulations. D. Welder's Certification: In accordance with ANSUASME SEC 9. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Division One. B. Include data on pipe materials,pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. C. Include welder's certification of compliance with ANSUASME SEC 9. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Division One. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Division One. C. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with labeling in place. D. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. E. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, proper storage and dunnage, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. Tape will not be allowed as an acceptable end cover. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS ABOVE GROUND HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13 -2 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 A. Drawn-Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type L B. DWV Copper Tubing: ASTM B 306, Type DWV. C. Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22. D. Wrought-Copper Unions: ASME B16.22. 2.2 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M,black steel with plain ends;type, grade, and wall thickness as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications"Article. B. Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B 16.4; Classes 125 and 250 as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. C. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B 16.3, Classes 150 and 300 as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. D. Malleable-Iron Unions: ASME B16.39; Classes 150,250, and 300 as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. E. Cast-Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Classes 25, 125, and 250; raised ground face, and bolt holes spot faced as indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. F. Wrought-Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M,wall thickness to match adjoining pipe. G. Wrought Cast- and Forged-Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, including bolts,nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: 1. Material Group: 1.I. 2. End Connections: Butt welding. 3. Facings: Raised face. H. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733,made of same materials and wall thicknesses as pipe in which they are installed. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 1. ASME B16.21,nonmetallic, flat, asbestos free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. • Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast- bronze flanges. • Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges. ABOVE GROUND HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13 - 3 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 B. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel,unless otherwise indicated. C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32,lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. D. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8,BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for joining copper with copper; or BAg-1, silver alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel. E. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. F. Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid to be handled and working temperatures and pressures. 2.4 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Description: Combination fitting of copper-alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder joint,plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials. B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid,pressure, and temperature. C. Dielectric Unions: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: • Capitol Manufacturing Company. • Central Plastics Company. • Hart Industries International,Inc. • Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. • Zurn Plumbing Products Group; AquaSpec Commercial Products Division. D. Dielectric Flanges: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: • Capitol Manufacturing Company. • Central Plastics Company. • Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. E. Dielectric-Flange Kits: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: ABOVE GROUND HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13 -4 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 • Advance Products& Systems, Inc. • Calpico, Inc. • Central Plastics Company. • Pipeline Seal and Insulator,Inc. 2. Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges, full-face- or ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket,phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers. 3. Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures. F. Dielectric Couplings: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: • Calpico,Inc. • Lochinvar Corporation. 2. Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. G. Dielectric Nipples: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: • Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company. • Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. • Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. 2.5 CHILLED AND HEATING WATER PIPING A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Schedule 40, 0.375 inch wall for sizes 12 inch and over,black. 1. Fittings: ANSI/ASTM B16.3, malleable iron or ASTM A234, forged steel ABOVE GROUND HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13 - 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 welding type fittings. 2. Joints: Screwed, or ANSI/AWS D1.1,welded. 2.6 EQUIPMENT DRAINS AND OVERFLOWS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Schedule 40 galvanized. 1. Fittings: Galvanized cast iron, or ANSI/ASTM B16.3 malleable iron. 2. Joints: Screwed, or grooved mechanical couplings. 2.7 FLANGES,UNIONS,AND COUPLINGS A. Pipe Size 2 Inches and Under: 150 prig malleable iron unions for threaded ferrous piping; bronze unions for copper pipe, soldered joints. B. Pipe Size Over 2 Inches: 150 prig forged steel slip-on flanges for ferrous piping;bronze flanges for copper piping; 1/16 inch thick preformed neoprene bonded gasket. C. Grooved mechanical pipe couplings, fittings, valves and other grooved components may be used as an option to welding, threading or flanged methods. All grooved components shall be of one manufacturer, and conform to local code approval and/or is listed by ANSI-B-31.1, B-31.3, B-31.9, ASME, UL/ULC. FM, IAPMO or BOCA. Grooved end manufacturer to be ISO-9001 certified. Grooved couplings shall meet the requirements of ASTM F-1476. Manufacturer shall be Victaulic or approved equal. Can be utilized only in mechanical rooms. 2.8 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-BALL VALVES A. Milwaukee. B. Nibco. C. Jamesbury. D. Dezurik. E. Kitz. F. Victaulic (For grooved systems only) 2.9 BALL VALVES A. Up to 2 Inches: Bronze two-piece body, 600 PSI full port, stainless steel ball and stem, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle, and balancing stops, threaded ends. B. Over 2 Inches: Cast steel body, chrome plated steel ball, teflon seat and stuffing box seals, lever handle, or gear drive hand wheel for sizes 10 inches (250 mm) and over, flanged. C. Ball valves installed in insulated lines shall have stem extensions compatible with up to 2" of insulation. Extensions shall be non-metallic equal to Nibco"nib-seal". ABOVE GROUND HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13 - 6 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2.10 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Milwaukee. B. Nibco. C. WECO. D. Dezurik. E. Victaulic(For grooved systems only) F. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division One. 2.11 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Iron body, aluminum bronze disc, resilient replaceable seat for service to 250 degrees F lug or grooved ends, extended neck, infinite position lever handle with memory stop or hand wheel and gear drive. Valve shall be rated at full working pressure with downstream flange removed in either direction. 2.12 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS- SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVES A. Milwaukee. B. Nibco. C. Mueller. D. Dezurik. E. Victaulic(For grooved systems only) F. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division One. 2.13 SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVES A. Iron body,bronze trim, stainless steel spring, aluminum bronze disc, screwed, grooved, wafer or flanged ends. 2.14 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS-RELIEF VALVES A. Nibco. B. Jenkins. C. Dezurik. D. Milwaukee. E. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division One. ABOVE GROUND HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13 - 7 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2.15 RELIEF VALVES A. Bronze body,teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, capacities ASME certified and labeled. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. D. After completion,till, clean, and treat systems. E. Provide extended necks for all vents,thermometer wells,pressure gauge wells,pet cocks and pete's plugs. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Route piping in orderly manner,plumb and parallel to building structure, and maintain gradient. B. Install piping to conserve building space, and not interfere with use of space and other work. C. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. D. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe,joints, or connected equipment. Refer to Section 23 05 16. E. Provide clearance for installation of insulation, and access to valves and fittings. F. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. Coordinate size and location of access doors with Division 8. G. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level. H. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape,brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welds. L Prepare pipe,fittings, supports, and accessories for finish painting. Refer to Division 9. J. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. K. All grooved components (couplings, fittings,valves, gaskets, and specialties) shall be of one manufacturer. L. Grooved manufacturer shall provide on-site training for contractor's field personnel by a ABOVE GROUND HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13 - 8 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 factory trained representative in the proper use of grooving tools, application of groove, and the product installation. Factory trained representative shall periodically visit the job site and inspect installation. Contractor shall remove and replace any improperly installed products. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Use grooved mechanical couplings and fasteners only in mechanical rooms. B. Install unions downstream of valves, and at equipment or apparatus connections. C. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Sweat solder adapters to pipe. D. Install ball valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment,part of systems, or vertical risers. E. Install plug valves for throttling,bypass, or manual flow control services. F. Provide spring loaded check valves on discharge of chilled water pumps. G. Use plug cocks for throttling service. Use non-lubricated plug cocks only when shut-off or isolating valves are also provided. H. Use lug end butterfly valves to isolate equipment. 1. Provide chain operated butterfly valve for installations at 12 feet or higher. J. Provide 3/4-inch ball (drain) valves equal to Nibco T-585-70-HC at main shut-off valves, low points of piping, bases of vertical risers, and at equipment and pipe to nearest drain. K. Provide automatic air vents at all high points and air pockets in the system. 3.4 CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING A. Drain piping from each unit shall be extended to the nearest floor drain or condensate drainage system. Drains shall be of the size indicated but not less than the full size of the drain pan connections. B. Use plugged tees in lieu of elbows. C. Pipe shall be Schedule 40 galvanized with malleable iron screwed fittings. D. Slope all drain lines 1/8"per foot,minimum. E. Provide auxiliary drain pan on all AHD's above ceiling with auxiliary drain line routed to discharge in visually prominent area. Discharge location shall be coordinated with Architect. 3.5 PIPE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION A. All pipes shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the site and shall be ABOVE GROUND HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13 - 9 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 worked into place without springing or forcing. B. Piping layout and installation shall be made in the most advantageous manner possible with respect to headroom, valve access, opening and equipment clearance, and clearance from other work. Particular attention shall be given to piping in the vicinity of equipment; layout shall be made in such manner as to preserve maximum access to the various equipment parts for maintenance. C. All changes in directions shall be made with fittings; field bending and mitering of pipe is prohibited. D. Air vents and air chambers shall be installed as hereinafter specified. 3.6 OFFSETS AND FITTINGS A. Due to the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, etc. which may be required. The Contractor shall carefully investigate structural and finish conditions affecting the Work, and shall take such steps as may be required to meet such conditions at no additional cost to the Owner. B. All piping shall be installed close to walls, ceilings and columns, (consistent with the proper space for covering, removal of pipe and special clearances), so as to occupy the minimum of space, and all offsets, fittings, etc., required shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.7 SECURING AND SUPPORTING A. All piping shall be adequately supported to line and grade, with due provisions for expansion and contraction. B. Piping shall be supported on approved clevis type, split ring, or trapeze type hangers properly connected to the structural members of the building. C. All insulated piping shall be fitted with suitable steel protection saddles. D. Perforated bar hangers, straps,wire or chains will not be permitted. 3.8 ISOLATION VALVES A. All piping systems shall be provided with line size shut-off valves located at risers, at branch connections to mains, and at other locations as indicated and required. 3.9 TESTING OF PIPING SYSTEMS A. During the progress of the Work and upon completion, tests shall be made as specified herein and as required by Authorities Having Jurisdiction, including Inspectors, Owner or Engineer. The Engineer or duly authorized Construction Inspector shall be notified in writing at least 2 working days prior to each test or other Specification requirement which requires action on the part of the Construction Inspector. B. Tests shall be conducted as part of this Work and shall include all necessary instruments, ABOVE GROUND HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13 - 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 equipment, apparatus, and service as required to perform the tests with qualified personnel. Submit proposed test procedures, recording forms, and test equipment for approval prior to the execution of testing. C. Tests shall be performed before piping of various systems have been covered or furred-in. For insulated piping systems, testing shall be accomplished prior to the application of any insulation. D. All piping systems shall be tested and proved absolutely tight for a period of not less than 2 hours at a pressure of 150 psi(g) or 150% of design pressure, whichever is greater. Tests shall be witnessed by the Engineer or an authorized representative and pronounced satisfactory before pressure is removed or any water drawn off. E. Leaks, damage or defects discovered or resulting from test shall be repaired or replaced to a like new condition. Leaking pipe joints, or defective pipe, shall be removed and replaced with acceptable materials. Test shall be repeated after repairs are completed and shall continue until such time as the entire test period expires without the discovery of any leaks, damage, or defects. F. Wherever conditions permit, each piping system shall thereafter be subjected to its normal operating pressure and temperature for a period of no less than five 5 days. During that period, it shall be kept under the most careful observation. The piping systems must demonstrate the propriety of their installation by remaining absolutely tight during this period. 3.10 PIPE CLEANING,FLUSHING AND PURGING REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES The hydronic system shall be flushed and purged by contractor: 1. All mains, branches and zones shall be cleaned and treated per steps indicated below. 2. Owner/Engineer shall be given 72-hour notice prior to each step being performed. A. Pre-flush requirements: Purpose is to get system ready for flushing and purging: 1. Piping must pass all required pressure testing and visual inspection for leaks. 2. All pumps shall be tested for rotation and properly aligned and lubricated. 3. Chemicals planning on being used must have certificate of assurance and product cut sheets presented to the owner/engineer prior to being used. All chemicals must: be approved by the state prior to being added to the system, FDA approved and meet ASTM-1384. Automotive grade chemicals are not allowed. 4. Bypass all terminal units and coils by connecting the supply and return piping together. 5. Fill entire system with clean fresh potable water. B. The flush requirements: Purpose is to completely remove all debris, dirt and air from hydronic system. 1. Add system cleaner that contains detergent and emulsifying agents to properly remove grease, grime and other debris for steel pipe. Volume of cleaner used ABOVE GROUND HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13 - 11 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 shall be about 10% of total volume. 2. System shall be circulated for a minimum of 48 hours with water velocities of a minimum of 5 ft/sec or greater. After completed all strainers shall be removed and cleaned thoroughly. House pumps are acceptable to circulate water. 3. The system shall be entirely drained and flushed out to remove all of the cleaner from the system as quickly as possible after cleaning to prevent debris from settling. All strainers shall be removed and thoroughly cleaned after no more dirt and cleaner is visible in the flushing water as it leaves the system. C. Final fill: 1. All air vents shall be opened to allow air to escape during filling. 2. Reconnect all flex connections to equipment. 3. System shall be drained and filled with a local domestic/softened water mixture as required by chemical treatment supplier. System shall be filled with pressure reducing valve at the specified fill pressure. D. Purging: Purpose is to remove all air from the system: E. System shall be circulated for a minimum of one hour with water velocities of a minimum of 5 ft/sec or greater until all visible air is removed. F. Final chemical addition: Purpose is to install chemicals during inhibitor as required: 1. After the above final fill and purging has been completed and accepted by the engineer/owner the final chemical addition can be done. 2. Chemical treatment shall be added to the system after thoroughly mixing water per the manufacturer's recommendations. Chemical treatment shall include inhibitors. Quantities and concentrations of inhibitor/chemicals should be applied per the manufacturer's specifications and approval submittals. 3. System water shall be tested for chemical inhibitor concentrations, reserve alkalinity and PH. Reports shall be submitted to engineer/owner. 4. All records and documentation shall be kept and given to the owner upon completion. END OF SECTION 23 2113 ABOVE GROUND HYDRONIC PIPING 2321 13 - 12 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction SECTION 26 05 00 GENERAL WORK REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DIVISION XXVI This section applies to all sections of Electrical Division 26, of this project except as specified otherwise in each individual section. 1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall submit his bid on the basis of executing all work as hereinafter specified, as indicated on the drawings, or as necessary to provide a complete and usable system. B. All items of labor, material or equipment not required in detail by the specifications or drawings, but incidental to, or necessary for, the complete installation and proper operation of all phases of work described herein, or reasonably implied in connection with, shall be furnished as if called for in detail by the specifications or drawings. 1.3 APPROVAL OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS Manufacturer's data and descriptive literature for each item listed under Submittal Data in all sections of Division 26 shall be submitted to the engineer of record, or his designated representative,for approval as soon as practical, but not later than 30 days after the award of the contract. A. Wherever a brand name or names are mentioned in the specifications and/or indicated on the drawings, they shall be understood to be followed by the words "or approved equal" unless otherwise noted. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for and bear the costs of all changes in his work and the work of other trades made necessary by the use of products and systems other than those of the first named basic manufacturers and systems specified in the Contract Documents. This cost shall include but not necessarily limited an hourly rate of$185.00 to the engineer for review of all changes as the result of manufacture substitutions. 1.4 HAZARDOUS AREAS For this project, there are no areas deemed to be hazardous from an NFPA electrical equipment safety prospective. 1.5 SUBMITTALS Submit shop drawings; manufacturers' data; certificates for equipment, materials, and finish; and pertinent details for each system where specified in each individual section, and obtain approval from the Engineer of Record before procurement, fabrication, or delivery of the items to the job site. A. Partial submittals will not be acceptable and will be returned without review. B. Submittals shall include the manufacturer's name, trade name, catalog model or number, nameplate data, size, layout dimensions, capacity, project specification and paragraph reference, applicable industry and technical society publication references, and other information necessary to establish contract compliance of each item the Contractor proposes to furnish. C. Photographs of existing installations and data submitted in lieu of catalog data are not acceptable and will be returned without approval. 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS Shop drawings (when required) shall be a minimum of 11 by 17 inches in size with a minimum scale of 1/8-inch per foot, unless specified otherwise. A. Drawings shall include floor plans, sectional views,wiring diagrams, and installation details of equipment. B. Drawings of all fabrication details shall include dimensions, methods of attachment to Page 1 of 4 General Work Requirements for Electrical Specifications—26 05 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction existing structures or poles, and indicate the actual mounting location number as noted on the plan drawing contract documents. C. Drawings shall indicate adequate clearance for operation,maintenance,and replacement of operating equipment devices. D. If equipment is disapproved, drawings shall be revised to show acceptable equipment and resubmitted. 1.7 MANUFACTURER'S DATA Submittals for each manufactured item shall be manufacturer's descriptive literature of cataloged products, equipment drawings,diagrams, performance and characteristic curves, and catalog cut sheets. 1.8 STANDARDS COMPLIANCE All electrical equipment and material shall be listed, labeled and installed per a recognized electrical testing laboratory's standards. When materials or equipment must conform to the standards of organizations such as the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM), National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers(IEEE),and Underwriters Laboratories(UL), proof of such conformance shall be submitted for approval. A. If an organization uses a label orlisting to indicate compliance with a particular standard,the label or listing will be acceptable evidence unless otherwise specified in the individual sections. B. In lieu of the label or listing, the Contractor shall submit a certificate from an independent testing organization, which is competent to perform an acceptable test. C. For materials and equipment whose compliance with organizational standards or specifications is not regulated by an organization using its own listing or label as proof of compliance, a certificate of compliance from the manufacturer shall be submitted for approval. D. This certificate shall identify the manufacturer,the product,and the referenced standard and shall simply state that the manufacturer certifies that the product conforms to all requirements of the project specifications and the referenced standards listed. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Protect all materials and finished work at all times to prevent damage or breakage either in transit, storage, installation or testing. All conduit openings shall be closed with caps or plugs during installation. All materials and equipment shall be covered and protected against dirt, water, chemicals or mechanical injury. B. Equipment and materials shall be handled,stored, and protected to prevent damage before and during installation in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Damaged or defective items shall be replaced. 1.10 GUARANTEE AND SERVICE This Contractor shall include a 100% guarantee against faulty materials, equipment, superintendence or labor and unauthorized substitutes for a period of 12 months(or for the terms of the extended maintenance and warranty period)from the date of final acceptance. Replacement of lamps is excluded. 1.11 STANDARD CODES, FEES AND PERMITS The entire installation shall conform to all local, state, and federal ordinances, codes, and regulations applying to the work in this contract. Comply with the latest editions of applicable codes. A. In the event that there is conflict between the plans and specifications and the local code requirements of governing agencies, the code requirements shall govern. However, if the contract requirements are in excess of the code requirements,the contract provisions shall govern. B. The Contractor shall obtain all permits and pay all fees necessary in connection with his work. Page 2 of 4 General Work Requirements for Electrical Specifications—26 05 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction C. At the completion of all work, the Contractor shall deliver to the owner, or his designated representative, a certificate of inspection from the inspection department having jurisdiction over the work. D. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or specified herein,all materials,workmanship, and tests shall be in conformance with the latest approved standard rules, regulations, and specifications of the following authorities: 1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). 2. National Electrical Code (NEC). 3. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC). 4. National Electric Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). 5. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). 6. Insulated Power Cable Engineer's Association (IPCEA). 7. Underwriters Laboratory(U.L.) 8. City of Corpus Christi, Texas 1.12 DRAWINGS A. Due to the scale of the drawings, it is impossible to show all fittings,offsets,and accessories. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions at all sites affecting his work and arrange his work accordingly. The Contractor shall furnish all fittings and accessories as may be required to meet the conditions encountered. 1.13 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor shall visit the proposed project site to inspect and familiarize himself with all conditions, obstructions and space limitations prior to bidding and before beginning construction. B. Refer to the civil, structural, and electrical drawings for construction details, and coordinate work with that of other trades so as to avoid unnecessary delays or damage to any part of the installation. If any omissions or discrepancies are found between the drawings and specifications or regulations,advise the owner,or his designated representative,priorto Bid Due Date. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Materials and equipment shall be standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products which are of similar material, design, and workmanship. A. The standard products shall have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for two years prior to bid opening. B. The two-year use shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar circumstances and of similar size. 2.2 EXPERIENCE REQUIRED Two years' experience must be satisfactorily completed by a product which has been sold or is offered for sale on the commercial market through advertisements, manufacturer's catalogs, or brochures. A. Alternative Service Record-Products having less than a two-year field service record will be acceptable if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less than 6,000 hours, exclusive of the manufacturer's factory or laboratory tests, can be shown. 2.3 SERVICE SUPPORT The equipment items shall be supported by service organizations. A. The Contractor shall submit a certified list of qualified permanent service organizations for support of the equipment which includes their addresses and qualifications. B. These service organizations shall be reasonably convenient to the equipment installation and able to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract. Page 3 of 4 General Work Requirements for Electrical Specifications—26 05 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 2.4 MANUFACTURER'S NAMEPLATE A. Each item of equipment shall have a nameplate bearing the manufacturer's name,address, model number, and serial number securely affixed in a conspicuous place. The nameplate of the distributing agent will not be acceptable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING A. The Contractor shall pay for injury or damage to the work of another Contractor which may be done by him or his employees. 3.2 COORDINATION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the field coordination of his work with that of other trades and the owner. In the event of conflicts due to lack of field coordination,the Engineer shall be the sole arbitrator in resolving the conflict. 3.3 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS Where installation procedures or any part thereof are required to be in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the material being installed, printed copies of these recommendations shall be furnished prior to installation. A. Installation of the item will not be allowed to proceed until the recommendations are received. B. Failure to furnish these recommendations can be cause for rejection of the material. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean up and remove all debris from the project site daily. Upon completion of the project, remove from the project site all unused materials and equipment. Remove all visible labels, dirt, misplaced paint, grease and stains from all electrical equipment. Labels indicating testing laboratory approvals shall be left in place. END OF SECTION Page 4 of 4 General Work Requirements for Electrical Specifications—26 05 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction SECTION 26 05 19 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing agency. B. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of NETA or an NRTL. B. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: 1. Alcan Products Corporation; Alcan Cable Division. 2. Alpha Wire. 3. Belden Inc. 4. Encore Wire Corporation. 5. General Cable Technologies Corporation. 6. Southwire Incorporated 7. Okonite Company(Preferred). B. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658. C. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658 for Type THHN, Type THWN, Type XHHW or as indicated on drawings. D. Multiconductor Cable: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658 for Tray cable, Type TC with ground wire. 2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Gardner Bender. 3. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. 4. Ideal Industries, Inc. 5. Ilsco; a branch of Bardes Corporation. 6. NSi Industries LLC. Page 1 of 3 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables—26 05 19 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 7. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of the EGS Electrical Group. 8. 3M; Electrical Markets Division. 9. Tyco Electronics/Raychem (Preferred) B. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. 2.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: Stranded copper B. Branch Circuits: Stranded copper. 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Service Entrance: Type XHHW, single conductors in raceway. B. Exposed Feeders: Type XHHW, single conductors in raceway C. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type XHHW, single conductors in raceway. D. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type XHHW, single conductors in raceway:Type XHHW,single conductors in raceway,Tray Cable Type TC. E. Feeders in Cable Tray: Tray Cable Type TC. F. Exposed Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: Type XHHW, single conductors in raceway. G. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type XHHW, single conductors in raceway. H. Branch Circuits in Cable Tray: Tray Cable Type TC. I. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. J. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 260533"Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems"priorto pulling conductors and cables. K. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. L. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope,and basket-weave wire/cable grips,that will not damage cables or raceway. M. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. N. Support cables according to Section 260529"Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." O. Complete cable tray systems installation according to Section 260536 "Cable Trays for Electrical Systems" prior to installing conductors and cables. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-4868. B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. 1. Use oxide inhibitor in each splice, termination, and tap for aluminum conductors. C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet,with at least 6 inches(150 mm)of slack. Page 2 of 3 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables—26 05 19 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. General Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor, and identify as spare conductor. 3.5 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. General Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. C. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors for compliance with requirements. 2. Contractor will perform a continuity test and megger test for each cable. 3. Perform all testing in presence of owner or owner's representative. D. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Procedures used. 2. Results that comply with requirements. 3. Results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. E. Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. END OF SECTION Page 3 of 3 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables—26 05 19 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Grounding systems and equipment. B. Section includes grounding systems and equipment, plus the following special applications: 1. Overhead-line grounding. 2. Underground distribution grounding. 3. Ground bonding common with lightning protection system. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: Plans showing dimensioned as-built locations of grounding features specified in "Field Quality Control"Article, including the following: 1. Test wells. 2. Ground rods. 3. Ground rings. 4. Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems. 5. Grounding for sensitive electronic equipment. B. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency and testing agency's field supervisor. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. A. Submit final test reports: 1. Tests shall determine if ground-resistance or impedance values remain within specified maximums,and instructions shall recommend corrective action if values do not. 2. Include recommended testing intervals. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of NETA or an NRTL. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Currently certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. Page 1 of 6 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems—26 05 26 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. 4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1- 5/8 inches (41 mm)wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm)thick. 7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (41 mm)wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm)thick. C. Bare Grounding Conductor and Conductor Protector for Wood Poles: 1. No. 4 AWG minimum, soft-drawn copper. 2. Conductor Protector: Half-round PVC or wood molding;if wood,use pressure-treated fir, cypress, or cedar. D. Grounding Bus: Predrilled rectangular bars of annealed copper, 1/4 by 2 inches(6.3 by 50 mm) in cross section, with 9/32-inch (7.14-mm) holes spaced 1-1/8 inches (28 mm) apart. Stand-off insulators for mounting shall comply with UL 891 for use in switchboards, 600 V. Lexan or PVC, impulse tested at 5000 V. 2.2 CONNECTORS A. General Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used and for specific types,sizes,and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, pressure type with at least two bolts. C. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe. D. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. E. Bus-bar Connectors: Mechanical type,cast silicon bronze,solderless compression-type wire terminals, and long-barrel, two-bolt connection to ground bus bar. 2.3 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel; 3/4 inch by 10 feet(19 mm by 3 m) in diameter. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: All conductors shall be stranded conductors unless otherwise indicated. B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare copper conductor, No. 4/0 AWG minimum. 1. Bury at least 24 inches (600 mm) below grade. 2. Duct-Bank Grounding Conductor: Bury 12 inches (300 mm)above duct bank when indicated as part of duct-bank installation. C. Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green-colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection, with alternating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green and two bands of yellow. D. Grounding Bus: Install in electrical and telephone equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Install bus on insulated spacers 2 inches(50 mm)minimum from wall, 6 inches(150 mm) above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. 2. Where indicated on both sides of doorways, route bus up to top of door frame,across top of doorway, and down to specified height above floor; connect to horizontal bus. E. Conductor Terminations and Connections: Page 2 of 6 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems—26 05 26 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except attestwells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 3.2 GROUNDING UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements. B. Grounding Manholes and Handholes: Install a driven ground rod through manhole or handhole floor, close to wall, and set rod depth so 4 inches (100 mm) will extend above finished floor. If necessary, install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide No. 1/0 AWG bare, tinned-copper conductor from ground rod into manhole through a waterproof sleeve in manhole wall. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with a double wrapping of pressure-sensitive insulating tape or heat-shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 inches (50 mm) above to 6 inches (150 mm) below concrete. Seal floor opening with waterproof, nonshrink grout. C. Grounding Connections to Manhole Components: Bond exposed-metal parts such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, and cable shields within each manhole or handhole, to ground rod or grounding conductor. Make connections with No. 4 AWG minimum, stranded, hard-drawn copper bonding conductor. Train conductors level or plumb around corners and fasten to manhole walls. Connect to cable armor and cable shields according to written instructions by manufacturer of splicing and termination kits. D. Pad-Mounted Transformers and Switches: Install two ground rods and ground ring around the pad unless otherwise indicated on drawings. Ground pad-mounted equipment and noncurrent-carrying metal items associated with substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding electrodes. Install tinned-copper conductor not less than No. 2 AWG for ground ring and for taps to equipment grounding terminals. Bury ground ring not less than 6 inches (150 mm)from the foundation. 3.3 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits. B. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70: 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 6. Flexible raceway runs. 7. Armored and metal-clad cable runs. 8. Busway Supply Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor from grounding bus in the switchgear, switchboard, or distribution panel to equipment grounding bar terminal on busway. 9. Computer and Rack-Mounted Electronic Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor in branch-circuit runs from equipment-area power panels and power-distribution units. C. Air-Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct- mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, heaters, dampers, humidifiers,and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping. D. Heat-Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and heat-tracing cable. Bond conductorto heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components. E. Isolated Grounding Receptacle Circuits: Install an insulated equipment grounding conductor connected to the receptacle grounding terminal. Isolate conductor from raceway and from Page 3 of 6 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems—26 05 26 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service unless otherwise indicated. F. Isolated Equipment Enclosure Circuits: For designated equipment supplied by a branch circuit or feeder, isolate equipment enclosure from supply circuit raceway with a nonmetallic raceway fitting listed for the purpose. Install fitting where raceway enters enclosure, and install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor. Isolate conductorfrom raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service unless otherwise indicated. G. Signal and Communication Equipment: In addition to grounding and bonding required by NFPA 70, provide a separate grounding system complying with requirements in TIA/ATIS J- STD-607-A. 1. For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other communication equipment, provide No. 4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location,terminal cabinet,wiring closet,and central equipment location. 2. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding conductor on a 1/4-by-4-by-12-inch (6.3-by-100-by-300-mm)grounding bus. 3. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal. H. Metal and Wood Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Install grounding electrode and a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in addition to grounding conductor installed with branch-circuit conductors. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. B. Ground Bonding Common with Lightning Protection System: Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system. Bond electrical power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor, and install in conduit. C. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches(50 mm)below finished floor or final grade unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating if any. 2. For grounding electrode system, install at least three rods spaced at least one-rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor. D. Test Wells: Ground rod driven through drilled hole in bottom of handhole. 1. Test Wells: Install at least one test well for each service unless otherwise indicated. Install at the ground rod electrically closest to service entrance. Set top of test well flush with finished grade or floor. E. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install bonding so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations; if a disconnect-type connection is required, use a bolted clamp. F. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: 1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment,or grounding bus,to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes; use a bolted clamp connector or bolt a lug-type connector to a pipe flange by Page 4 of 6 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems—26 05 26 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed,connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. 3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. G. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Install bonding jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity. H. Grounding for Steel Building Structure: Install a driven ground rod at base of each corner column and at intermediate exterior columns at distances not more than 60 feet(18 m)apart. I. Ground Ring: Install a grounding conductor,electrically connected to each building structure ground rod and to each indicated item,extending around the perimeter of buildings or areas as indicated. 1. Install tinned-copper conductor not less than No. 4/0 AWG for ground ring and 2/0 for taps to building steel. 2. Bury ground ring not less than 24 inches (600 mm)from building's foundation. 3.5 LABELING A. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" for instruction signs. The label or its text shall be green. B. Install labels at the telecommunications bonding conductor and grounding equalizer and at the grounding electrode conductor where exposed. 1. Label Text: "If this connector or cable is loose or if it must be removed for any reason, notify the facility manager." 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. All Perform tests and inspections. 1. Coordinate with owner or owner representative to witness following test. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground- resistance level is specified or a maximum of 5 ohms,at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, at ground test wells, and at individual ground rods. Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. a. Measure ground resistance no fewer than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81. 4. Prepare dimensioned Drawings locating each test well, ground rod and ground-rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location,and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. C. Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. E. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 kVA and Less: 5 ohms. Page 5 of 6 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems—26 05 26 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 2. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms. 3. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms. 4. Power Distribution Units or Panelboards Serving Electronic Equipment: 1 ohm(s). 5. Substations and Pad-Mounted Equipment: 5 ohms. 6. Manhole Grounds: 10 ohms. F. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Owner promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION Page 6 of 6 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems—26 05 26 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction SECTION 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. This Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems. 2. Construction requirements for concrete bases. 1.3 DEFINITIONS The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. RMC: Rigid metal conduit. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design supports for multiple raceways, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems and its contents. C. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. D. Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads calculated or imposed for this Project,with a minimum structural safety factorof 2.5 times the applied force. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Metallic slotted support systems. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1. Trapeze hangers. Include Product Data for components. 2. Metallic slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components. 3. Equipment supports and support racks. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified together with concrete Specifications. Page 1 of 4 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems—26 05 29 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORT,ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Metallic Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-4,factory-fabricated components for field assembly. For this project, all metallic supports shall be aluminum materials. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Allied Tube& Conduit. b. Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. C. ERICO International Corporation. d. GS Metals Corp. e. Thomas & Betts Corporation. f. Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd. (Preferred) g. Wesanco, Inc. 2. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-4. 3. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA-4. 4. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria. 5. Fittings and Accessories: Products of channel and angle manufacturer and designed for use with those items. 6. Fitting and Accessory Materials: Same as channels and angles, except metal items may be stainless steel. 7. Rated Strength: Selected to suit applicable load criteria. B. Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101. C. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: 316 Stainless Steel, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. D. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non-armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron. E. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. F. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: b. Hilti Inc(Preferred) C. ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. d. MKT Fastening, LLC. e. Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc.; Masterset Fastening Systems Unit. 2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, 316 stainless steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used. a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Page 2 of 4 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems—26 05 29 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction b. Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. C. Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Hilti Inc(Preferred) e. ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. f. MKT Fastening, LLC. 3. Concrete Inserts: 316 Stainless Steel, slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58. 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58, type suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength 316 Stainless Steel. Comply with ASTM A 325. 6. Toggle Bolts: 316 Stainless Steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: 316 Stainless Threaded steel. 2.2 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Welded or bolted, structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter. B. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for Aluminum RMC as scheduled in NECA 1,where its Table 1 lists maximum spacings less than stated in NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter. C. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. 1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with single-bolt conduit clamps or single-bolt conduit clamps using spring friction action for retention in support channel. D. Spring-steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1- 1/2-inch(38-mm)and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. 3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this Article. B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, RMC may be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70. C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 Ib (90 kg). D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder-actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard-weight concrete 4 inches (100 mm) thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight-aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm)thick. Page 3 of 4 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems—26 05 29 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 6. To Steel: Beam clamps(MSS Type 19,21,23,25,or 27)complying with MSS SP-69. 7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 8. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate. E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS A. Comply with installation requirements for site-fabricated metal supports. B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M. 3.4 CONCRETE BASES A. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit, and so anchors will be a minimum of 10 bolt diameters from edge of the base. B. Use 3000-psi (20.7-MPa), 28-day compressive-strength concrete. Concrete materials, reinforcement, and placement requirements as per drawings and details. C. Anchor equipment to concrete base. 1. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 3. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils(0.05 mm). B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION Page 4 of 4 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems—26 05 29 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction SECTION 26 05 33 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal conduits and fittings. 2. Nonmetal conduits, tubing, and fittings. 3. Metal wireways and auxiliary gutters. 4. Surface raceways. 5. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. 6. Handholes and boxes for exterior underground cabling. 1.3 DEFINITIONS The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. ARC: Aluminum rigid conduit. B. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. C. RNC: Rigid Non Metallic Conduit. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: For custom enclosures and cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. A. Coordination Drawings: Conduit routing plans,drawn to scale,on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of items involved: 1. Structural members in paths of conduit groups with common supports. 2. HVAC and plumbing items and architectural features in paths of conduit groups with common supports. B. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. C. Source quality-control reports. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUITS AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Allied Tube & Conduit: a Tyco International Ltd. Co. 3. Anamet Electrical, Inc. 4. Electri-Flex Companx. 5. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of EGS Electrical Group. 6. Picoma Industries, a subsidiary of Mueller Water Products, Inc. 7. Republic Conduit. 8. Robroy Industries. 9. Southwire Company. Page 1 of 6 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical System—26 05 33 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 10. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 11. Western Tube and Conduit Corporation. 12. Wheatland Tube Company; a division of John Maneely Company. 13. Approved Equal B. Listing and Labeling: Metal conduits and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. ARC: Comply with ANSI C80.5 and UL 6A. D. PVC-Coated Steel Conduit: PVC-coated rigid steel conduit. 1. Comply with NEMA RN 1. 2. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch (1 mm), minimum. E. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 360. F. Fittings for Metal Conduit: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 5148. 1. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 886 and NFPA 70. For this project there are no Hazardous (Classified) Locations. 2. Expansion Fittings: PVC or Aluminum to match conduit type,complying with UL 651, rated for environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding jumper. 3. Coating for Fittings for PVC-Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness of 0.040 inch (1 mm),with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints. G. Joint Compound for ARC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity. 2.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUITS AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Anamet Electrical, Inc. 3. Arnco Corporation. 4. CANTEX Inc. 5. CertainTeed Corp. 6. Carlon 7. Electri-Flex Company. 8. Kralov. 9. Lamson &Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. 10. Niedax-Kleinhuis USA, Inc. 11. RACO; a Hubbell company. 12. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 13. Approved equal. B. Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic conduits and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application. C. RNC: Type EPC-40-PVC, complying with NEMA TC 2 and UL 651 unless otherwise indicated. D. Fittings RNC: Comply with NEMA TC 3; match to conduit type and material. E. Solvent cements and adhesive primers shall have a VOC content of 510 and 550 g/L or less, respectively, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). F. Solvent cements and adhesive primers shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." 2.3 METAL WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: 1. Cooper B-Line, Inc. 2. Hoffman; a Pentair company. Page 2 of 6 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical System-26 05 33 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 3. Mono-Systems, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric-(Preferred). 5. Approved equal. B. Description: Sheet metal, complying with UL 870 and NEMA 250, Type 1, Type 3R, Type 4X, as indicated on drawings unless otherwise indicated, and sized according to NFPA 70. 1. Metal wireways installed outdoors shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. Fittings and Accessories: Include covers, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps,end caps,and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. D. Wireway Covers: Hinged type NEMA 3R, Screw-cover type NEMA 1, NEMA 4X flanged- and-gasketed as indicated. E. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish. 2.4 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: 1. Adalet. 2. Cooper Technologies Company; Cooper Crouse-Hinds. 3. EGS/Appleton Electric. 4. Erickson Electrical Equipment Company. 5. FSR Inc. 6. Hoffman; a Pentair company-(Preferred). 7. Hubbell Incorporated; Killark Division. 8. Kraloy. 9. Milbank Manufacturing Co. 10. Mono-Systems, Inc. 11. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of EGS Electrical Group. 12. RACO; a Hubbell Company. 13. Robroy Industries. 14. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Company. 15. Stahlin Non-Metallic Enclosures; a division of Robroy Industries. 16. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 17. Wiremold/ Legrand. 18. Approved equal. B. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets installed outdoors shall be 316 Stainless Steel type NEMA 4X. C. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, aluminum, Type FD, with form 7 gasketed cover. D. Luminaire Outlet Boxes: Nonadjustable,designed for attachment of luminaire weighing 50 lb (23 kg). Outlet boxes designed for attachment of luminaires weighing more than 50 Ib (23 kg) shall be listed and marked for the maximum allowable weight. E. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. F. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: Comply with UL 50 and NEMA 250, Types as indicated with continuous-hinge cover with flush latch unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel or Stainless Steel as required, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Interior Panels: Steel; all sides finished with manufacturer's standard enamel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: Rigid Aluminum. 2. Concealed Conduit, Rigid Aluminum. Page 3 of 6 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical System-26 05 33 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 3. Underground Conduit: RNC,Type EPC-40-PVC,concrete encased. PVC coated long radius sweeps for transition from underground to above ground. 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC. 5. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 4X 316 Stainless Steel as indicated. B. Indoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: Rigid Aluminum. 2. Exposed, Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: Rigid Aluminum. 3. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: Rigid Aluminum C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch (21-mm) trade size except for lighting circuit taps not longer than 72". D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Rigid Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings unless otherwise indicated. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with this type of conduit. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended byfitting manufacturerand apply in thickness and number of coats recommended by manufacturer. 3. Flexible Conduit: Use only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit. Comply with NEMA FB 2.20. E. Install nonferrous conduit for circuits operating above 60 Hz. Where aluminum raceways are installed for such circuits and pass through concrete, install in nonmetallic sleeve. F. Do not install aluminum conduits, boxes, or fittings in contact with concrete or earth. G. Install surface raceways only where indicated on Drawings. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NECA 102 for aluminum conduits. Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of raceways allowed in specific occupancies and number of floors. B. Keep raceways at least 6 inches(150 mm)away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot- water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. D. Comply with requirements in Section 260529"Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for hangers and supports. E. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above finished slab. F. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for control wiring conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches (300 mm) of changes in direction. G. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines. H. Support conduit within 12 inches (300 mm)of enclosures to which attached. I. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: 1. Run conduit larger than 1-inch (27-mm)trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. Secure raceways to reinforcement at maximum 10-foot(3-m)intervals. 2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings. 3. Arrange raceways to keep a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm) of concrete cover in all directions or as indicated within ductbank cross section details. 4. Do not embed threadless fittings in concrete unless specifically approved by Engineer for each specific location. 5. Change from RNC to PVC coated Rigid Aluminum as per conditions before rising above floor. J. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive,or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow Page 4 of 6 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical System—26 05 33 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction compound manufacturer's written instructions. K. Coat field-cut threads on PVC-coated raceway with a corrosion-preventing conductive compound prior to assembly. L. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. M. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to 1-1/4-inch (35mm) trade size and insulated throat metal bushings on 1-1/2-inch (41-mm) trade size and larger conduits terminated with locknuts. Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits. N. Install raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures with locknuts. Install locknuts hand tight plus 1/4 turn more. O. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to assure a continuous ground path. P. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits 2-inch (53-mm)trade size and larger, use roll cutter or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular to the length. Q. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-Ib(90-kg)tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches(300 mm)of slack at each end of pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use. R. Surface Raceways: 1. Install surface raceway with a minimum 2-inch(50-mm)radius control at bend points. 2. Secure surface raceway anchor-type devices at intervals not exceeding 48 inches (1200 mm)and with no less than two supports per straight raceway section. Support surface raceway according to manufacturer's written instructions. Tape and glue are not acceptable support methods. S. Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all raceways at the following points: 1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations,such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where an underground service raceway enters a building or structure. 3. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. T. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for solvent welding RNC and fittings. U. Expansion-Joint Fittings: 1. Install in each run of aboveground raceway that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F(17 deg C)and that has straight-run length that exceeds 25 feet (7.6 m). Install type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for each of the following locations: a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F (70 deg C) temperature change. b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F (86 deg C) temperature change. 2. Install fitting(s)that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F(0.06 mm per meter of length of straight run per deg C) of temperature change for PVC conduits. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.000078 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F (0.0115 mm per meter of length of straight run per deg C)of temperature change for metal conduits. 3. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints. 4. Install each expansion-jointfitting with position, mounting,and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement. V. Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 18 inches(457 Page 5 of 6 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical System—26 05 33 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction mm) of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed luminaires, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage. 2. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage. W. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls so they are not in the same vertical channel. X. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes. Y. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for the purpose. Z. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by conduits. AA. Install conduit drains at low points in conduit runs. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT A. Duct Bank— Install duct bank per drawings and associated details. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND HANDHOLES A. General Install handholes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting conduits to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. B. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1/2-inch(12.5-mm)sieve to No. 4(4.75-mm)sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. C. Elevation: In paved areas,set so cover surface will be flush with finished grade. Set covers of other enclosures 1 inch (25 mm) above finished grade. D. Install removable hardware, including pulling eyes, cable stanchions, cable arms, and insulators,as required for installation and support of cables and conductors and as indicated. Select arm lengths to be long enough to provide spare space for future cables but short enough to preserve adequate working clearances in enclosure. E. Field-cut openings for conduits according to enclosure manufacturer's written instructions. Cut wall of enclosure with a tool designed for material to be cut. Size holes for terminating fittings to be used, and seal around penetrations after fittings are installed. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION Page 6 of 6 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical System—26 05 33 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction SECTION 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Identification for raceways. 2. Identification of power and control cables. 3. Identification for conductors. 4. Underground-line warning tape. 5. Warning labels and signs. 6. Instruction signs. 7. Equipment identification labels. 8. Miscellaneous identification products. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated. B. Samples: For each type of label and sign to illustrate size, colors, lettering style, mounting provisions, and graphic features of identification products. C. Identification Schedule: An index of nomenclature of electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 and IEEE C2. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145. D. Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels. E. Adhesive-attached labeling materials, including label stocks,laminating adhesives,and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969. 1.5 COORDINATION The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. A. Coordinate identification names,abbreviations,colors,and other features with requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Owners Designation Nomenclature as indicated on project Drawings, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual; and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent designations throughout Project. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. C. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors. D. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 POWER AND CONTROL RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI Al 3.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway size. B. Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: Page 1 of 7 Identification for Electrical Systems—26 05 53 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 1. Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: Indicate voltage and system or service type. C. Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at More Than 600 V: 1. Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: "DANGER CONCEALED HIGH VOLTAGE WIRING." D. Vinyl Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather-and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound clear adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. E. Snap-Around Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. F. Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeve, 2 inches (50 mm) long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. G. Tape and Stencil for Raceways Carrying Circuits More Than 600 V:4-inch-(100-mm-)wide black stripes on 10-inch(250-mm)centers diagonally over orange background that extends full length of raceway or duct and is 12 inches (300 mm) wide. Stop stripes at legends. H. Metal Tags: Brass or aluminum, 2 by 2 by 0.05 inch (50 by 50 by 1.3 mm), with stamped legend, punched for use with self-locking cable tie fastener. 2.2 ARMORED AND METAL-CLAD CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI Al 3.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each cable size. B. Colors for Cables Carrying Circuits at 600 V and Less: 1. Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: Indicate voltage and system or service type. C. Colors for Cables Carrying Circuits at More Than 600 V: 1. Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: "DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE WIRING." D. Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical- resistant coating and matching wraparound clear adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. E. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Colored, heavy duty,waterproof,fade resistant;2 inches(50 mm) wide; compounded for outdoor use. F. Heat-Shrink Preprinted Tubes: Flame-retardant polyolefin tube with machine-printed identification label. Sized to suit diameter of and shrinks to fit firmly around cable it identifies. Full shrink recovery at a maximum of 200 deg F (93 deg C). Comply with UL 224. 2.3 POWER AND CONTROL CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI Al 3.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each cable size. B. Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical- resistant coating and matching wraparound clear adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. C. Self-Adhesive, Self-Laminating Polyester Labels: Preprinted,3-mil-(0.08-mm-)thick flexible label with acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive that provides a clear,weather-and chemical- resistant, self-laminating, protective shield over the legend. Labels sized to fit the cable diameter such that the clear shield overlaps the entire printed legend. D. Heat-Shrink Preprinted Tubes: Flame-retardant polyolefin tube with machine-printed identification label. Sized to suit diameter of and shrinks to fit firmly around cable it identifies. Full shrink recovery at a maximum of 200 deg F (93 deg C). Comply with UL 224. E. Metal Tags: Brass or aluminum, 2 by 2 by 0.05 inch (50 by 50 by 1.3 mm), with stamped legend, punched for use with self-locking cable tie fastener. F. Snap-Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned,flexible, preprinted,color-coded acrylic sleeve,with diameter sized to suit diameter of cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. G. Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned,flexible,solid-colored acrylic sleeve, Page 2 of 7 Identification for Electrical Systems—26 05 53 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 2 inches(50 mm)long,with diameter sized to suit diameter of cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. 2.4 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Colored,self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils(0.08 mm)thick by 1 to 2 inches (25 to 50 mm)wide. B. Self-Adhesive, Self-Laminating Polyester Labels: Preprinted,3-mil-(0.08-mm-)thick flexible label with acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive that provides a clear,weather-and chemical- resistant,self-laminating, protective shield over the legend. Labels sized to fit the conductor diameter such that the clear shield overlaps the entire printed legend. C. Snap-Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned,flexible,preprinted,color-coded acrylic sleeve,with diameter sized to suit diameter of conductor it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. D. Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned,flexible,solid-colored acrylic sleeve with diameter sized to suit diameter of conductor it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. E. Heat-Shrink Preprinted Tubes: Flame-retardant polyolefin tube with machine-printed identification label. Sized to suit diameter of and shrinks to fit firmly around conductor it identifies. Full shrink recovery ata maximum of 200 deg F(93 deg C). Comply with UL 224. F. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth,self-adhesive wraparound type,with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process. G. Write-On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.010 inch(0.25 mm)thick,with corrosion-resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable. 1. Labels for Tags: Self-adhesive label, machine-printed with permanent, waterproof, black ink recommended by printer manufacturer, sized for attachment to tag. 2.5 FLOOR MARKING TAPE A. 2-inch-(50-mm-)wide,5-mil(0.125-mm)pressure-sensitive vinyl tape,with yellow and black stripes and clear vinyl overlay. 2.6 UNDERGROUND-LINE WARNING TAPE A. Tape: 1. Recommended by manufacturer for the method of installation and suitable to identify and locate underground electrical and communications utility lines. 2. Printing on tape shall be permanent and shall not be damaged by burial operations. 3. Tape material and ink shall be chemically inert, and not subject to degrading when exposed to acids,alkalis, and other destructive substances commonly found in soils. B. Color and Printing: 1. Comply with ANSI Z535.1 through ANSI Z535.5. 2. Inscriptions for Red-Colored Tapes: ELECTRIC LINE, HIGH VOLTAGE, 3. Inscriptions for Orange-Colored Tapes: TELEPHONE CABLE, CATV CABLE, COMMUNICATIONS CABLE, OPTICAL FIBER CABLE. 2.7 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS A. Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145. B. Self-Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory-printed, multicolor, pressure-sensitive adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment unless otherwise indicated. C. Baked-Enamel Warning Signs: 1. Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners,with colors, legend, and size required for application. 2. 1/4-inch (6.4-mm)grommets in corners for mounting. 3. Nominal size, 7 by 10 inches (180 by 250 mm). D. Metal-Backed, Butyrate Warning Signs: Page 3 of 7 Identification for Electrical Systems—26 05 53 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 1. Weather-resistant,nonfading,preprinted,cellulose-acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396- inch (1-mm)galvanized-steel backing; and with colors, legend, and size required for application. 2. 1/4-inch (6.4-mm)grommets in corners for mounting. 3. Nominal size, 10 by 14 inches (250 by 360 mm). E. Warning label and sign shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends: 1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD - EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES." 2. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES (915 MM)." 2.8 INSTRUCTION SIGNS A. Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine plastic, minimum 1/16 inch(1.6 mm)thick for signs up to 20 sq. inches (129 sq. cm) and 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick for larger sizes. 1. Engraved legend with black letters on white face. 2. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners. 3. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment. B. Adhesive Film Label: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). C. Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). Overlay shall provide a weatherproof and UV-resistant seal for label. 2.9 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS A. Adhesive Film Label: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). B. Adhesive Film Label with Clear Protective Overlay: Machine printed, in black, by thermal transfer or equivalent process. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). Overlay shall provide a weatherproof and UV-resistant seal for label. C. Self-Adhesive, Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Adhesive backed, with white letters on a dark-gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). D. Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Punched or drilled for screw mounting. White letters on a dark-gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch (10 mm). 2.10 CABLES TIES A. General-Purpose Cable Ties: Fungus inert, self extinguishing, one piece, self locking, Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F(23 deg C),According to ASTM D 638: 12,000 psi(82.7 MPa). 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg C). 4. Color: Black except where used for color-coding. B. UV-Stabilized Cable Ties: Fungus inert, designed for continuous exposure to exterior sunlight, self extinguishing, one piece, self locking, Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F(23 deg C),According to ASTM D 638: 12,000 psi(82.7 MPa). 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg C). 4. Color: Black. C. Plenum-Rated Cable Ties: Self extinguishing, UV stabilized, one piece, self locking. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F(23 deg C),According to ASTM D 638: 7000 psi (48.2 MPa). 3. UL 94 Flame Rating: 94V-0. Page 4 of 7 Identification for Electrical Systems—26 05 53 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 4. Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 284 deg F (Minus 46 to plus 140 deg C). 5. Color: Black. 2.11 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Paint: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Select paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior). B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. B. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. C. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. D. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device. E. Attach signs and plastic labels that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate. F. Attach plastic raceway and cable labels that are not self-adhesive type with clear vinyl tape with adhesive appropriate to the location and substrate. G. System Identification Color-Coding Bands for Raceways and Cables: Each color-coding band shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors,at 50-foot(15-m)maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot(7.6-m)maximum intervals in congested areas. H. Aluminum Wraparound Marker Labels and Metal Tags: Secure tight to surface of conductor or cable at a location with high visibility and accessibility. I. Cable Ties: For attaching tags. Use general-purpose type, except as listed below: J. Outdoors: UV-stabilized nylon. K. In Spaces Handling Environmental Air: Plenum rated. L. Underground-Line Warning Tape: During backfilling of trenches install continuous underground-line warning tape directly above line at 6 to 8 inches (150 to 200 mm) below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope exceeds 16 inches (400 mm) overall. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. Accessible Raceways, Armored and Metal-Clad Cables, More Than 600 V: Self-adhesive vinyl labels. Install labels at 30-foot(10-m) maximum intervals. B. Accessible Raceways and Metal-Clad Cables, 600 V or Less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits More Than 30 A,and 120 V to ground: Identify with self-adhesive vinyl label. Install labels at 30-foot(10-m) maximum intervals. C. Power-Circuit Conductor Identification, 600 V or Less: For conductors in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use color-coding conductor tape to identify the phase. 1. Color-Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600 V or Less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded service and feeder conductors. a. Color shall be field applied for sizes larger than No. 8 AWG, if authorities having jurisdiction permit. b. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: (1) Phase A: Black. (2) Phase B: Red. (3) Phase C: Blue. C. Colors for 480/277-V Circuits: Page 5 of 7 Identification for Electrical Systems—26 05 53 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction (1) Phase A: Brown. (2) Phase B: Orange. (3) Phase C: Yellow. d. Colors for 600-V and above Circuits: (1) Phase A: Brown. (2) Phase B: Orange. (3) Phase C: Yellow. e. Field-Applied,Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half-lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches (150 mm)from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings. D. Power-Circuit Conductor Identification, More than 600 V: For conductors in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use nonmetallic plastic tag holder with adhesive- backed phase tags, and a separate tag with the circuit designation. E. Install instructional sign including the color-code for grounded and ungrounded conductors using adhesive-film-type labels. F. Control-Circuit Conductor Identification: For conductors and cables in pull and junction boxes, manholes,and handholes, use self-adhesive vinyl labels with the conductor or cable designation, origin, and destination. G. Control-Circuit Conductor Termination Identification: For identification at terminations provide heat-shrink preprinted tubes with the conductor designation. H. Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Attach marker tape to conductors and list source. I. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field-installed alarm, control, and signal connections. 1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation. 2. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory-installed connections. 3. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams,and the Operation and Maintenance Manual. J. Locations of Underground Lines: Identify with underground-line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical fiber cable. 1. Limit use of underground-line warning tape to direct-buried cables. 2. Install underground-line warning tape for both direct-buried cables and cables in raceway. K. Workspace Indication: Install floor marking tape to show working clearances in the direction of access to live parts. Workspace shall be as required by NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1926.403 unless otherwise indicated. Do not install at flush-mounted panelboards and similar equipment in finished spaces. L. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Self- adhesive warning labels. 1. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145. 2. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. 3. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access. 4. For equipment with multiple power or control sources, apply to door or cover of equipment including, but not limited to, the following: a. Power transfer switches. b. Controls with external control power connections. M. Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. N. Emergency Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs with white legend on a red background with minimum 3/8-inch- (10-mm-) high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used for power transfer or load shedding. O. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label Page 6 of 7 Identification for Electrical Systems—26 05 53 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control panels,control stations,terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power, lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems unless equipment is provided with its own identification. 1. Labeling Instructions: a. Indoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Unless otherwise indicated,provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-(13-mm-)high letters on 1-1/2-inch- (38-mm-) high label; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches (50 mm) high. b. Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. C. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor. d. Unless provided with self-adhesive means of attachment,fasten labels with appropriate mechanical fasteners that do not change the NEMA or NRTL rating of the enclosure. 2. Equipment& Devices to Be Labeled: a. Panelboards: Typewritten directory of circuits in the location provided by panelboard manufacturer. Panelboard identification shall be engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. b. Enclosures and electrical cabinets. C. Control panels. d. PLC cabinets. e. Motors. f. Medium Voltage Motor Starters. g. Motor Protection Relays. h. Instruments and Analyzers. i. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. j. Switchgear. k. Switchboards. I. Transformers: Label that includes tag designation shown on Drawings for the transformer, feeder, and panelboards or equipment supplied by the secondary. M. Emergency Generator n. Automatic Transfer Switches. o. Emergency system boxes and enclosures. P. Enclosed switches. q. Enclosed circuit breakers. r. Enclosed controllers. S. Variable-speed Drives. t. Push-button stations. U. Valve Operation Stations. V. Power transfer equipment. W. Contactors/electro-mechanical relays. X. Remote-controlled switches, dimmer modules, and control devices. Y. Enclosed disconnect switches or breakers. Z. Enclosed starters. aa. Convenience outlet covers: Include Panelboard ID & Circuit Number bb. Raceway/conduit. CC. Cable tray if applicable. dd. Integral control devices, protective relays and circuit breakers utilized within packaged equipment. END OF SECTION Page 7 of 7 Identification for Electrical Systems—26 05 53 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction SECTION 26 24 13 SWITCHBOARDS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. Provide switchboards as shown, scheduled, and as specified herein. 1.2 STANDARDS A. Products shall be designed, manufactured, tested, and installed in compliance with applicable standards. B. Products shall conform to all applicable UL standards and shall be UL-labeled. C. NEMA P132 1.3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. The basis for this specification is Square D Power Style QED-2 Switchboard. Approved equals will be considered if equipment performance is shown to meet the requirements herein. Costs associated with redesign of project with use of another manufacturer shall be the financial responsibility of the installing contractor. The following manufacturers are considered to be equally capable of meeting the requirements of this specification: 1. General Electric Company/ABB 2. Square D Company(Preferred) 3. Siemens 4. Eaton 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Cut sheets of all enclosures, instrumentation, fusible switches, bussing, rating, capacities, features, wiring and bussing diagrams, schedules, coordination study and all accessories clearly labeled. 2. Manufacturer of electrical gear shall provide Fault Current, Selective Coordination and Arc Flash Study in order to provide breaker settings, confirm interrupting ratings, and confirm selective coordination compliance for the electrical system. Submit interrupting ratings for all switchboards in submittals. Emergency systems as defined in NEC 700 and 701 shall have overcurrent protection devices that are selectively coordinated to the emergency sources. The switchboard shall be fully rated. 3. Manufacturer to include in the submittal all trip curves and all literature indicating the interrupting rating characteristics of equipment being supplied. Page 1 of 5 Switchboards—26 24 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 1.5 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH: 1. National Electrical Code. 2. Local, municipal, or state codes that have jurisdiction. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. General: Furnish and install the service entrance switchboard as herein specified and shown on the associated electrical drawings. The switchboard shall meet the latest Underwriters' Laboratories standard #891 & NEMA PB2 and be furnished with an Underwriters' Laboratories label. The service to the switchboard will be as shown on the plans. B. Enclosure Construction: The switchboard shall be dead front with front and rear accessibility required. The switchboard framework shall consist of steel channels bolted to the frame to rigidly support the entire shipping section for moving on rollers and floor mounting. The framework is to be formed of code gauge steel, rigidly welded and bolted together to support all cover plates, bussing and component devices. Each switchboard shall have an open bottom for installation and termination of conduit. Bottom conduit areas are to be clearly shown and dimensioned on the shop drawings. The wireway front covers shall be hinged to permit easy access to the branch device load side terminals. All front covers shall be screwed on and removable. The entire switchboard enclosure shall be painted. The paint finish shall be medium light gray, ANSI 61 or#49, applied by the electrode position process over an iron phosphate pre-treatment.The minimum depth of the switchboard shall be 24". The switchboard shall be nominal 90 inches high mounted on 1-1/2 inches high by 3 inches deep steel channel running under the front rear and center horizontal depth. Provide NEMA 1 enclosure when installed indoors, unless otherwise noted. Provide NEMA 3R enclosures when installed outside. C. Bussing: The switchboard bussing shall be of sufficient cross-sectional area to meet UL Standard 891 temperature rise. The bus shall be plated copper plated by the Alstan 70 process.The phase and neutral through bus shall have an ampacity as shown on the plans and shall be braced to have a short circuit current rating of 65,000 RMS symmetrical amperes.Tapered bus is not acceptable. The horizontal bus shall be fully rated for the entire switchboard length. The vertical shall be sized for a minimum of 2000 amperes (or sized to match the horizontal bus if the service is less than 2000A) and as required to comply with UL891 14.31. Full provisions for the addition of future sections shall be provided. Vertical buss for distribution shall be full height for future breaker additions. Bussing shall include all necessary hardware to accommodate splicing for future additions. The through bus supports, connections and joints are to be bolted with grade 5 minimum hex heads bolts and Belleville washers to minimize maintenance requirements. Provide a full-length ground bus. Page 2 of 5 Switchboards—26 24 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction D. Short Circuit Current Rating: Each switchboard, as a complete unit, shall be given a single short circuit current rating by the manufacturer. Such rating shall be established by actual tests by the manufacturer, in accordance with UL specifications, on equipment constructed similarly to the subject switchboard. The switchboard shall be rated for 65,000 amperes minimum fault current. E. Main Circuit Breaker Lugs: 1. The incoming service lateral/feeder shall enter the switchboard from below unless otherwise noted on the drawings. The incoming conductors shall be terminated using mechanical type lugs for copper conductors and compression type for Aluminum conductors. They shall be sized for multiple sets of the incoming cables to terminate the conductors to meet the wire sizes and ampacity shown. F. Overcurrent Devices: 1. General: All protective devices shall be individually, or group mounted, arranged for stationary mounting. 2. Main Circuit Breakers shall be molded case for sizes less than 1600 amps and insulated case for larger sizes. Main breakers shall be stationary mounted. The circuit breaker shall be 100% rated (unless otherwise noted on drawings), 3-pole device with ampere rating as shown on the drawings and additional features as listed below. a. The breaker case shall be constructed from high dielectric strength,glass- reinforced insulating material. All breakers shall be provided with padlock capabilities to facilitate lockout/tag-out procedures. b. Insulated Case breakers shall be manually operated using a two-stepstore energy device and shall be provided with a handle for charging the spring mechanism. Provide on/off push buttons for opening and closing the circuit breaker. 3. Molded Case Circuit Breakers less than 800 amps: The circuit breakers shall be 80% rated (unless otherwise noted on drawings), 3 pole device with ampere rating as shown on the drawings and additional features as listed below. a. The breaker case shall be constructed from high dielectric strength,glass- reinforced insulating material. b. The breaker shall be manually operated and thermal magnetic. C. The breaker shall be stationary mounted within the switchboard. d. Where spaces are shown, all mounting hardware and bus connectors shall be included. The only item to be included with the activation of the space is the circuit breaker. Page 3 of 5 Switchboards—26 24 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction G. Instruments 1. Provide a Square "D" model PM5563 or ION 7650 or equal by General Electrical or Eaton digital power logic meter. Provide current and potential transformers as required. 2. Provide optional Ethernet communication card for Ethernet connections. Communication protocol shall include BACnet or Modbus TCP over Ethernet. H. Infrared Viewing Ports: Provide infrared viewing ports for incoming main connection, main breakers, feeder connections for devices rated at 1200 amps and more, busway and bus connections. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATIONS A General: Install switchboards, including electrical connections, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, NEC and recognized industry practices. R Housekeeping Pads: Mount switchboards on 4-inch-high reinforced concrete housekeeping pads for indoor locations. C. Prior to energizing the switchboard, the manufacturer shall test all ground fault interrupters to verify proper operation. Contractor shall contact manufacturer for this test at least two weeks in advance. D. All connections within switchboard whether field connected or factory assembled shall be tested and verified for proper torque valves per the manufacturer's instructions. E Contractor shall make electronic adjustments to circuit breaker trips units as required to match removed fuse ratings.A manufacturer's field service representative or qualified third part service company approved by owner and engineer may also set the breakers.This shall be performed prior to close out of job site.A report shall be submitted to certify the breaker setting have been set according. F. Digital meters shall be configured as directed by the owner for monitoring. The logs shall be cleared at substantial completion. Date and time shall be set. G Switchboards shall be cleaned inside and out to remove dust and debris prior to energizing. H Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion by not more than 2 months after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each switchboard. Remove fronts if notequipped with viewing ports to make joints and connections accessible to a portable scanner. Page 4 of 5 Switchboards—26 24 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 3.2 IDENTIFICATION OF CONDUCTORS AND SWITCHGEAR ELEMENTS A Identify by use of permanent type bands, Brady or T & B. Employ a definite number or letter code uniform throughout each conductor. B. Nameplates: The switchboard will be supplied with a 3"x 6" master nameplate and individual nameplates for each main and branch overcurrent device. The nameplates shall be white and black 1/2" high lettering. END OF SECTION 26 24 13 Page 5 of 5 Switchboards—26 24 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction SECTION 26 24 16 PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Distribution panelboards. 2. Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards. 1.3 DEFINITIONS The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. SVR: Suppressed voltage rating. B. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of panelboard, switching and overcurrent protective device, transient voltage suppression device, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment. 1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. 2. Detail enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 3. Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. 4. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. 5. Include evidence of NRTL listing for series rating of installed devices. 6. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. 7. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 8. Include time-current coordination curves for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device included in panelboards. Submit on translucent log-log graft paper; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. A. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency. B. Field Quality-Control Reports: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. C. Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards. Submit final versions after load balancing 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Include the following: 1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices. 2. Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device that allows adjustments. Page 1 of 6 Panelboards—26 24 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Keys: Two spares for each type of panelboard cabinet lock. 2. Circuit Breakers Including GFCI and Ground Fault Equipment Protection (GFEP) Types: Two spares for each panelboard. 3. Fuses for Fused Switches: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than three of each size and type. 4. Fuses for Fused Power-Circuit Devices: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than three of each size and type. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of NETA or an NRTL. 1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Currently certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing. B. Source Limitations: Obtain panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, components, and accessories from single source from single manufacturer. C. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for panelboards including clearances between panelboards and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions. D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. E. Comply with NEMA PB 1. F. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Remove loose packing and flammable materials from inside panelboards; install temporary electric heating (250 W per panelboard)to prevent condensation. B. Handle and prepare panelboards for installation according to NEMA PB 1. Products 1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: 1. Do not deliver or install panelboards until spaces are enclosed and weathertight,wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above panelboards is complete, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 2. Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: a. Ambient Temperature: Not exceeding 23 deg F(minus 5 deg C)to plus 104 deg F (plus 40 deg C). b. Altitude: Not exceeding 3000 feet(2000 m). B. Service Conditions: NEMA PB 1, usual service conditions, as follows: 1. Ambient temperatures within limits specified. 2. Altitude not exceeding 3000 feet(2000 m). C. Interruption of Existing Electric Service: Do not interrupt electric service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electric service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than 7 days in advance of proposed interruption of electric service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electric service without Owner's written permission. 3. Comply with NFPA 70E. 1.11 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment, raceways, piping, encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements, and Page 2 of 6 Panelboards—26 24 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. B. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified with concrete. 1.12 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace transient voltage suppression devices that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PANELBOARDS A. Enclosures: Surface-mounted cabinets. 1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a. Indoor Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 12. b. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4X, 316 stainless steel. C. Corrosive Areas: NEMA 250, Type 4X, 316 stainless steel. d. Indoor Locations Subject to Dust, Falling Dirt, and Dripping Noncorrosive Liquids: NEMA 250, Type 12. 2. Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. For surface-mounted fronts, match box dimensions; for flush-mounted fronts, overlap box. 3. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover. 4. Skirt for Surface-Mounted Panelboards: Same gage and finish as panelboard front with flanges for attachment to panelboard, wall, and ceiling or floor. 5. Gutter Extension and Barrier: Same gage and finish as panelboard enclosure;integral with enclosure body. Arrange to isolate individual panel sections. 6. Finishes: a. Panels and Trim: galvanized steel, factory finished immediately after cleaning and pretreating with manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. b. Back Boxes: Galvanized steel. C. Fungus Proofing: Permanent fungicidal treatment for overcurrent protective devices and other components. 7. Directory Card: Inside panelboard door, mounted in transparent card holder or metal frame with transparent protective cover. B. Incoming Mains Location: Top and bottom. C. Phase, Neutral, and Ground Buses: 1. Material: Silver-plated copper main bus. 2. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment grounding conductors; bonded to box. 3. Isolated Ground Bus: Adequate for branch-circuit isolated ground conductors; insulated from box. 4. Extra-Capacity Neutral Bus: Neutral bus rated 200 percent of phase bus and UL listed as suitable for nonlinear loads. 5. Split Bus: Vertical buses divided into individual vertical sections. D. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes. 1. Material: Tin-plated aluminum. 2. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type. 3. Ground Lugs and Bus-Configured Terminators: Mechanical type. 4. Feed-Through Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at opposite end of bus from incoming lugs or main device. 5. Subfeed (Double) Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at same end of bus as incoming lugs or main device. 6. Gutter-Tap Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at Page 3 of 6 Panelboards—26 24 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction same end of bus as incoming lugs or main device. 7. Extra-Capacity Neutral Lugs: Rated 200 percent of phase lugs mounted on extra- capacity neutral bus. E. Service Equipment Label: NRTL labeled for use as service equipment for panelboards or load centers with one or more main service disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices. F. Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, filler plates, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices. G. Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating: Rated for series-connected system with integral or remote upstream overcurrent protective devices and labeled by an NRTL. Include size and type of allowable upstream and branch devices, listed and labeled for series-connected short-circuit rating by an NRTL. H. Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating: Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals. 2.2 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following : 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer& Industrial- Electrical Distribution. 3. Siemens Energy &Automation, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric(Preferred) B. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, power and feeder distribution type. C. Doors: Secured with vault-type latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. 1. For doors more than 36 inches (914 mm) high, provide two latches, keyed alike. D. Mains: As indicated E. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices for Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes 125 A and Smaller: Bolt-on circuit breakers. F. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices for Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes Larger Than 125 A: Bolt-on circuit breakers; plug-in circuit breakers where individual positive-locking device requires mechanical release for removal. 2.3 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer& Industrial- Electrical Distribution. 3. Siemens Energy&Automation, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric(Preferred) B. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch-circuit type. C. Mains: Circuit breaker or lugs only. D. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Plug-in or Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. E. Doors: Concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. F. Column-Type Panelboards: Narrow gutter extension, with cover, to overhead junction box equipped with ground and neutral terminal buses. 2.4 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: B. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Square D product indicated on drawings or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer& Industrial- Electrical Distribution. 3. Siemens Energy&Automation, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. 5. Approved Equal. Page 4 of 6 Panelboards—26 24 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction C. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB): Comply with UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. 2. Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front- mounted,field-adjustable trip setting. 3. Electronic trip circuit breakers with rms sensing;field-replaceable rating plug or field- replicable electronic trip; and the following field-adjustable settings: a. Instantaneous trip. b. Long-and short-time pickup levels. C. Long-and short-time time adjustments. d. Ground-fault pickup level, time delay, and 12t response. 4. Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller;let-through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, RK-5. 5. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single-and two-pole configurations with Class A ground-fault protection (6-mA trip). 6. Ground-Fault Equipment Protection (GFEP) Circuit Breakers: Class B ground-fault protection (30-mA trip). 7. Arc-Fault Circuit Interrupter(AFCI)Circuit Breakers: Comply with UL 1699; 120/240- V, single-pole configuration. 8. Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker(MCCB) Features and Accessories: a. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. b. Lugs: Mechanical style,suitable for number,size,trip ratings,and conductor materials. C. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads;Type HID for feeding fluorescent and high-intensity discharge(HID)lighting circuits. d. Zone-Selective Interlocking: Integral with electronic trip unit;for interlocking ground-fault protection function with other upstream or downstream devices. e. Multipole units enclosed in a single housing or factory assembled to operate as a single unit. 2.5 ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES A. Accessory Set: Include tools and miscellaneous items required for overcurrent protective device test, inspection, maintenance, and operation. B. Portable Test Set: For testing functions of solid-state trip devices without removing from panelboard. Include relay and meter test plugs suitable for testing panelboard meters and switchboard class relays. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store panelboards according to NEMA PB 1.1. B. Examine panelboards before installation. Reject panelboards that are damaged or rusted or have been subjected to water saturation. C. Examine elements and surfaces to receive panelboards for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards and accessories according to NEMA PB 1.1 and as shown on drawings. B. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from panelboards. C. Mount top of trim 72 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. D. Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish and mating with back box. E. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed. Page 5 of 6 Panelboards—26 24 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 1. Set field-adjustable, circuit-breaker trip ranges. F. Install filler plates in unused spaces. G. Stub four 1-inch (27-GRC)empty conduits from panelboard into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in the future. Stub four 1-inch (27-GRC) empty conduits into raised floor space or below slab not on grade. H. Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties after completing load balancing. I. Comply with NECA 1. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring,and components; provide warning signs complying with Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads after balancing panelboard loads; incorporate Owner's final room designations. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable. C. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." D. Device Nameplates: Label each branch circuit device in distribution panelboards with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Coordinate with owner to perform inspection and testing. B. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Coordinate with owner or owner representative to witness inspection of components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. C. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. D. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 3. Assist owner's agent in performing the following infrared scan tests and inspections: a. Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each panelboard. Remove front panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. b. Instruments and Equipment: (1) Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. E. Panelboards will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies panelboards included and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust moving parts and operable component to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. B. Set field-adjustable circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated. END OF SECTION Page 6 of 6 Panelboards—26 24 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction SECTION 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DESCRIPTION A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Receptacles, receptacles with integral GFCI, and associated device plates. 2. Weather-resistant receptacles. 3. Wall-switch. 1.3 DEFINITIONS The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. EMI: Electromagnetic interference. B. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter. C. Pigtail: Short lead used to connect a device to a branch-circuit conductor. D. RFI: Radio-frequency interference. E. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor. F. UTP: Unshielded twisted pair. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Receptacles for Owner-Furnished Equipment: Match plug configurations. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for premarking wall plates. C. Samples: One for each type of device and wall plate specified, in each color specified. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For wiring devices to include in all manufacturers' packing-label warnings and instruction manuals that include labeling conditions. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Cooper Wiring Devices: Division of Cooper Industries, Inc. (Cooper). 2. Hubbell Incorporated: Wiring Device-Kellems (Hubbell). 3. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. (Leviton). 4. Pass & Seymour/Legrand (Pass&Seymour). 5. Approval Equal. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device and associated wall plate from single source from single manufacturer. Page 1 of 4 Wiring Devices—26 27 26 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 2.2 GENERAL WIRING-DEVICE REQUIREMENT A. Wiring Devices, Components,and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Devices that are manufactured for use with modular plug-in connectors may be substituted under the following conditions: 1. Connectors shall comply with UL 2459 and shall be made with stranding building wire. 2. Devices shall comply with the requirements in this Section. 2.3 STRAIGHT-BLADE RECEPTACLES A. Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration 5-20R, UL 498, and FS W-C-596. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: a. Cooper; 5351 (single), CR5362 (duplex). b. Hubbell; HBL5351 (single), HBL5352 (duplex). C. Leviton; 5891 (single), 5352 (duplex). d. Pass &Seymour; 5361 (single), 5362 (duplex). 2.4 GFCI RECEPTACLES A. General Description: 1. Straight blade, feed-through type. 2. Comply with NEMA WD 1,NEMA WD 6, UL 498, UL 943 Class A,and FS W-C-596. 3. Include indicator light that shows when the GFCI has malfunctioned and no longer provides proper GFCI protection. B. Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: a. Cooper; VGF20. b. Hubbell; GFR5352L. C. Pass & Seymour; 2095. d. Leviton; 7590. 2.5 TOGGLE SWITCHES A. Comply with NEMA WD 1, UL 20, and FS W-S-896. B. Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: a. Single Pole: b. Cooper; AH 1221. C. Hubbell; HBL1221. d. Leviton; 1221-2. e. Pass &Seymour: CS1320AC1. 2.6 WALL PLATES A. Single and combination types shall match corresponding wiring devices. 1. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: Steel with white baked enamel, suitable for field painting. 3. Material for Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized steel. 4. Material for Damp Locations: Cast aluminum with spring-loaded lift cover,and listed and labeled for use in wet and damp locations. B. Wet-Location, Weatherproof Cover Plates: NEMA 250, complying with Type 3R,weather- resistant, die-cast aluminum with lockable cover. 2.7 FINISHES Page 2 of 4 Wiring Devices—26 27 26 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction A. Device Color: 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: Black unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70 or device listing. 2. Wiring Devices Connected to Emergency Power System: Red. 3. TVSS Devices: Blue. 4. Isolated-Ground Receptacles: Orange. B. Wall Plate Color: For plastic covers, match device color. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1, including mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise indicated. B. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Protect installed devices and their boxes. Do not place wall finish materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against outside of boxes. 2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust,paint,and other material that may contaminate the raceway system,conductors, and cables. 3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross ajoint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete. C. Conductors: 1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until right before they are spliced orterminated on devices. 2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire. 3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails. 4. Existing Conductors: a. Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors. b. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter. C. Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted, provided the outlet box is large enough. D. Device Installation: 1. Replace devices that have been in temporary use during construction and that were installed before building finishing operations were complete. 2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors. 3.2 GFCI RECEPTACLES A. Install non-feed-through-type GFCI receptacles where protection of downstream receptacles is not required. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify each receptacle with panelboard identification and circuit number. Use hot, stamped, or engraved machine printing with black-filled lettering on face of plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436. B. Tests for Convenience Receptacles: 1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V. 2. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. Page 3 of 4 Wiring Devices—26 27 26 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 3. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping. 4. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. C. Wiring device will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION Page 4 of 4 Wiring Devices—26 27 26 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction SECTION 26 28 16 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENT A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section Includes: 1. Fusible switches. 2. Non-fusible switches. 3. Molded-case circuit breakers (MCCBs). 4. Molded-case switches. 5. Enclosures. 1.3 DEFINITIONS The latest edition of the referenced item below shall be used. A. NC: Normally closed. B. NO: Normally open. C. SPDT: Single pole, double throw. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of enclosed switch,circuit breaker,accessory,and component indicated. Include dimensioned elevations,sections,weights,and man ufacturers'technical data on features, performance,electrical characteristics, ratings,accessories, and finishes. 1. Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 2. Current and voltage ratings. 3. Short-circuit current ratings (interrupting and withstand, as appropriate). 4. Include evidence of NRTL listing for series rating of installed devices. 5. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and auxiliary components. 6. Include time-current coordination curves (average melt)for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. B. Shop Drawings: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS The words defined in this section shall for the purpose of the specification have the meanings ascribed to them. A. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency. B. Field quality-control reports. 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. C. Manufacturer's field service report. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting enclosed switches and Page 1 of 5 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers—26 28 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction circuit breakers. 2. Time-current coordination curves (average melt) for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than three of each size and type. 2. Fuse Pullers: Two for each size and type. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of NETA or an NRTL. B. Source Limitations: Obtain enclosed switches and circuit breakers, overcurrent protective devices, components, and accessories, within same product category, from single source from single manufacturer. C. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for enclosed switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between enclosures, and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions. D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. E. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: 1. Ambient Temperature: Not less than minus 22 deg F (minus 30 deg C) and not exceeding 104 deg F (40 deg C). 2. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet(2010 m). B. Interruption of Existing Electric Service: Do not interrupt electric service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electric service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than seven days in advance of proposed interruption of electric service. 2. Indicate method of providing temporary electric service. 3. Do not proceed with interruption of electric service without Owner's written permission. 4. Comply with NFPA 70E. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of switches, circuit breakers, and components with equipment served and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer& Industrial- Electrical Distribution. 3. Siemens Energy &Automation, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Single Throw,240 or 600-VAC,with ratings as indicated: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate indicated fuses, Page 2 of 5 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers—26 28 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. C. Accessories: 1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. 2.2 NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer& Industrial- Electrical Distribution. 3. Siemens Energy&Automation, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Single Throw,240 or 600-VAC,with ratings as indicated: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated,lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks,and interlocked with cover in closed position. C. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Double Throw,240 or 600-VAC,with ratings as indicated: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated,lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks,and interlocked with cover in closed position. D. Accessories: 1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled 2.3 MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company: GE Consumer& Industrial- Electrical Distribution. 3. Siemens Energy &Automation, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. General Requirements: Comply with UL 489, NEMA AB 1, and NEMA AB 3, with interrupting capacity to comply with available fault currents. C. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. D. Adjustable, Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front-mounted, field-adjustable trip setting. E. Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers: Field-replaceable rating plug, rms sensing, with the following field-adjustable settings: 1. Instantaneous trip. 2. Long-and short-time pickup levels. 3. Long-and short-time time adjustments. 4. Ground-fault pickup level, time delay, and 12t response. 5. Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller, and let-through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, RK-5. F. Features and Accessories: 1. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. 2. Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor material. 3. Application Listing: Appropriate for application;Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HID for feeding fluorescent and high-intensity discharge lighting circuits. 2.4 MOLDED-CASE SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: 1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer& Industrial- Electrical Distribution. Page 3 of 5 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers—26 28 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 3. Siemens Energy &Automation, Inc. 4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B. General Requirements: MCCB with fixed, high-set instantaneous trip only,and short-circuit withstand rating equal to equivalent breaker frame size interrupting rating. C. Features and Accessories: 1. Standard frame sizes and number of poles. 2. Lugs: Mechanical type,suitable for number,size,trip ratings,and conductor material. 2.5 ENCLOSURES A. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, NEMA KS 1,NEMA 250,and UL 50, to comply with environmental conditions at installed location. 1. Indoor, Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 12. 2. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4X, 316SS 3. Indoor Wet Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4X, 316SS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches and circuit breakers for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install individual wall-mounted switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Section 260548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." C. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components. D. Install fuses in fusible devices. E. Comply with NECA 1. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs. 2. Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Inspect components,assemblies,and equipment installations,including connections. B. Acceptance Testing: Assist owner representative to perform testing as follows: 1. Test insulation resistance for each enclosed switch and circuit breaker, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Assist owner representative to perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 3. Perform the following infrared scan tests and inspections and prepare reports: a. Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each enclosed switch and circuit breaker. Remove front panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. Page 4 of 5 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers—26 28 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction b. Instruments and Equipment: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. 4. Test and adjust controls, remote monitoring, and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Enclosed switches and circuit breakers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust moving parts and operable components to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION Page 5 of 5 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers—26 28 16 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 February 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction SECTION 26 32 13 DIESEL ENGINE DRIVEN GENERATOR SET PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. This Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The This Section includes packaged engine-generator sets suitable for use in mission critical applications with the features as specified and indicated. Engine generators will be used as the Standby power source for the system, but shall be capable of providing reliable power with no run-time limitations while the primary source of power is unavailable. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Emergency Standby Power (ESP): Per ISO 8528: The maximum power available during a variable electrical power sequence, under the stated operating conditions, for which a generating set is capable of delivering in the event of a utility power outage or under test conditions for up to 200 hours of operation per year with the maintenance intervals and procedures being carried out as prescribed by the manufacturers. The permissible average power output (Ppp) over 24 hours of operation shall not exceed 70 percent of the ESP unless otherwise agreed by the RIC engine manufacturer. B. Operational Bandwidth: The total variation from the lowest to highest value of a parameter over the range of conditions indicated, expressed as a percentage of the nominal value of the parameter. 1.4 ACTIONS SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of packaged engine generator indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. In addition, include the following: 1. Thermal damage curve for generator. 2. Time-current characteristic curves for generator protective device. 3. Sound test data, based on a free field requirement. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Dimensioned outline plan and elevation drawings of engine-generator set and other components specified. 2. Wiring Diagrams: Control interconnection, Customer connections. C. Certifications: 1. Submit statement of compliance which states the proposed product(s) is certified to the emissions standards required by the location for EPA, stationary emergency application. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Source quality-control test reports. 1. Certified summary of prototype-unit test report. See requirements in Part 2 "Source Quality Control"Article Part A. Include statement indicating torsional compatibility of components. 2. Certified Test Report: Provide certified test report documenting factory test per the requirements of this specification, as well as certified factory test of generator set sensors per NFPA110 level 1. 3. List of factory tests to be performed on units to be shipped for this Project. 4. Report of exhaust emissions and compliance statement certifying compliance with applicable regulations. B. Warranty: Page 1 of 8 Diesel Engine Driven Generator Set— 26 32 13.13 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 February 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 1. Submit manufacturer's warranty statement to be provided for this Project. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer. Maintain, within 250 miles of Project site, a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance repairs. C. Source Limitations: Obtain packaged generator sets and auxiliary components through one source. D. Comply with NFPA 37 (Standard For the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines). E. Comply with NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code. Equipment shall be suitable for use in systems in compliance to Article 700, 701, and 702). F. Comply with NFPA 110(Emergency and Standby Power Systems)requirements for Level 1 emergency power supply system. G. Comply with UL 2200. H. Comply with NFPA 111. I. Comply with 2015 IFC section 604. J. Noise Emission: Comply with 70 for maximum noise level at 23 feet due to sound emitted by generator set including engine, engine exhaust, engine cooling-air intake and discharge, and other components of installation. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Engine-generator system shall withstand the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of performance capability: 1. Ambient Temperature: 0.0 deg C (32.0 deg F)to 40.0 deg C (104.0 deg F). 2. Relative Humidity: 50 to 100 percent. 3. Altitude: Sea level to 500.0 feet(152.4 m). 1.8 WARRANTY A. Base Warranty: Manufacturer shall provide base warranty coverage on the material and workmanship of the generator set for a minimum of twenty-four (24) months from registered commissioning and start-up. B. Extended Warranty: Manufacturer shall offer extend coverage of 5 years from date of registered commissioning and start-up. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. The basis for this specification is Kohler model 60OREOZVB with a 5M4032 alternator. It shall provide 750.00 kVA and 600.00 kW when operating at 120/208 volts, 60 Hz, 0.80 power factor. The generator set shall be capable of a 130°C Standby @40C rating while operating in an ambient condition of less than or equal to 77°F and a maximum elevation of 500 ft above sea level. The standby rating shall be available for the duration of the outage. B. Approved equals will be considered if equipment performance is shown to meet the requirements herein. Costs associated with redesign of project with use of another manufacturer shall be the financial responsibility of the installing contractor. The following manufacturers are considered to be equally capable of meeting the requirements of this specification. 1. Cummins Inc. 2. Caterpillar 3. Kohler(Preferred) Page 2 of 8 Diesel Engine Driven Generator Set— 26 32 13.13 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 February 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 2.2 ENGINE-GENERATOR SET A. Factory-assembled and-tested, engine-generator set. B. Mounting Frame: Maintain alignment of mounted components without depending on concrete foundation; and have lifting attachments. 1. Rigging Information: Indicate location of each lifting attachment,generator-set center of gravity, and total package weight in submittal drawings. 2. Vibration isolators shall be provided between the engine-alternator and heavy-duty steel base. C. Engine: 1. The minimum 16.12 liter displacement engine shall deliver a minimum of 903 HP at a governed engine speed of 1800 rpm, and shall be equipped with the following: a. Electronic isochronous governor capable of 0.25% steady-state frequency regulation b. 24-volt positive-engagement solenoid shift-starting motor C. 80-ampere automatic battery charging alternator with a solid-state voltage regulation d. Positive displacement, full-pressure lubrication oil pump, cartridge oil filters, dipstick, and oil drain e. Dry-type replaceable air cleaner elements for normal applications f. Engine-driven or electric fuel-transfer pump including fuel filter and electric solenoid fuel shutoff valve capable of lifting fuel g. The turbocharged engine shall be fueled by diesel h. The engine shall have a minimum of 6 cylinders and be liquid-cooled 2. The engine shall be EPA certified from the factory. 3. The generator must accept rated load in one-step. D. Cooling System: Closed loop, liquid cooled 1. The generator set manufacturer shall provide prototype test data for the specific hardware proposed demonstrating that the machine will operate at rated standby load in an outdoor ambient condition of 40 deg C. 2. Coolant: Solution of 50 percent ethylene-glycol-based antifreeze and 50 percent water, with anticorrosion additives as recommended by engine manufacturer. 3. Size of Radiator overflow tank: Adequate to contain expansion of total system coolant from cold start to 110 percent load condition. 4. Expansion Tank: Constructed of welded steel plate and rated to withstand maximum closed-loop coolant system pressure for engine used. Equip with gage glass and petcock. 5. Temperature Control: Self-contained, thermostatic-control valve modulates coolant flow automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as recommended by engine manufacturer. E. Muffler/Silencer: Selected with performance as required to meet sound requirements of the application, sized as recommended by engine manufacturer and selected with exhaust piping system to not exceed engine manufacturer's engine backpressure requirements. For generator sets with outdoor enclosures the silencer shall be inside the enclosure. F. Alternator: 1. The alternator shall be salient-pole, brushless, 2/3-pitch,with 4 bus bar provision for external connections, self-ventilated, with drip-proof construction and amortisseur rotor windings,and skewed for smooth voltage waveform.The ratings shall meet the NEMA standard (MG1-32.40)temperature rise limits. The insulation shall be class H per UL1446 and the varnish shall be a vacuum pressure impregnated, fungus resistant epoxy. Temperature rise of the rotor and stator shall be limited to 130°C Standby @40C. The PMG based excitation system shall be of brushless construction controlled by a digital, three phase sensing, solid- state, voltage regulator. The AVR shall be capable of proper operation under severe nonlinear loads and provide individual adjustments for voltage range, stability and volts-per- hertz operations. The AVR shall be protected from the environment by conformal Page 3 of 8 Diesel Engine Driven Generator Set— 26 32 13.13 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 February 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction coating.The waveform harmonic distortion shall not exceed 5%total RMS measured line-to-line at full rated load. The TIF factor shall not exceed 50. 2. The alternator shall have a maintenance-free bearing, designed for 40000 hour B10 life. The alternator shall be directly connected to the flywheel housing with a semi- flexible coupling between the rotor and the flywheel. 3. The generator shall be inherently capable of sustaining at least 300%of rated current for at least 10 seconds under a 3-phase symmetrical short circuit without the addition of separate current-support devices. 4. Motor starting performance and voltage dip determinations shall be based on the complete generator set. The generator set shall be capable of supplying 1,652.00 LRKVA for starting motor loads with a maximum instantaneous voltage dip of 35%, as measured by a digital RMS transient recorder in accordance with IEEE Standard 115. Motor starting performance and voltage dip determination that does not account for all components affecting total voltage dip, i.e.,engine, alternator,voltage regulator, and governor will not be acceptable. As such, the generator set shall be prototype tested to optimize and determine performance as a generator set system. G. Starting System: 24V, as recommended by the engine manufacturer; electric, with negative ground. 1. Components: Sized so they will not be damaged during a full engine-cranking cycle with ambient temperature at maximum specified in Part 1 "Project Conditions" Article. 2. Cranking Cycle:As required by NFPA 110 for level 1 systems. 3. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by engine manufacturer for cable length as required. Include required interconnecting conductors and connection accessories. 4. Battery Compartment: Factory fabricated of metal with acid-resistant finish. 5. Battery-Charging Alternator: Factory mounted on engine with solid-state voltage regulation. The battery charging alternator shall have sufficient capacity to recharge the batteries with all parasitic loads connected within 4 hours after a normal engine starting sequence. 6. Battery Chargers: Unit shall comply with UL 1236, provide fully regulated, constant voltage, current limited, battery charger for each battery bank. It will include the following features: a. Operation: Equalizing-charging rate based on generator set manufacturer's recommendations shall be initiated automatically after battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at battery terminals. Unit shall then be automatically switched to a lower float-charging mode and shall continue to operate in that mode until battery is discharged again. b. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjust float and equalize voltages for variations in ambient temperature from minus 20 deg C to plus 40 deg C to prevent overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures. C. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintain constant output voltage regardless of input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent. d. Safety Functions: Sense abnormally low battery voltage and close contacts providing low battery voltage indication on control and monitoring panel. Sense high battery voltage and loss of ac input or do output of battery charger. Either condition shall close contacts that provide a battery-charger malfunction indication at system control and monitoring panel. e. Provide LED indication of general charger condition, including charging, faults, and modes. Provide a LCD display to indicate charge rate and battery voltage. Charger shall provide relay contacts for fault conditions as required by NFPA110. f. Enclosure and Mounting: NEMA, Type 1, wall-mounted cabinet. 2.3 FUEL OIL STORAGE Page 4 of 8 Diesel Engine Driven Generator Set— 26 32 13.13 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 February 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction A. Comply with NFPA 30. B. Sub Base-Mounted Fuel Oil Tank: Provide a double wall secondary containment type sub base fuel storage tank. The tank shall be constructed of corrosion resistant steel and shall be UL 142 listed and labeled. The fuel tank shall include the following features: 1. Capacity: Fuel for 72 Hour(s) continuous operation at 100 percent rated power output. 2. Tank rails and lifting eyes shall be rated for the full dry weight of the tank, genset, and enclosure. 3. Electrical stub up(s) 4. Normal &emergency vents 5. Lockable fuel fill 6. Mechanical fuel level gauge 7. High and low level switches to indicate fuel level 8. Leak detector switch 9. Sub base tank shall include a welded steel containment basin, sized at a minimum of 110% of the tank capacity to prevent escape of fuel into the environment in the event of a tank rupture. 10. Fill port with overfill prevention valve (OFPV) 11. 5 gallon fill/spill dam or bucket 12. Tank design shall meet the regional requirements for the Project location 2.4 CONTROL AND MONITORING A. Engine generator control shall be microprocessor based and provide automatic starting, monitoring, protection and control functions for the unit. B. Automatic Starting System Sequence of Operation: When mode-selector switch on the control and monitoring panel is in the automatic position, remote-control contacts in one or more separate automatic transfer switches initiate starting and stopping of generator set. When mode-selector switch is switched to the on position, generator set starts. The off position of same switch initiates generator-set shutdown. (Switches with different configurations but equal functions are acceptable.) When generator set is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down generator set and initiate alarms. Operation of the local (generator set-mounted) and/or remote emergency-stop switch also shuts down generator set. C. Manual Starting System Sequence of Operation: Switching on-off switch on the generator control panel to the on position starts generator set. The off position of same switch initiates generator-set shutdown. When generator set is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down generator set and initiate alarms. Operation of the local (generator set-mounted) and/or remote emergency-stop switch also shuts down generator set. D. Configuration: Operating and safety indications, protective devices, system controls, engine gages and associated equipment shall be grouped in a common control and monitoring panel. Mounting method shall isolate the control panel from generator-set vibration. AC output power circuit breakers and other output power equipment shall not be mounted in the control enclosure. E. Indicating and Protective Devices and Controls: As required by NFPA 110 for Level 1 system, and the following: 1. AC voltmeter(3-phase, line to line and line to neutral values). 2. AC ammeter(3-phases). 3. AC frequency meter. 4. AC kW output(total and for each phase). Display shall indicate power flow direction. 5. AC kVA output(total and for each phase). Display shall indicate power flow direction. 6. AC Power factor(total and for each phase). Display shall indicate leading or lagging condition. 7. Ammeter-voltmeter displays shall simultaneously display conditions for all three phases. 8. Emergency Stop Switch: Switch shall be a red"mushroom head"pushbutton device Page 5 of 8 Diesel Engine Driven Generator Set— 26 32 13.13 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 February 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction complete with lock-out/tag-out provisions. Depressing switch shall cause the generator set to immediately stop the generator set and prevent it from operating. 9. Fault Reset Switch: Supply a dedicated control switch to reset/clear fault conditions. 10. DC voltmeter (alternator battery charging). 11. Engine-coolant temperature gauge. 12. Engine lubricating-oil pressure gauge. 13. Running-time meter. 14. Generator-voltage and frequency digital raise/lower switches. Rheostats for these functions are not acceptable. The control shall adjustment of these parameters in a range of plus or minus 5% of the voltage and frequency operating set point (not nominal voltage and frequency values.) The voltage and frequency adjustment functions shall be disabled when the paralleling breaker is closed. 15. Fuel tank derangement alarm. 16. Fuel tank high-level shutdown of fuel supply alarm. 17. AC Protective Equipment: The control system shall include over/under voltage, reverse kVAR, reverse kW, over load (kW)short circuit, over current, loss of voltage reference, and over excitation shut down protection. There shall be overload warning, and overcurrent warning alarm. 18. Status LED indicating lamps to indicate remote start signal present at the control, existing shutdown condition, existing alarm condition, not in auto, and generator set running. 19. Panel lighting system to allow viewing and operation of the control when the generator room or enclosure is not lighted. 20. Data Logging: The control system shall log the latest 20 different alarm and shut down conditions, the total number of times each alarm or shutdown has occurred, and the date and time the latest of these shutdown and fault conditions occurred. 21. DC control Power Monitoring: The control system shall continuously monitor DC power supply to the control, and annunciate low or high voltage conditions. It shall also provide an alarm indicating imminent failure of the battery bank based on degraded voltage recover on loading (engine cranking). F. Remote Alarm Annunciator: Comply with NFPA 110. An LED labeled with proper alarm conditions shall identify each alarm event and a common audible signal shall sound for each alarm condition. 2.5 GENERATOR OVERCURRENT AND FAULT PROTECTION A. Generator Overcurrent Protection: The generator set shall be provided with a UL Listed/CSA Certified protective device that is coordinated with the alternator provided to prevent damage to the generator set on any possible overload or overcurrent condition external to the machine. Protector shall perform the following functions: 1. LSI trip functions. 2. Provide second overcurrent protection device for load bank connection. 2.6 OUTDOOR GENERATOR SET ENCLOSURE A. Description: Sound Attenuated aluminum housing. Multiple panels shall be lockable and provide adequate access to components requiring maintenance. Instruments, control, and battery system shall be mounted within enclosure. B. Construction: 1. Louvers: Equipped with bird screen to permit air circulation when engine is not running while excluding birds and rodents. 2. Hinged Doors: With padlocking provisions. Restraint/Hold back hardware to prevent door to keep door open at 180 degrees during maintenance. Rain lips over all doors. 3. Exhaust System: a. Muffler Location: external to enclosure. 4. Hardware:All hardware and hinges shall be stainless steel. 5. Wind Rating: Wind rating shall be 150 mph 6. Mounting Base: Suitable for mounting on sub-base fuel tank or housekeeping pad. Page 6 of 8 Diesel Engine Driven Generator Set— 26 32 13.13 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 February 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 7. A weather protective enclosure shall be provided which allows the generator set to operate at full rated load with a static pressure drop equal to or less than 0.5 inches of water. C. Engine Cooling Airflow through Enclosure: Housing shall provide ample airflow for engine generator operation at rated load in an ambient temperature of 40 deg C. 1. Louvers: Fixed-engine, cooling-air inlet and discharge. D. Sound Performance: Reduce the sound level of the engine generator while operating at full rated load to a maximum of 70 dBA measured at any location 23 ft from the engine generator in a free field environment. 2.7 FINISHES A. Indoor and Outdoor Enclosures and Components: Powder-coated and baked over corrosion-resistant pretreatment and compatible primer. Manufacturer's standard color or as directed on the drawings. 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Prototype Testing: Factory test engine-generator set using same engine model, constructed of identical or equivalent components and equipped with identical or equivalent accessories. 1. Tests: Comply with NFPA 110, Level 1 Energy Converters. In addition, the equipment engine,skid, cooling system,and alternator shall have been subjected to actual prototype tests to validate the capability of the design under the abnormal conditions noted in NFPA110. Calculations and testing on similar equipment which are allowed under NFPA110 are not sufficient to meet this requirement. B. Project-Specific Equipment Tests: Before shipment, factory test engine-generator set manufactured specifically for this Project. Perform tests at rated load and power factor. Include the following tests: 1. Test engine generator set manufactured for this Project to demonstrate compatibility and functionality. 2. Full load run. 3. Maximum power. 4. Voltage regulation. 5. Steady-state governing. 6. Single-step load pickup. 7. Simulated safety shutdowns. 8. Provide 14 days' advance notice of tests and opportunity for observation of tests by Owner's representative. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with packaged engine-generator manufacturers' written installation, application, and alignment instructions and with NFPA 110. B. Equipment shall be installed by the contractor in accordance with final submittals and contract documents. Installation shall comply with applicable state and local codes as required by the authority having jurisdiction. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and instructions included in the listing or labeling of UL listed products. C. Installation of equipment shall include furnishing and installing all interconnecting wiring between all major equipment provided for the on-site power system. The contractor shall also perform interconnecting wiring between equipment sections (when required), under the supervision of the equipment supplier. D. Equipment shall be installed on concrete housekeeping pads. Equipment shall be permanently fastened to the pad in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and seismic requirements of the site. E. Equipment shall be initially started and operated by representatives of the manufacturer. Page 7 of 8 Diesel Engine Driven Generator Set— 26 32 13.13 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 February 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction All protective settings shall be adjusted as instructed by the consulting engineer. F. All equipment shall be physically inspected for damage. Scratches and other installation damage shall be repaired prior to final system testing. Equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove all dirt and construction debris prior to initial operation and final testing of the system. G. On completion of the installation by the electrical contractor, the generator set supplier shall conduct a site evaluation to verify that the equipment is installed per manufacturer's recommended practice. 3.2 ON SITE ACCEPTANCE TEST A. The complete installation shall be tested to verify compliance with the performance requirements of this specification following completion of all site work. Testing shall be conducted by representatives of the manufacturer, with required fuel supplied by Contractor. The Engineer shall be notified in advance and shall have the option to witness the tests. The generator set manufacturer shall provide a site test specification covering the entire system. Tests shall include: B. Prior to start of active testing, all field connections for wiring, power conductors, and bus bar connections shall be checked for proper tightening torque. C. Installation acceptance tests to be conducted on site shall include a "cold start" test, a two hour full load(resistive)test,and a one-step rated load pickup test in accordance with NFPA 110. Provide a resistive load bank and make temporary connections for full load test, if necessary. D. Perform a power failure test on the entire installed system. This test shall be conducted by opening the power supply from the utility service, and observing proper operation of the system for at least 2 hours. Coordinate timing and obtain approval for start of test with site personnel. 3.3 TRAINING A. The equipment supplier shall provide training for the facility operating personnel covering operation and maintenance of the equipment provided. The training program shall be not less than 4 hours in duration and the class size shall be limited to 5 persons. Training date shall be coordinated with the facility owner. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components,assemblies,and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. 3.5 SERVICE AND SUPPORT A. The generator set supplier shall maintain service parts inventory for the entire power system at a central location which is accessible to the service location 24 hours per day, 365 days per year. The inventory shall have a commercial value of$3 million or more. The manufacturer of the generator set shall maintain a central parts inventory to support the supplier, covering all the major components of the power system, including engines, alternators, control systems, paralleling electronics, and power transfer equipment. B. The generator set shall be serviced by a local service organization that is trained and factory certified in generator set service. The supplier shall maintain an inventory of critical power system replacement parts in the local service location. Service vehicles shall be stocked with critical replacement parts. The service organization shall be on call 24 hours per day, 365 days per year. The service organization shall be physically located within 250 of the site. C. The manufacturer shall maintain model and serial number records of each generator set provided for at least 20 years. END OF SECTION Page 8 of 8 Diesel Engine Driven Generator Set— 26 32 13.13 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 May 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction SECTION 263600 Automatic Transfer Switches PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 Scope A. Furnish and install automatic transfer switches (ATS) with number of poles, amperage, voltage, withstand and close-on ratings as shown on the plans. Each automatic transfer switch shall consist of an inherently double throw power transfer switch mechanism and a microprocessor controller to provide automatic operation. All transfer switches and controllers shall be the products of the same manufacturer. B. Furnish an enclosure for the ATS that is suitable for indoor use. It shall provide all of the proper disconnecting, protection, grounding and bonding required. 1.02 Codes and Standards The automatic transfer switches and controls shall conform to the requirements of: A. UL 1008 -Standard for Transfer Switch Equipment B. IEC 947-6-1 Low-voltage Switchgear and Control gear; Multifunction equipment; Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment C. NFPA 70- National Electrical Code D. NFPA 99- Essential Electrical Systems for Health Care Facilities E. NFPA 110 - Emergency and Standby Power Systems F. IEEE Standard 446- IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Commercial and Industrial Applications G. NEMA Standard ICS10-2005 (formerly ICS2-447)-AC Automatic Transfer Switches H. International Standards Organization ISO 9001:2008 L. UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment J. UL 891 According to this UL standard the equipment shall be labeled "Suitable for use only as service Entrance." 1.03 Acceptable Manufacturers The basis of design for the Automatic Transfer Switches is ASCO 7000 Series. Any alternate shall be submitted for approval to the consulting engineer at least 10 days prior to bid. Approved equals will be considered if equipment performance is shown to meet the requirements herein. Costs associated with redesign of project with use of another manufacturer shall be the financial responsibility of the installing contractor. The following manufacturers are considered to be equally capable of meeting the requirements of this specification. a. Eaton b. ASCO (Preferred) Page 1 of 11 TRANSFER SWITCHES—26 36 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 May 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction C. Cummins d. Russel Electric or equal PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Mechanically Held Transfer Switch A. The transfer switch shall be electrically operated and mechanically held. The electrical operator shall be a momentarily energized, single-solenoid mechanism. Main operators which include overcurrent disconnect devices, linear motors or gears shall not be acceptable. The switch shall be mechanically interlocked to ensure only two possible positions, normal or emergency. B. All transfer switch sizes shall use only one type of main operator for ease of maintenance and commonality of parts. C. The switch shall be positively locked and unaffected by momentary outages, so that contact pressure is maintained at a constant value and contact temperature rise is minimized for maximum reliability and operating life. D. All main contacts shall be silver composition. Switches rated 800 amperes and above shall have segmented, stationary contacts for high withstand and close-on capability and be protected by separate arcing contacts. E. Inspection of all main contacts shall be possible from the front of the switch without disassembly of operating linkages and without disconnection of power conductors. Switches rated 800 amps and higher shall have front removable and replaceable contacts. All stationary and moveable contacts shall be replaceable without removing power conductors and/or bus bars. F. Designs utilizing components of molded-case circuit breakers, contactors, or parts thereof, which are not intended for continuous duty, repetitive switching or transfer between two active power sources, are not acceptable. G. Where neutral conductors must be switched as shown on the plans, the AUS shall be provided with fully rated overlapping neutral transfer contacts. The neutrals of the normal and emergency power sources shall be connected together only during the transfer and retransfer operation and remain connected together until power source contacts close on the source to which the transfer is being made. The overlapping neutral contacts shall not overlap for a period greater than 100 milliseconds. Neutral switching contacts which do not overlap are not acceptable. H. Where neutral conductors are to be solidly connected as shown on the plans, a neutral conductor plate with fully rated AL-CU pressure connectors shall be provided. Page 2 of 11 TRANSFER SWITCHES—26 36 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 May 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 2.02 Microprocessor Controller A. The controller's sensing and logic shall be provided by a single built-in microprocessor for maximum reliability, minimum maintenance, and the ability to communicate serially through an optional serial communication module. B. A single controller shall provide twelve selectable nominal voltages for maximum application flexibility and minimal spare part requirements. Voltage sensing shall be true RMS type and shall be accurate to ± 1% of nominal voltage. Frequency sensing shall be accurate to ± 0.2%. The controller shall be capable of operating over a temperature range of -20 to +60 degrees C and storage from-55 to +85 degrees C. C. The controller shall be connected to the transfer switch by an interconnecting wiring harness. The harness shall include a keyed disconnect plug to enable the controller to be disconnected from the transfer switch for routine maintenance. Sensing and control logic shall be provided on multi-layer printed circuit boards. Interfacing relays shall be industrial grade plug-in type with dust covers. The panel shall be enclosed with a protective cover and be mounted separately from the transfer switch unit for safety and ease of maintenance. The protective cover shall include a built-in pocket for storage of the operator's manuals. D. All customer connections shall be wired to a common terminal block to simplify field-wiring connections. E. The controller shall meet or exceed the requirements for Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) as follows: 1. EN 55011:1991 Emission standard - Group 1, Class A 2. EN 50082-2:1995 Generic immunity standard, from which: EN 61000-4-2:1995 Electrostatic discharge (ESD) immunity ENV 50140:1993 Radiated Electro-Magnetic field immunity EN 61000-4-4:1995 Electrical fast transient (EFT) immunity EN 61000-4-5:1995 Surge transient immunity EN 61000-4-6:1996 Conducted Radio-Frequency field immunity 3. IEEE472 (ANSI C37.90A) Ring Wave Test. 2.03 Enclosure A. The ATS shall be furnished in a Type 1 enclosure unless otherwise shown on the plans. B. The ATS, shall be furnished in a single enclosure including a service (utility source) disconnect and an emergency source feeder disconnect circuit, as well as the power transfer switch, grounding provisions. C. All standard and optional door-mounted switches and pilot lights shall be 16-mm industrial grade type or equivalent for easy viewing & replacement. Door controls shall be provided on a separate removable plate, which can be supplied loose for open type units. D. A pressure disconnect link shall be provided to disconnect the normal source neutral connection from the emergency and load neutral connections for 4-mm wire applications. A ground bus shall be provided for connection of the grounding conductor to the grounding electrode. Page 3 of 11 TRANSFER SWITCHES—26 36 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 May 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 2.04 Disconnecting and Overcurrent Protection Device A. For those service entrance automatic transfer switches less than 1000 amps, the normal connection shall be provided with a 2/3 pole, molded case circuit breaker with current ratings as shown on the plans. B. For those service entrance automatic transfer switches rated 1000 to 4000 amps, the normal connection shall be provided with a 2/3 pole, stationary mounted circuit breaker with current ratings as shown on the plans. The circuit breaker shall be provided with long time, short time and instantaneous trip settings. PART 3 OPERATIONS 3.01 Controller Display and Keypad A. A four line, 20 character LCD display and keypad shall be an integral part of the controller for viewing all available data and setting desired operational parameters. Operational parameters shall also be available for viewing and limited control through the serial communications input port. The following parameters shall only be adjustable via DIP switches on the controller: 1. Nominal line voltage and frequency 2. Single or three phase sensing 3. Operating parameter protection 4. Transfer operating mode configuration (Open transition, Closed transition, or Delayed transition) All instructions and controller settings shall be easily accessible, readable and accomplished without the use of codes, calculations, or instruction manuals. 3.02 Voltage, Frequency and Phase Rotation Sensing A. Voltage and frequency on both the normal and emergency sources (as noted below) shall be continuously monitored, with the following pickup, dropout, and trip setting capabilities (values shown as % of nominal unless otherwise specified): Parameter Sources Dropout/Trip Pickup/ Reset Undervoltage N&E,3� 70 to 98% 85 to 100% Overvoltage N&E,3� 102 to 115% 2% below trip Underfrequency N&E 85 to 98% 90 to 100% Overfrequency N&E 102 to 110% 2% below trip Voltage unbalance N&E 5 to 20% 1% below dropout B. Repetitive accuracy of all settings shall be within ± 0.5% over an operating temperature range of-20°C to 60°C. C. Voltage and frequency settings shall be field adjustable in 1% increments either locally with the display and keypad or remotely via serial communications port access. D. The controller shall be capable (when activated by the keypad or through the serial port) of sensing the phase rotation of both the normal and emergency sources. The source shall be considered unacceptable if the phase rotation is not the preferred rotation selected (ABC or CBA). E. Source status screens shall be provided for both normal & emergency to pro-vide digital Page 4 of 11 TRANSFER SWITCHES—26 36 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 May 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction readout of voltage on all 3 phases, frequency, and phase rotation. F. The controller shall include a user selectable algorithm to prevent repeated transfer cycling to a source on an installation which experiences primary side, single phase failures on a Grounded Wye—Grounded Wye transformer which regenerates voltage when unloaded. The algorithm shall also inhibit retransfer to the normal (utility) source upon detection of a single phasing condition until a dedicated timer expires, the alternate source fails, or the normal source fails completely and is restored during this time delay period. The time delays associated with this feature shall be adjustable by the user through the controller keypad and LCD. 3.03 Time Delays A. An adjustable time delay of 0 to 6 seconds shall be provided to override momentary normal source outages and delay all transfer and engine starting signals. Capability shall be provided to extend this time delay to 60 minutes by providing an external 24 VDC power supply. B. A time delay shall be provided on transfer to emergency, adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes, for controlled timing of transfer of loads to emergency. C. Two time delay modes (which are independently adjustable) shall be provided on re-transfer to normal. One time delay shall be for actual normal power failures and the other for the test mode function. The time delays shall be adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes. Time delay shall be automatically bypassed if the emergency source fails and the normal source is acceptable. D. A time delay shall be provided on shut down of engine generator for cool down, adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes. E. A time delay activated output signal shall also be provided to drive an external relay(s) for selective load disconnect control. The controller shall have the ability to activate an adjustable 0 to 5 minute time delay in any of the following modes: 1. Prior to transfer only. 2. Prior to and after transfer. 3. Normal to emergency only. 4. Emergency to normal only. 5. Normal to emergency and emergency to normal. 6. All transfer conditions or only when both sources are available. F. The controller shall also include the following built-in time delays for optional Closed Transition and Delayed Transition operation: 1. 1 to 5 minute time delay on failure to synchronize normal and emergency sources prior to closed transition transfer. 2. 0.1 to 9.99 second time delay on an extended parallel condition of both power sources during closed transition operation. 3. 0 to 5 minute time delay for the load disconnect position for delayed transition operation. G. All time delays shall be adjustable in 1 second increments, except the extended parallel time, which shall be adjustable in .01 second increments. Page 5 of 11 TRANSFER SWITCHES—26 36 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 May 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction H. All time delays shall be adjustable by using the LCD display and keypad or with a remote device connected to the serial communications port. 3.04 Additional Features A. A three position momentary-type test switch shall be provided for the test/automatic/reset modes. The test position will simulate a normal source failure. The reset position shall bypass the time delays on either transfer to emergency or retransfer to normal. B. A SPDT contact, rated 5 amps at 30 VDC, shall be provided for a low-voltage engine start signal. The start signal shall prevent dry cranking of the engine by requiring the generator set to reach proper output, and run for the duration of the cool down setting, regardless of whether the normal source restores before the load is transferred. C. Auxiliary contacts, rated 10 amps, 250 VAC shall be provided consisting of three contacts, closed when the AUS is connected to the normal source and three contacts closed, when the AUS is connected to the emergency source. D. LED indicating lights (16 mm industrial grade, type 12) shall be provided; one to indicate when the AUS is connected to the normal source (green) and one to indicate when the AUS is connected to the emergency source (red). E. LED indicating lights (16 mm industrial grade, type 12) shall be provided and energized by controller outputs. The lights shall provide true source availability of the normal and emergency sources, as determined by the voltage sensing trip and reset settings for each source. The following features shall be built-in to the controller, but capable of being activated through keypad programming or the serial port only when required by the user. F. Provide the ability to select "commit/no commit to transfer" to determine whether the load should be transferred to the emergency generator if the normal source restores before the generator is ready to accept the load. G. Terminals shall be provided for a remote contact which opens to signal the AUS to transfer to emergency and for remote contacts which open to inhibit transfer to emergency and/or retransfer to normal. Both of these inhibit signals can be activated through the keypad or serial port. H. An Inphase monitor shall be provided in the controller. The monitor shall control transfer so that motor load inrush currents do not exceed normal starting currents, and shall not require external control of power sources. The Inphase monitor shall be specifically designed for and be the product of the AUS manufacturer. The Inphase monitor shall be equal to ASCO Feature 27. I. The controller shall be capable of accepting a normally open contact that will allow the transfer switch to function in a non-automatic mode using an external control device. J. Engine Exerciser - The controller shall provide an internal engine exerciser. The engine exerciser shall allow the user to program up to seven different exercise routines. For each routine, the user shall be able to: Page 6 of 11 TRANSFER SWITCHES—26 36 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 May 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 1. Enable or disable the routine. 2. Enable or disable transfer of the load during routine. 3. Set the start time: -time of day -day of week -week of month (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, alternate or every) 4. Set the duration of the run. At the end of the specified duration the switch shall transfer the load back to normal and run the generator for the specified cool down period. A 10-year life battery that supplies power to the real time clock in the event of a power loss will maintain all time and date information. K. System Status - The controller LCD display shall include a "System Status" screen which shall be readily accessible from any point in the menu by depressing the "ESC" key a maximum of two times. This screen shall display a clear description of the active operating sequence and switch position. For example, Normal Failed Load on Normal TD Normal to Emerg 2min 15s Controllers that require multiple screens to determine system status or display "coded" system status messages, which must be explained by references in the operator's manual, are not permissible. L. Self Diagnostics - The controller shall contain a diagnostic screen for the purpose of detecting system errors. This screen shall provide information on the status input signals to the controller which may be preventing load transfer commands from being completed. M. Data Logging — The controller shall have the ability to log data and to maintain'the last 99 events, even in the event of total power loss. The following events shall be time and date stamped and maintained in a non-volatile memory: 1. Event Logging 1. Data and time and reason for transfer normal to emergency. 2. Data and time and reason for transfer emergency to normal. 3. Data and time and reason for engine start. 4. Data and time engine stopped. 5. Data and time emergency source available. 6. Data and time emergency source not available. 2. Statistical Data 1. Total number of transfers. 2. Total number of transfers due to source failure. 3. Total number of days controller is energized. 4. Total number of hours both normal and emergency sources are available. N. Communications Module— Shall provide remote interface module to support monitoring of vendor's transfer switch, controller and optional power meter. Module shall provide status, analog parameters, event logs, equipment settings & configurations over embedded webpage and open protocol. Features shall include: Page 7 of 11 TRANSFER SWITCHES—26 36 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 May 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction 1. Email notifications and SNMP traps of selectable events and alarms may be sent to a mobile device or PC. 2. Modbus TCP/IP, SNMP, HTTP, SMTP open protocols shall be simultaneously supported. 3. Web app interface requiring user credentials to monitor and control the transfer switch supporting modern smart phones, tablets and PC browsers. User will be able to view the dynamic one-line, ATS controls status, alarms, metering, event logging as well as settings. 4. Secure access shall be provided by requiring credentials for a minimum of 3 user privilege levels to the web app, monitor (view only), control (view and control) and administrator (view, control and change settings). 128-Bit AES encryption standard shall be supported for all means of connectivity. 5. Shall allow for the initiating of transfers, retransfers, bypassing of active timers and the activating/deactivating of engine start signal shall be available over the embedded webpage and to the transfer switch vendor's monitoring equipment. 6. An event log displaying a minimum of ninety-nine (99) events shall be viewable and printable from the embedded webpages and accessible from supported open protocols. 7. Four (4) 100 Mbps Ethernet copper RJ-45 ports, five (5) serial ports, Termination dip- switches and LEDs for diagnostics. 8. DIN rail mountable. This option shall be equivalent to ASCO accessory 72EE2 O. External DC Power Supply—An optional provision shall be available to connect an external 24 VDC power supply to allow the LCD and the door mounted control indicators to remain functional when both power sources are dead. This option shall be equivalent to ASCO accessory 1 G. PART 4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 4.01 Withstand and Closing Ratings A. The ATS shall be rated to close on and withstand the available RMS symmetrical short circuit current at the AUS terminals with the type of overcurrent protection shown on the plans. B. The ATS shall be UL listed in accordance with UL 1008 and be labeled in accordance with .025 and .050 seconds time based ratings, or appropriate short time rating(s) as applicable. ATSs which are not tested and labeled with .025 and .050 time based ratings, or appropriate short time rating(s) and have series, or specific breaker ratings only, are not acceptable. 4.02 Tests and Certification A. The complete ATS shall be factory tested to ensure proper operation of the individual components and correct overall sequence of operation and to ensure that the operating transfer time, voltage, frequency and time delay settings are in compliance with the specification requirements. B. Upon request, the manufacturer shall provide a notarized letter certifying compliance with all of the requirements of this specification including compliance with the above codes and standards, and withstand and closing ratings. The certification shall identify, by serial number(s), the equipment involved. No exceptions to the specifications, other than those stipulated at the time of the submittal, shall be included in the certification. C. The ATS manufacturer shall be certified to ISO 9001:2008 International Quality Standard and the manufacturer shall have third party certification verifying quality assurance in Page 8 of 11 TRANSFER SWITCHES—26 36 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 May 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction design/development, production, installation and servicing in accordance with ISO 9001:2008 D. The transfer switch system must contain a disconnect device on the normal source as well as a disconnect link on the utility neutral and a disconnect link between neutral and ground. The AUS manufacturer shall be certified to NEC 230.70, 230.70(B), 230.75 and 230.95. 4.03 Service Representation A. The ATS manufacturer shall maintain a national service organization of company-employed personnel located throughout the contiguous United States. The service center's personnel must be factory trained and must be on call 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. B. The manufacturer shall maintain records of each switch, by serial number, for a minimum of 20 years. PART 5 EXECUTION 5.01 Installation A. Floor-Mounting Switch: Anchor to floor by bolting. 1. Retain subparagraph below to require floor-mounting switches to be installed on concrete bases. Coordinate with Drawings. 2. Concrete Bases: 4 inches (100 irmirrn) high, reinforced, with chamfered edges. Extend base no more than 4 inches (1100 mm) in all directions beyond the maximum dimensions of switch, unless otherwise indicated or unless required for seismic support. 5.02 Connections B. Wiring to Remote Components: Match type and number of cables and conductors to control and communication requirements of transfer switches as recommended by manufacturer. Increase raceway sizes at no additional cost to Owner if necessary to accommodate required wiring. C. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." D. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 5.03 Field Quality Control E. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. F. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. G. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative: 1. After installing equipment and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 3. Measure insulation resistance phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with insulation- resistance tester. Include external annunciation and control circuits. Use test voltages and procedure recommended by manufacturer. Comply with manufacturer's specified Page 9 of 11 TRANSFER SWITCHES—26 36 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 May 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction minimum resistance. a. Check for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits. b. Inspect for physical damage, proper installation and connection, and integrity of barriers, covers, and safety features. 4. After energizing circuits, demonstrate interlocking sequence and operational function for each switch at least three times. a. Simulate power failures of normal source to automatic transfer switches and of emergency source with normal source available. b. Simulate loss of phase-to-ground voltage for each phase of normal source. C. Verify time-delay settings. d. Verify pickup and dropout voltages by data readout or inspection of control settings. e. Perform contact-resistance test across main contacts and correct values exceeding 500 microhms and values for 1 pole deviating by more than 50 percent from other poles. H. Testing Agency's Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing equipment and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 3. Measure insulation resistance phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with insulation- resistance tester. Use test voltages and procedure recommended by manufacturer. Comply with manufacturer's specified minimum resistance. a. Check for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits. b. Inspect for physical damage, proper installation and connection, and integrity of barriers, covers, and safety features. C. Verify that manual transfer warnings are properly placed. d. Perform manual transfer operation. 4. After energizing circuits, demonstrate interlocking sequence and operational function for each switch at least three times. a. Simulate power failures of normal source to automatic transfer switches and of emergency source with normal source available. b. Simulate loss of phase-to-ground voltage for each phase of normal source. C. Verify time-delay settings. d. Verify pickup and dropout voltages by data readout or inspection of control settings. e. Test bypass/isolation unit functional modes and related automatic transfer-switch operations. f. Perform contact-resistance test across main contacts and correct values exceeding 500 microhms and values for 1 pole deviating by more than 50 percent from other poles. g. Verify proper sequence and correct timing of automatic engine starting, transfer time delay, retransfer time delay on restoration of normal power, and engine cool-down and shutdown. 5. Ground-Fault Tests: Coordinate with testing of ground-fault protective devices for power delivery from both sources. a. Verify grounding connections and locations and ratings of sensors. Page 10 of 11 TRANSFER SWITCHES—26 36 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 May 2022 Technical Specifications for Construction I. Coordinate tests with tests of generator and run them concurrently. J. Report results of tests and inspections in writing. Record adjustable relay settings and measured insulation and contact resistances and time delays. Attach a label or tag to each tested component indicating satisfactory completion of tests. K. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. L. Prepare test and inspection reports. 5.03 Demonstration A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain transfer switches and related equipment as specified below. B. Coordinate this training with that for generator equipment. END OF SECTION Page 11 of 11 TRANSFER SWITCHES—26 36 00 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 All Po*nts Environ mental, LLC VlNk ... Asbestos Consulting o Industrial Hygiene o Safety Indoor Air Quality Training o Environmental hun: "w"m-'aVw-l "untsell�jr('),co'rn 500 N. Water St., Ste. 605 - Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 (3 61) 882-3393 -Fax: (3 61)883-1511. Cl* ty of Corpus Chri* sti'o LIMITED ASBESTOS/LEAD INSPECTION POLICE STATION (MECHANICAL ROOM 1,29) CORPUS CHRIST19 TEXAS CA/CI4.54.0422 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 r-1 All PointsEnvironmental, LUI Asbestos Consulting o Industrial Hygiene e Safety Indoor Air Quality 0 Training o Environmental 500 N. Water St., Ste, 605 -Corpus Cliristi, Texas 78401 (361) 882-3393 &Fax: (361) 883-1511 Mr. Brent McClanahan City of Corpus Christi 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Limited Asbestos/Lead Identification Inspection Police Station (Mechanical Room 129) Corpus Christi, Texas 04/26/2022 Martin edina DSHS License 4 603613 Expiration Date: March 09,2023 '14 1-4 James H. Gr' CSP SZ C �n C DS S Consultant License # 10-5563 Expiration Date: October 25, 2023 CA/CH.54.0422 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 PURPOSE L To determine the presence or absence of asbestos & lead containing materials within the Police Station, Mechanical Room 129 in Corpus Christi, Texas. The determination of the asbestos and lead content of suspect materials is to be based on the analytical results of bulk material samples. 2. To develop an asbestos and lead containing material inventory list, which identifies the location and quantity of asbestos and lead containing materials. SUMMARY OF INSPECTION On April 13, 2022, Mr. Martin Medina aTexas Department of State Health Services (TDSHS) Licensed Inspector (TDSHS No. 603613) from All Points Environmental, a Licensed Asbestos Consultant Agency (TDSHS No. 10-0099) and Texas Department of State Health Services Licensed Lead Firm (TDSHS No. 2110493) conducted a limited asbestos and lead inspection at the building listed above. Twenty-Eight(28) Bulk samples were collected from various suspect materials. These samples were subsequently submitted to a Department of State Health Services licensed Asbestos Laboratory SanAir Technologies Laboratory Inc. (License Number 300440). One (1) Paint sample was collected from the area listed above and subsequently submitted to SanAir Technologies Laboratory Inc., a licensed Lead Laboratory (Lab ID# 162952) Data necessary to establish an inventory of asbestos & lead containing materials were collected during the field activities. SUMMARY AND DISCUSSION OF RESULTS SanAir Technologies analyzed a total of Thirty-Nine (39) materials suspected of asbestos content. Of the total samples analyzed, none of the materials were reported to contain. asbestos. The paint sample collected, ci reported to contain Lead-based paint(LBP). Table I Asbestos Bulk Sa surnma Sample# Desc!j"ti q�jocatio!! Asbestos Content- 55-01,55-03,55-07 (Beige)Mastic A/C duet None 1) —ected Leading to main unit 55-11,-5-15,55-19 (Gray) Mastic _7 A/C duct None Detected Center.area 55-21,55-23 Pipe Wrap (Elbow) None Detected 55-25,55-29 Pipes in Center area --'--"-Pipewrap(Straight pipe) None Detected to Elbow 2 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 55-41,55-43,55-47 (White) Mastic None Detected On:pipes on A/C unit 55-51,55-55,55-59 (Off Black)Material N one Detected Wherewall meets ceiling,Northside 55_-61,55-63,55-65 (Dark ray)Mastic No Detected On A/C duct 55-71,55-73,55-75 Cove base None Detected 'Fest& East walls 55-81,55-83,55-87 Dry-wall/Jori nt-C-ompound None Detected Corner behind entry door,Besides door NW cornerp Table 2 Lead Salypjes Sum Saale# Descriptio /Location # Lead Content 55_200 (Light Beige)Paint West wall of Mechanical room #129 CONCLUSIONS Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM)was not present on the samples taken. Lead-based paint (LBP) present in the Light Beige paint. Note: The ONVA Lead in Construct ionStandard, 29 CFR 1926 62, is invoked iI'an lead i's present in the sample. Lead-ftee paint is defined as <0.0091 by weight((,P,Q. (See Lab Results) DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 SAMPLE COLLECTION AND ANALYTICAL METHODOLOGIES Bulk samples were collected on the basis of suspected asbestos content. As bulk samples of suspect materials were collected, a specific sample number was issued. Random numbers from ILA Fisher and F. Yates, Statistical Tables for Biological, Agricultural, and Medical Research, Table XXXIII, Random Numbers, were utilized to reduce the possibility of bias by the laboratory technicians during the analysis phase. A chain of custody was established for all samples collected to verify transfer of possession. The laboratories employed to perform analysis of the samples are licensed by the Department of State Health Services to perform the required analysis. Asbestos content was confirmed or denied by means of Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) as outlined in the E.P.A. Interim Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Insulation Samples (EPA600/R-93 116) Samples were examined under a stereornicroscope for gross sample appearance and visual estimate of fiber concentration. After homogenizing the samples, a representative portion of each sample was examined under the Polarizing Light Microscope for several characteristics including: (1) Morphology, (2)Pleochroism, (3) Extinction angle and characteristics, (4) Birefringence, (5) Sign of Elongation, and (6) Dispersion staining color. SAMPLE COLLECTION AND ANALYTICAL METHODOLOGIES Lead samples were collected on the basis of suspected lead content. As lead samples of suspect materials were collected, a specific sample number was issued. Random numbers from ILA Fisher and F. Yates, Statistical Tables for Biological,Agricultural, and Medical Research, Table XXXIII, Random Numbers, were utilized to reduce the possibility of bias by the laboratory technicians during the analysis phase. A chain of custody was established for all samples collected to verify transfer of possession. A laboratory accredited by the American Industrial Hygiene Association(AIHA) is acquired to perform Pb analysis of environmental samples for Lead content. Pb was extracted from each sample using EPA Method 3050B. The Pb concentration in each sample extract was determined by means of Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometery (AAS), as outlined in the EPA Method SW-846 7420. 4 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 RECOMMENDATIONS Under the current NESHAP's regulation 40 CFR 61.145, each owner or operator of a demolition and/or renovation activity must remove all regulated, ACM before activity begins that would break up, dislodge, or similarly disturb the material or preclude access to the material for subsequent removal. Prior to demolition and/or renovation, the friable, damaged friable and non- friable, which could become friable ACM is regulated by the Texas Department of State Health Services. Any removal of Asbestos Containing Material. shall be removed by a DSHS license Asbestos Abatement Contractor. Also prior to demolition and/or renovation, the DSHS Demolition/Renovation Notification Form must be completed and postmarked at least ten days prior to the project start date (except for emergencies or order demolitions). ............. DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of Corpus Christi Police Station / . . 2 k/ Mechanical Room 129 IC duct leading to main duct N V� i i? Lab Results: None Detected Sample sc -019 ®039 55-07 Mechanical Room 1.29 A/C duct center area Grray)Mastic r t,�b Results:e one Detected �alts� I° Sample #s: 55-11, 55-15, 5549 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of CorpusChristi icy Station CA/CH.54.0422 41 6k Mechanical Room 129 pipes in center area i ' rDj�J1J i (Elbow) Pipe Wrap i Lab Results: None Detected j//%%%���/ "�i ���' a r✓J/� �l;'r'(6"rOr���� l ll�'rll��ii'l Sample: 55-21 rig Mechanical Room 129 kw Pipes In cuter area / (Elbow) Pipe Wrap rr Lab Results: None Detected r I � Sample: 55-23 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of Corpus Christi Police Station Mechanical Room 129 Pipes in center area (Elbow)Pipe Wrap Lab Results: None Detected r�✓r��lY/� 1� r u � i/ ,S Am o, Sample: 55-25 Mechanical Room 129 Connecting to Elbow cru uqr. i (Straight pipe) Pipe Wrap LabResults: None Detected r Sam ple: 55®31. ------------ DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of Corpus r ice Station CAICH.54.0422 Mechanical Room 129 ' Connecting to Elbow (Straight pipe) Pipe Wrap Lab Results: None Detected Sample: 55-33 z Mechanical Room 129 Connecting nectin to Elbow (Straight pipe) 'ipe.Wrap r Lab Results: None Detected ti / r Sample: 55-37 4 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of CorpusChristi of c Staticn CA/CH.54.0422 ` Mechanical Room 129 " On pipes on A/C Unit l r (White) Mastic Lab Results: None Detested Sample: 55-4.1 Mechanical Room 129 On pipes on A/C Unit r r i (White) Mastic �i I,,,, ' LabResults: None Detected �, Sample: 55-43 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of Corpus Christi Police Station CA/CH.54.0422 Mechanical Room 129 On pipes on AIC Unit (White) Mastic Lab Results: Norge Detected / 4 @ i uuui ul i Sample: 55-47 Mechanical Room 129 Northside (Gray) Material. LaiResults: None Detected N It � I 1 I, Sample se 55-51, 55-55, 55-59 6 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of Corpus Christi Police Station / Mechanical Room 129 A/C Unit ��/rr/ /ii/✓�/0 f Via/✓�j/i (Gray) Mastic �!l � r �� Lab Results: None Detected y , i' Sample s: 55®6 , 55-63, 55-65 Mechanical Room 129 est & East Falls Cove Base ab Results: None Detected /n° ���/l/70� �pi�, �U�r�;✓jai/�, aJr ✓i1 rr� ,� �� /aid/o �%,�/✓jl�! / � r� f � %/�i�/ ✓ i /kale `a�; �, a , Sample ##sa 55-71, 55--73, 55-75 7 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of CorpusChristi Police StationCA/C.H.54.0422 �2�, Mechanical Room 129 r 1 Center behind entry door '10 O r Drywall /,Taint Compound Lab Results: None Detected /ti i/ rig Samples 55- 1 Mechanical Room 129 Beside door Drywall / Joint Compound. Lab Results: . one Detected ri�1 /ioUri /fr r r Sample: 55-83 8 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of Corpus Christi Police Staticsn CA/CH.54.0422 Nil i. nn t s a / lti plea 55-87 Mechanical 129 NW corner neer pillar Drywall Joint Compound Lab Results: None Detected DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of Corpus Christi Police Station CAICH.54.0422 IN Sample:Sampler Mechanical Room 129 West wall (Light beige) faint Lab Results: °l;«U"�Yl(J,` (% by weight) ]Nate: ley OSTIA Construction Standard, 2.9CT'R 1926.tat, is invoked when a ,y lead is present. Lead free paint is dgfined as <0.009%by weight (CPSO. 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 sanAir 'file 1 8 rlal Iologies Laboratory I 0 1 S, Analysis Report prepared for All Points Environmental, LLC Report Date:4/23/2022 Project Narne: Police Station (Mechanical Rm 129) Project 4: CA.54.0422 SanAir ID#:22018652 rN Hw� IN J TESTING �q NVLAP UkB CODE 200870-0 10501 Trade Court i North Chesterfield, Virginla 23236 888.895.11771804.897.1177 1 fax.-804.8 7,0070 � IAQ@SanAir.com I SanAirco Page 1 of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 ........ SanAir ID Number san22018652 4l'r FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 4/23/2022 3:00:52 PM Name: All Points Environmental, LLC Project Number. CA.54.0422 Address, 60!0 N. Water St P.O. Number-, Ste. 605 Project Name: Police Station (Mechanical Fpm 129) Corpus Christi, TX 78401 Collected Date:4/13/2022 Phone: 361-882-3393 Received Date:4/14/2022 10:50:00 AM Dear M Medina, We at SanAir would like to thank you for the work you recently submitted. The 28 sarnple(s)were received on Thursday, April 14, 2022 via UPS, The final report(s) is enclosed for the following sample(s): 55-01, 55-03, 55-07, 55- 11, 55-15, 55-19, 55-21, 55-23, 55-25, 55-29, 55-31, 55-33, 55-37, 55-41, 55-43, 55-47, 55-51, 55-55, 55-59, 55-61, 55-63, 55-65, 55-71, 55-73, 55-75, 55-81, 55-83, 55-87. These results only pertain to this job and should not be used in the interpretation of any other job.This report is only complete in its entirety. Refer to the listing below of the pages included in a complete final report. Sincerely, ark kx.,(f,P'110- Sandra Sobrino Asbestos & Materials Laboratory Manager SanAir Technologies Laboratory Final Report Includes: - Cover Letter -Analysis Pages - Disclaimers and Additional Information Sample conditions, - 28 samples in Good condition. 10501 Trade Ct., N. Chesterfield,VA 23236 1804,897,1177 t Fax.-804.897.0070 I www.SatiAir.com I IAQ@SanAir.corn Page 2 of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 ................ SanAir ID Number sana. 22018652 Air FINAL REPORT `FeCIrriologies Laboratory 4/23/2022 3:00:52 PM Name: All Points Environmental, LLC Project Number: CA.54,0422 Address: 500 N. Water St P.O. Number-, Ste. 605 Project Name: Police Station (Mechanical Rrn 129) Corpus Christi, TX 78401 Collected Date:4/13/2022 Phone: 361-882-3393 Received Date:4/14/2022 10.-50:00 AM Analyst: Moore, Brandi Asbestos Bulk PLM EPA 600/R-93/116 55-01 /22018652-0,01 Beige 41-Y.Wollastonite 96%Other None Detected Mastic/A/C Duct Landing To Main Non-Fibrous urft Hornogeneous 55-03/22018652-002 Beige 4%Wolla5torite 96%Other None Detected Mastic/A/C Duct Landing To Main Non-Fibrous Unit Homogeneous ----—-------- S5-07/22018G52-003 Beige 4%Wallastonite 96%Other None Detected Mastic/A/C Duct Landing To Main Non-Fibrous Unit Homogeneous 55-1 1 /22018652-004 Gray IOU%Other None Detected Mastic On A/C Duct Center Area Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 55-15/22018652-005 Gray 100'1/,,Other None Detected Mastic On A/C Duct Center Area Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 55-19/22018652-006 Gray I OOXOther None Detected Mastic On A/C Duct Center Area Non-Fibrous, Homogeneous, 55-21 /22018652-007 Yellow 98%Glass 2%Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Elbow)/Pipes In Center Fibrous Area,Insulation I'lornogeneous 55-21 /22018652-007 White 100%Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Elbow)/Pipes In Center Non-Fibrous Area,Mastic Homogeneous 55-23/22018652-008 Yellow 98%Glass 2%Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Elbow)/Pipes In Center Fibrous Area,Insulation Homogeneous S5-23 /22018652-008 White 1 00''Cither None Detected Pipe Wrap(Elbow)/Pipes In Center Non-Fibrous Area,Mastic Homogeneous 1"7 Analyst: 1Approved Signatoty Analysis Date: 4/23/2022 Date: 4/23/2022 Page 3 of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 SanAir ID Number 22018652 SanAir FINAL REPORT Techrologies Laboratory 4/23/2022 3:00:52 PM Name: All Points Environmental, LLC Project Number: CA.54.0422 Address: 500 N. Water St P.O. Number: Ste. 605 Project Name:Police Station (Mechanical Ism 129) Corpus Christi, TX 78401 Collected Date:4/13/2022 Phone: 361-882-3393 Received Date.-4/14/2022 10:50:00 AM Analyst: Moore, Brandi Asbestos Bulk PLM EPA 600/R-93/116 55-25/22018(552-009 Yellow 98'YA Glass 2%0t[wr None Detected Pipe Wrap(Elbow)/Pipes 11-1 Center Fibrous Area, Insulation Homogeneous 55-25/22018652-009 WNte 100%Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Elbow)/Flipes In Center Non-Fibrous Area,Mastic Homogeneous S5-29/22018652-010 Yellow 98%G-la-ss 2%Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Elbow)/Pipes In Center Fibrous Area,Insulation Homogeneous 55-29/22018652-010 White 100%,CrtfiLr None Detected Pipe Wrap(Elbow)/Pipes In Center Non-Fibrous Area,Mastic Homogeneous SS-31 /2"20181552-011 Yellow 98%Glass 2%Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Straight Fibrous Pipe)/Connecting To Elbow, Homogeneous Insulation SS-31 /22018652-011 White 40%,Cellulose 45%,Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Straight Fibrous 15%Glass Pipe)/Connectirig To Elbow,Wrap Hererogcneous 55-33/22018652-012 Yellow 98%Glass 2%Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Straight Fibrous Pipe)/Connecting To Elbow, Homogeneous Insulation 55-33/22018652-012 White 40%Cellu9ose 40r%Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Straight Fibrous 15%Glass Pipe)/Connecting To Elbow,Wrap Heterogeneous 55-37/22018652-013 Yellow 98%Glass 2%.Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Straight Fabrous Pipe)/Connecting To Elbow, Flornogersecors Insulation 55-37/22018652-CJ13 White 40%Cellulose 45%(.)-(her None Detected Pipe Wrap(Straight Fibrous 'I S%Glass Pipe)/Connecting To Elbow,Wrap Heterogeneous Apprewod Sigootory: 6, Analysis Uatw 4/23/2022 Date: 4/23/2022 10501 Trade Ct., N, Chesterfield, VA 23236 1804,897.11771 Fax:804,897.00701 Www,SanAlr,c;orn I IA0@SanAlr,corr) Page 4 of 107 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 ............. SanAir ID Number 22018652 SanAlr FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 4/23/2022 3:00:52 PM Name: All Points Environmental, LLC Project Number: CA.54,0422 Address: 500 N.Water St P.O. Number: Ste. 605 Project Name: Police Station (Mechanical Rm 129) Corpus Christi, TX 78401 Collected Date:4/13/2022 Phone: 30x1-852-3393 Received Date:4/14-/2022 10:50:00 AM Analyst: Moore, Brandi Asbestos Bulk PLM EPA 600/R-931116 SS-41 /220118552-014 White 100%Other None Detected Mastic On Npe/On A/C Unit Dion-F brous Homogeneous 55-43/22018652-01 S White '100%other None Detected Mastic On Pipe/On A/C Unit Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 55-47/22018652-016 white 100%Other None Detected Mastic On Pipe/On A/C unit Non-Hbrmis Homogeneous 55-51 /220186S2-017 Gray 100%Other None Detected Material/North Side-Where Wall Non-Fibrous Meets Ceiling Homogeneous 5S-5S/22018652-018 Gray 100%other None Detected Material/North Side-When&Wall Non-Fibrous Meets Ceiling Hornogenecus SS-S9/22018GS2-019 Gray '100%Other None Detected Material/North Side-Where Wall Non-Fibrous Meets Celiny Homogeneous 55-61 /22018652-020 Gray 100%Other None Detected Mastic On A/C Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 55-63/22018652-021 Gray 1001Y,,Other None Detected Mastic On A/C Non-Fibrous Homogeneous S5-6S/22018652-022 Gray 100%Other None Detected Mastic On A/C Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 55-71 /220186S2-023 Off-white 1001 Other None Detected Cove Base West Wall,Cove Base Non-Fibrous Homogeneous J Analyst, N N Approved Signatory: e3;7drz�W­ Analysis Date: 4/23/2022 Date: 4/23/2022 10601 Trade Ct., N,Chesterfield, N/A 23236 1 804,807.1'17"7 Fax: 804,897,00701 www,SarrA!r,corn I 1AQ@SanAir,com Page 5 of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 SanAir ID Number R 22018652 " SanA'i"r FlNAL REPORT Technoloqies Laboratory 4/23/2022 3:00:52 PM Name: All Points Environmental, LLC Project Number, CA.54.0422 Address: 500 N. Water St P.O. Number: Ste, 605 Project Name: Police Station (Mechanical Rm 129) Corpus Christi, TX 78401 Collected Date,4/13/2022 Phone: 361-882-3393 Received Date:4/14/2022 10:50:00 AM Analyst: Moore, Brandi Asbestos Bulk PLIVI EPA 600/R-93/116 55-71 /22018652-023 YeHow, 100%Other None.Detected Cove Base West Wall,Adhesive Non-FibrGLIS Homogeneous 55-73/220'18662-024 Off-White 'I COY.Other None Detected Cove Base West Wall,Cove Base Non-Fibrous Hornogene,oris 55-73/22018652-024 Yellow 100%Other None Detected Cove Base West Wall,Adhesive Non-Fibrous Homogeneous S5-75/22018652-025 Off-White, 100-7,,Other None Detected Cove Base East Wall,Cove Base Non-Fibrous Hornogeneous, SS-7S/22018652-025 Yellow 100%Other None Detected Cove.Base Fast Wall,Adhesive Non-Fibrous Homogeneous SS-81 /22018652-02C) WhiteSIX,Cellulose 95%Other None Detected Drywall Center Behind Entry Door Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 55-83/22018652-027 White S%Cellulose 9S%Other None Detected Drywail Beside Door,Drywall Non-Fibrous Homogeneous S5-83/220196S2-027 White 100%Other None Detected Drywall Beside Door, Joint Non-Fibrous Compound Homogeneous 5S-87/22018652-028 White SIX,Cellulose 9s%Other None Detected Drywall North West Corner Near Non-Fibrous Pillar Homogeneous Analyst: /0 Approved Signatory: Analysis Date: 4/23/2022 Date: 4/23/2022 10501 Trade Ct,, N. Chesterfield,VA 20236 1804,897.1177 1 Fax:804.897.00701 www.SanAii-.com 1 IAQ@SanAir.corn Page 6 of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Disclaimer This report is the sole property of the client named on the SanAir Technologies Laboratory chain- of-custody (COC). Results in the report are confidential information intended only for the use by the customer listed on the COC. Neither results nor reports will be discussed with or released to any third party without our client's written permission. The final report shall not be reproduced except in full without written approval of the laboratory to assure that parts of the report are not taken out of context. The information provided In this report applies only to the samples submitted and is relevant only for the date, time, and location of sampling. The accuracy of the results is dependent upon the client's sampling procedure and information provided to the laboratory by the client, SanAir assumes no responsibility for the sampling procedure and will provide evaluation reports based solely on the sample(s) in the condition in which they arrived at the laboratory and information provided by the client on the COC, such as: project number, project name, collection dates, po number, special instructions, samples collected by, sample numbers, sample identifications, sample type, selected analysis type, flow rate, total volume or area, and start stop times that may affect the validity of the results in this report. Samples were received in good condition unless otherwise noted on the report. SanAir assurnes no responsibility or liability for the manner in which the results are used or interpreted.This report does not constitute and shalt not be used to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NIVLAP, NIST, or any other U.S. governmental agencies and may not be certified by every local, state, and federal regulatory agencies, Samples are held for a period of 60 days. Fibers smaller than 5 microns cannot be seen with this method due to scope limitations. For NY state samples, method EPA 600/M4-82-020 is performed. NYELAP Disclaimer: Polarized- light microscopy is not consistently reliable in detecting asbestos in floor covering and similar non-friable organically bound materials. Quantitative transmission electron microscopy is currently the only method that can be used to determine if this material can be considered or treated as non-asbestos containing. Asbestos.Certifications NVLAP lab code 200870-0 City of Philadelphia: ALL-460 PA Department of Environmental Protection Number: 68-05397 California License Number: 2915 Colorado License Number: AL-23143 Connecticut License Number: PH-0105 Massachusetts License Number: AA000222 Maine License Number: L13-0075, LA-0084 New York ELAP lab ID: 11983 Rhode Island License Number: PCM00126, PLM00126, TEM00126 Texas Department of State Health Services License Number: 300440 Commonwealth of Virginia 3333000323 Washington State License Number: 0989 West Virginia License Number: LT000616 Vermont License: AL1 66318 Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality: 212253, Cert 05088 Revision Date: 8/14/2020 Mig@67 b6l 0 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 m uw i fd.c,N t A 5 t Oakbridge Dr. ST Ah-ID Numberans „u01fu, Powhatan, 23139 F$xi`,��f���sI��a�.4,°, 4,8971177/ .8 .117 f..iYdw lllP o (�"osi J"cly &x 80097.0070 Foim 140,Rev 1,1/2.012017 Tr :r �.d e: Frio All Points Environmental, ..... _ 500 N. Water St � Phone�. 361-882-3393 ,St. za : orpus Ghhsti, TX 78401 Duto Col leaa.d: y..j _ Firs fi: 361-883-1511 "Colcetion:�Hul Aeeeuns:awtecil3 21 Ftmit: _ Air Soil ABB PLM SPA 6041/[-931116 rAA PCM fid[Cb1I 7400 Ai3S:ks F?Llt—RPA600'R-93 116(Cu [.) C Po tiveStop C] 4)S33Ara,"��, 1. Vermiculite Soil A131�,P'A PLM EPA 400 Poiret Count � '.iT[vtAF-[f:[2A.. �— — A13tiP P1,MCARRRi35([.0l 100)L EPA 1000F Prot Count, "k"EM i.10-8147402 ABSP1 Pl.M CA 435(L OD 0,259 u) CJf4Cl13 1'aluTvr 131�A lCli * 1'1 P ts w [0T A}3S1t PI,Iw4Ck Pk34 35([,C1[P4}.1%) AB13CH -FEVChahtfl.1 -- Dust A13B"1 M '"FE l Pry fi1t.1B" Now fork ETAP F FS A 1[; [Wipe ASTM D-64€0 � ,A,fi4 P3,[14 C�ucaiatativ PI..I�l'��'' P[.,fiai N1'1+,,(;430! 4-92-020 0 r°�131� "C[71 1&icvsc A S7"!vI 1:R-,57S5 Available chis:24-hr.to,5-day"�'"�AT ABrP 'a+Y P,i,AP 199.1 iter° CI 1�2:ztx°int_ Other A1311 1 PA 100.2 l�8 Y ELAP P[95,4 t l:l NOB 3 1112(4 HR TEM) 0 is HR(KIC"P,1v1) u 12 HR 11 24 PJR 0 I`irzaes 0 2 Days _ 3 D a\>� 0 4 17aav: 5 Days r Staww aaw� t�t�ant�rw�t� 1 R'a�httww Stalllat !taw° � — veto Salt~ 5� 1 �ta �ttta'watltw two u �t�t� �t�:p '°t.R���" N wwww twwww dwxwn t rm r dWww ww "w awl "w for yow n w wr"M awe fwr -Porg,,V"f* w o0w#,"rtw wrm A vov rwww^Ml*,mvo0w# *hor 6"i "r rMIRY WIN Ngin,0 S on)"MOR7 aaaaaral[aaS,lv"hmd 4w 1 114 welt aawataa k wwbrtiawlrtl w ,a1 Of OJO X"d IN dwr9wi Alr a wb for"OrourW tlraaw.SwwAir wwwram StoMwO t°iwrrralpM S alFr shiprAq,ShIpw ais NOW()UnAlr with al wire wiwlPlala'tS r ttr wtRlN rrt It lt&PA*illara l rbV4f#° Pagk,2—of AL Page 8 of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Forcra 140,Revision I, la20,2017 ViAtime or Sample thaw Start— taapl Sample,# pile entp ole i Date Brae* Time* � . � . n AL 44 IC a Ad r ELIE Special tstmditaals pfrl ui bv Datta Time d h,v Date Time e is notechniciva is provided,!hese the Primary contact aarc your account will he selected.Unless sched ualee9,the turtmround tlra for sell samples received after 3 p4n F.`s A" Standard Overnight p'ealFx shipping.Shipments billed to 8aaa Air with as faster shipping reale°evill result in additional charges. Page lof Purge 9 of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 .��tb6 �— Eam 140.Revision D, 1i0'2017 Sample p d on oil Val Sample Flew S —Stoll Area Date Rate* i C lel , v Date Time RecelvLd by Date TIl l if no techniclan is provided,they the primary contact for your accaunt will be seleded,Unless scheduled,the turnaround time for all 3muples received wafter 3 pmRST Standard Overnight FedEx ohippin&Shipments hilted to SanAirwidi a faster slat ping mate will result In addltiongi eh es Page.1of Page 10 of 10 DocuSign E ,. �m nvelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 � I an ir unim'sM"' "'illai4��°�aka 1 nrv�llt���ml�'PwPn. Technologies Laboratory oratory 1181111011 sped" � Analysis Report prepared for All Points Environmental, L,L Report Cate:4/19/2022 Project Name: Police Station C.C.T Project a CH.54. 422 Scai1 it ID#: 22018654 10501 Trade Court( North Chesterfield,Virginia 23236 888.895117T 804.8971177 fax.-804-897.0070 1 lAQ@SanAircom i' Sir: rr� Page 1 a(5 _.. DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 SanAir ID Number 22018654 Air FINAL REPORT TechWoqjes Laboratory 4/1912022 4:55:11 PM Name: All Points Environmental, LLC Project Number: CH.54,0422 Address: 500 N. Water St P.O. Number: Ste. 605 Project Narne: Police Station C.C,TX Corpus Christi, TX 78401 Collected Date:4/13/2022 Phone: 36,1-882-3393 Received Date:4/14/2022 10:50:00 AM Dear M Medina, We at SanXr would like to thank you for the work you recently submitted, The I sample(s)were received on Thursday, April 14, 2022 via UPS. The final report(s) is enclosed for the following sample(s): 55-220. These results only pertain to this job and should not be used in the interpretation of any other job. This report is only complete in its entirety. Refer to the listing below of the pages included in a complete final report. Sincerely, Abisola Kasali Metals Laboratory Director SanAir Technologies Laboratory Final Report Includes: - Cover Letter -Analysis on Test Family AA - Disclaimers and Additional Information Sample conditions.- - I samples in Good condition. 10501 Trade CL, N. Chesterfield, VA 23236 1 804MT 1177 I Fax: 804.897.0070 www.SanAir.com I IAQVSanAir.com Page 2 of 5 ................ DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 .......... n. SanAir ID Number 22018654 SanAir FINAL REPORT R,clinolo�jes Laboratory 4/19/2022 4:55:11 PM Name: All Points Environmental, LLC Project Number: CH.54.0422 Address: 500 N, Water St P.O. Number: Ste. 605 Project Name: Police Station C.C.TX Corpus Christi, TX 78401 Collected Date:4/1312022 Phone: 361-882-3393 Received Date:4/14/2022 10:50-00 AM Analyst: Baird, Marti Test Method: 8W846/M3050B/7000B Lead Paint Analysis 12018654- 1 55-220 2 <10 0.1018 98.2 <98 0.010 Light Beige PainYWest Wall Of pglg(ppm) By Weight Mechanical Room 128 Method Reporting UrTift <10 pg/0.1 g paint Signature.- Reviewed: 421 C. ..... C Date: 4/19/2022 Date: 4/19/2022 Page 3 of 5 ........................ DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Disclaimer SariAIr Technologies Laboratory, Inc. par-ticipates in the Environmental Lead Accreditation Prograrn (ELAP) administered by AIHA-LAP,. LLC (1-ab IDI 62952). Refer to our accreditation certificate or for an up to date list of the Fields of Testing for which we Eire accredited. SanAir also participates in the State of New York's DOH-ELAP (Lab Id I 1983), arid has met the EPA's NLLAP program standards. This report does not constitute endorsement by AIH A-LAP, LLC and/or any other U. _ governmental agencies-, and may not be accredited by every local, state or federal regulatory agency. This report is the sole property ofthe client named on the SartAir Technologies Laboratory chain-of-custody (COC), Z!� Neither results-not- reports will be discussed with or released to any third party without our client's written peri-aission. Final reports cannot bereproduced, except in flull, without written authorization frorn SanAir Technologies Laboratory, Inc. The Information provided in this report applies only to the samples submitted and. is relevant only for the date, titre, and location ol'sarnplIng. Sat it is not responsible for sample collection or interpretation made by others. SanAir assumes no responsibility for information provided by the client on the COC such as project nuniber, project name, collection dates, po number, special instructions, samples collected by, sample numbers, sample identifications, sample type, selected analysis type, I.-low rate, total volume or area, and start stop times that may affect the validity of the results in this report. SanAir Technologies Laboratory, Inc only assures, the precision and accuracy of the data it generates and assurnes no responsibility for errors or biasing that occur daring collection prior to San-Air's receipt of the sarriple(s). SanAir's Method Detection Limits (MDL) acrd Reporting Limits (ISL) have been derived using various, materials meeting each accrediting agencies' standards. A I I quality control results are acceptable unless otherwise noted. Results are not corrected for blarilk.s. For Lead Exposure Limits in Paint, refer to I-IUD Guidelines for the Evaluation arid. Control of Lead-Based Paint .11azards and State and Federal Regulations, where applicable. Revision Date 10/20/2020 Page 4 of 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 1551 Oakbridge Dr STE B SamAir ID Num ber Air I, Powhatan,VA 23139 804.897.1177/888.895�1 1 —.77 Metals&Lead San Fa904.87.0070 Chain of Custody sanair.cout Fotm 70,Revision 9,01/19/2017 n, Aff Pobts EnvfroMil enfaf, LLC982-3393 Phone#: - 361 Address- 500 N. Water St t t-fJ st_,Zjj_._Corpus Ctrrtff, TX 78401 DaeCoflede&. 0IY-/3- 2-,92?- Fu#: 36f-863-151f Sam les Collee i Ld A (�tz 4-� ,A Ni� — — -f_L_ AC4,4�kwA 36 2-/ Matrix Types Metals Analysis Types 0 Air(ug`rn') Trnal Concentration of Lead 0 ICP total oonccntration ofmtjals(pime fj Wipe(Ug(fj,2) Cone cewration of RCRA 8 MctaLs 0 list rnotals): F38oil 0Bulk(ug,/geros pjnTj) TCLP for Lead 0 Lor RCM 8 W�tt&,;0 Tu;;'��roun�d ---- .... ------ ... ... Same Day D I Day 0 2 days 0ley Tinke 0 Steam iard(5 day) D Full T(,'I,P(10d) Collection StArt Stop Volume(L) Sample# Data&Time Sample Identification/locafion FIGw Rate Time Time Area(Sq ft) 2,2, Special Insftmetions Re=nDo t e Mate 'rime st no lechnition to praywod,Ibego(ho"priawry eonina of your secopnot will Ix*vj9poq#$u UnIqAa ochod"Ipl,the turnaround Ilme for all sampito roe0vt4 oftor jk pm will b"I"st I sm star"00 b"Itmos mor'"NU,W#4k@od or hall&y work antral bf 409daled obtsd of flow,mad Is Charged of 150%of the Keith'IA'I'rate Thtre Is as minimum 0orp.05100.for woolmW work, A romrltr ChArge WNI k OPPI100 for*am#doy Mad 0414sy fornoroo"d Omps for offallo woplf„$o#Alr coyom Standard Overnight FeAt,i shipping.$10pinents 60led to 8#nAjr"jib i hker skipping rate will result in additional alga a. Page t-,Of Pago 6 of 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 r s " r � w v , Texas .Department of State Health Services ALL POINTS ENVIRONMENTAL, LLC Asbestos Consultant Agency in tdre Stve of Texas rvd is lxrebl os erred b1,the r��zts,�r.izFc�tis and ser fbtrh in Texas Occupations Code, C`,r�.:tr;a:er 19.541,=d 1 e 1,7 "''"eras.i amu;-ivrra ti-e(,ode, C-h spier 95 ze-Li=g ra t� :s Asbestos Hezdrh: rarecdoz;as rctn g astars Lcense I's vert suspended or rer-okecc''. atop . �f 'r'Kry r 100099 Bzpiksdan.mate:101 12022 b job "'sc1L= 4.�',�1.. , Cbiz&ol ez.9 .320 � commissi=er ofHeakh Date). ,` DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 I k V r4 Texas Department of State HealthServices L POINTS ENVIRONMENTAL LLC as ee-died to perfozm as 2 Lead Firm iw the Orate of Teas 2,,2dis herebjr govcmed by Lhe rights,,prsz-deges axxd responsibiUdes set fol-ti,ju T'e.yas Occupations Cede, C'haptcr-195,5 arzd Title a5, Temas,4dn inistratic e Code, Chapter 295 rel;?ng ro T'eyas :a.s lwig as this lrtccrzse is not suspended or revoked Number 2110493 ENpwadan Data 0211112024 1 Number 7 3335 Commissioner of ,, oid'ARC 0 fe) VOID IF ALTERED TION-TRANSFE .ABL,E SEH BACK -------- sa�m�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;Joda4 I " SGX31 X3aNl BINS (INV rh C; �� a A �� �,pA31 IISRIN� S(7d210� to ADD Nb�d NOIldJOl `133HS 3 111 - � N Itl 33Nl'JN3 0 3 •M7n h MA a0rpm -LV83N3o dn>ijba ��o m a sN3-LavnoovjH 3onod =w NOINd!N 53O A9 31tl0 'ON N-3N1'1— NOLLdtlO530 .IE 31tlO 'ON NOISIA3N 6 m J m o O - Q mmmmm W W a S m m m p 2 Q ❑ 00000000 `fl m m`�m O S V � z a m N f-FFI-FFI-t- 0 0 0 0 0 0 o u~l z m a ii riiiii wwwwww m mm z a m Qx4x�m mmmmmmmm mo M a �w a rn N y o w o o o o o o z m "' m as QaQQaQ CLK��KCL UJI W ~ > ¢¢ee 00000000 000000 Q o m z g ni�a a mmmmm mmm X z o �� O op xx xx222x ¢ QQaa Z i wk o,�. Z 2. ° K° r r r r r F r r w w w w w W ------- u�0i r w Ow w v WO ao ¢ o. `?o z xxoo, 33333333�wwwwww G7 o Z zp z U CC Q m H U zUUa aOu � mmmm—W.000' U' U' U'U O t U U Z S p W a W W W p p p m m m.m m m m m m N m m m m CD Q o a Q U W -o a p--------- Z Z x W o5 Z 2 z W QQa aQQQQQ QQQQQ Q Q '*I.. -a F U N m J Q F Q a y N 2 F F F F F F F F F F'H F F F F F W W O m a J U W W W 1. 1. W W W W W W W W W W W m m K r (L dK Km0(]p pp..p p...p p.. 1, D W O o Zo,t Q o O O U <<<<<<<¢¢¢Q44¢¢C¢Q¢¢ w Z F F W F UJI o W o z ce���le�le��ce F.F.lei����I'l ..�2. zzoJJJw J JJ JJwwwwUwwJ J r.I Wp Wp d.pWp UW' Cw9 W W W W W W W W W W WWW ...I / W 0 �N M J J�Nm V�nml�mmo�Nm O�nmhmrno�N .......... `u Z o J J Q Z om K U W o.-N M V inm nm mo.-N E W �U' ❑ N �2 W N m M OJ/x•�� OF= q. U V t W� _IZ90 z spa � I�p p ALJ zoCr— QL- � a a o m b O—o a U o LL- U `LI a J Lu z= s a o b Q U � Z CO Lo nniwr: ® LI ILSI E� a `L�I I— W Z_ Q I�I ' 11 v LSI � C) CL CL C W CL C O w � � U ca � � t Q U m OW im wvN N F—z e R o¢ ® 1 I N U BVI CL J O O NmNiN 3or MW N NN % ti _ pOxN'00 I I I I I I I I W D � ON w. I I I r- d N ON- III I o ¢ O J LU ON WN-A LL aw v 1 co ovoa 3uoo�mn ��`s ¢ a C) D � e w N 0 c > J LU O7 U e - - - - '- 9lOZ/bl/£0 =031VOdf1 w sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 � N a� El �" SVX31 S3O0S CNV `S310N `3dOSS C) , 11SIHHJ Sndaoi to .111 oo 'LL`h 9NItl 33NION3 � o U � R M7 n t+ aO-LV i3N3� dn��ea N U�GtI ca SN312idnoovjH 3011Od W a NOIWW]S30 A9 .1. ON N-3tl NOLL--O .,a 31tl0 'ON NOISIA38 6 r Q y I w 5 Z w 2 w w Q w — _ Ow a z n �U Z w W S W N EJ = o z Q z r z , a a x m LJ w wc. boa >> U., - o W > w w w W W O r o? m 1 # wry c i2or7: o - - --Q -- - wz-0 lu 00 - 10 _ oz„�; zap"LL p o - - _ - > Lr) C3 61 aS u�Ua7 z=aw a2'o� zao,,,o w��w ti Q W - - LL i _ - - - M p k� _ _ x>�zL Ell - -wwob,co _ D � w Jio z z O_ Lq O �Sirc -mo Fo zoo LLJ U o5nmiw= a a a N a N _M U) U - - - - - 9lOZ/bl/£0031VOd0 0 sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 SVX31 NVI6 311S NOI1110W30 _1M �a „3 ils�bw� sndbo� to 11�� _ � ry 0 N I H 3 3 N 1 0 IN 3, U�GtIh a0-LV i3N3O dn>iOba ��o Co s�3l�dnoae3H 3oiodCL NOU-3O A9 .1. ON N-3tl N.M.N 30 .1a 31tlO 'ON 401— 6 K Z wF -FF c� w a in 'rEp or � G %�� � `�"` l%/�V l����r/�/�/���j i�n�i//%✓d����ir///o �i/i,�////Gid 0 ii9j � � � 1 r 'Q i v r w Lu a i a o 1 , 0 va O pp 2 ILD �y o P 1 4 CY) � 00 U m LL M CO O O Q O m O 0 N 0 O N C W _M U) U - - - - - 9lOZ/bl/£0031VOd0 0 sa�in�as buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 P 3SVHd '8 f 3SVH6 4' l 3SVHd rh a�� SVX31 CN �, _ „3 ils�bw� sndbo� to 11�� 6£'l W002� �bOiNbH03V NOi1nOW3a o = - ry 0 N I tl 3 3 N 103IN o3, o $ U ❑ •m7neW2i01b2i3N3� dn��ea U�GtI s��l�dnoae3H 3�nod NOIWW]530 A9 31tl0 'ON Ntl9A3tl NOLLdtl�530 .la 31tl0 'ON NOISIA3tl 6 �r Z W W C� S v C Co CL cz \�w' �..1......l...l _�I I r- �Z SU t3F ow a.�� w t V O w z w w �w rx rte' 4 17, nLL i a w0. W V tiff aTm O X / t Ili U a V w ��// a F w LL LU o s a cor oZi � — a LU w o� ood _ oo nr o I� LLI (U) n zoo c� i w I w a a Z CL - -J LLJ LU T- a viz _ 1 wa w V w- wlno Uw W Z wU2w > dim wz' O [7 v: l _w F a.. z w O In Do LD w op LU I............... d ...............� Q - 00 Z v U w m LL M O O O Q O m O N O O N C W _M U) U - - - - - 9lOZ/bl/£0031VOd0 sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 azo zss �E, svx31 P 3sdHd T I 33VHd > ,c` /r ti1 11 NIDI�Z'11'S „ 11SIHHJ sndaoi JO A113 6£l W002f 3W Sllb130 OW30 hON IH 33 N 10 N3 a U � 07 n eF a0-LV83N3-99 do>ijea o U�GtI Co sd3lddnoae3H 3onodCL � w NOU-3O A9 .1. ON N-3tl N.M.N 30 .1a 31tlO 'ON 401— 6 LLJ OLU � W a /o LLJ W 0 Q w rid%wi // 2 Q f j�/, ''r ry; LU❑ d LU LU w z 1 f Moi / r/� 0 r = W LL W r ? W I I w ' w Q cn wz CL r; w M O r < I � �j Q Q� % O �a v M C..) /j 111 W W GdN Il�� �lw���� J pMj � � � ��I�J' � J ILD J_-j U) h 1�;�Ulyue�(Q 1 Nnl ' yi� I , 0~0 w rn w /l, // ❑ r- ❑ W J O D Q //// O Q Q 2 �/Jrmx /ii Y j'. w � W / W 2 ❑ d ❑ aLL - F o Q aa� O ax� w3� ❑_ W=oG _ LL1 � - T U ao a zo w M a U) 7 U 0 sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 azo��� �" SVX31 Wb2��b10 2J�SI�1 NOIlIlOW30 s� „3 11SIHHJ sndaoi {o Alij ry ON IH 33 N 10 Nn3, 3 ❑ ;a Wao1d83N3� dn�aea °�o Co U�GtI sa3ladnoae3H 3onodCL � w NOU-3O A9 .1. ON N-3tl NOLL--O .Ia 31tlO 'ON NOISIA38 6 u o �z �r z u v - g 15_ 7 m a a m a Lij t a S � rc Lu Er F 0 LL x oLuLL 4 \ o % I \ LU F � rc 4u o rti 2 _ w J m aw W Q a= Z 00 3 � Q r. J W W � r o c 4�iq I C) oo , � r l LO cy) Q LiJ r Y Q o v N LU 7 U) U - - - - - 9lOZ/bl/£0031VOd0 s inaaS buuaaui5u3 /a �uawajoda4 'HEb3;n SVX31 Vla311b0 NOIS30 S310N �VN3fl7� m � �RRlfldtl�t ilsiaH� sndbo� so ,ala � � m <iIOIVa3N30 dnmjvs NOLLdItl�534 AB 31W 'ON NOISN3tl NOI1dIi1J530 AB 31tlN 'ON N051A3i1 ? o m rc I W U W - O U O of oo w s m o U o U goo g Gc 0 - 3R Sow z _Qom a - _ = z G G ' boa - odi "� mf pz p oGp - _ - �o - U azm E� � � �. G _I..X, a _ v m o <&� S��o � pc F 'oma z W _ hWN PP"www IYE !An '� w mii�� p<�wWo W 5 W QA - „moo �� g 'o �� wz� Ymswa9 FpQoogw a°mw w O - o - o O »G o� wNo, � a w Fj3F Y=wzow - - - - Egg opo! LL,2 _ _ um w u - Qo - =ep -w w mros N Q U' aG - - g, fogi- Wo �� E��o - gni ogU�F - oG 2� oN H %,E 62 W aG,�o oorc~ archG GS`> Gwgrcd` Sy -G -oma �m ooh o� ti Q L71 a M O � Z Q of woo o z SN pyo � J - OF - U 3w C3 Q U w J p �� i S g a C a i 3 _ z�3 = F W - Q pHs w I N .r�m�o W �� U 0 r r • w w o w T Z W E w ar 0 0 /N • w w - �U� az - wig - _ w _ 0 0 0 O L 1 U W p w Q �, -- - p psi 0 .' < 9[0Z/1,1/20 A31tl0d0 —injaS buuaauibu3 /o �uawajoda4 n _ _ _ S�Ni]a �8 SNOIi3lS o b3,, SVX31 i vanow 11S18Ho sndboo so ua Ned NoileaNnod NolVd3N3o o w i. Co 2JOIVa3N30 dnmjvs SaJlaVnOUV3H JJ00d NOLLdItl0534 .03 31W 'ON NOISN3il NOI1d1i10530 AB 31tl0 'ON N051A3i1 ? �Jw 9 4 4 — wr =a aow r m m w w w LU rc�' aQ �Wa III J a� o ¢, sa - gh zpo p F LL, z 0a3ew3 9 z s QU LL,LU m CO cc a w F Z m" J F ®i LU � NZ U � LL i m F LU zwh S110NONY lj S riOHN in Ml0.i �h rLL N o 5 a w " ww _� C:) z 00 a� ¢ w 0 m� z LO OP U-� rn mo o Zo a, Q LCc U o w T � I LU k W I V)B I o 0 " LL F � _ I u rn " CD m co 5 O I - TU LU 7 - - - - - 9[OZ/bl/20 A31VOdn sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 o I -]SvHdaSsvx31 1 9r31 llloGfl W0O2HJ3W NG7d 1VJINVHJ3w22 w o 'Fry o33 s ff- � o $ U � - U� 7 n t+ aO-LV i3N3� dn��ea �GtI saaLavnoov3H a NOIWW]S30 A9 .1. ON N-3tl NOLL--O .Ia 31tl0 'ON NOISIA38 6 Z � �w 7 > w~- i H O Z J 71 (n 7 _ ra ad ww w� w s ad (n � C7 cudwH zz�w z �w U U /Zl a 5" wad N a o w z J uz w o 't S w ¢ 5 ti � F J � Q nCF (� > 70 Z �~F wm000 z�����555 �awww I I z = a r '1 ............ o w LU LU G.� x J z x o a U � � �.........� _z,w UWw U Q LU a ........................................................ r sl:, d o TT r 1a oM ............................................................................................................ v rrrra oo rn Ln op o) ( L..............� ti Q Q W 00 U m LL M O O O Q O m O 0 N 0 O N C W _M U) U - - - - - 9lOZ/bl/£0031VOd0 0 sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 aoil ,El— SVX31 NV76 3lIS 1GSR`1J313 � O --1 11 NI,111�,2111111SIHHJ Sndaoi to Allj I LL ry 0 N I tl 3 3 N 1 0 IN 3, O U�m aneWao1d83N3o do>iaba m �GtI sd3lddnoae3H 3onod2 CL NOI —3O A9 31tl0 'ON 4-3tl NOLLdtl—Ij .18 31tlO 'ON NOISIA3tl 6 Z cn cn z r f 'oI'v, e f1J�1f r i ' zs t g � aSw�o o w m a ww wwz m O Q J � 'Hybl✓ a� �� � bin w i U o w J W Wll s w w ��I w ODO I p2ILD LULL m , � I14 co � II W Q O m cc0 N b O N C W _2 U - - - - - 9lOZ/bl/£0 =031VOdf1 0 sa�in�as buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 P 3SVHd '8 f 3SVH6 4' Z 3SVHd rh BZZ 266 9f1 .ap GX31 o 9bGd � � - - I ry 9NItl 33N10N3 � o w .manes ao1d83N3,9 do>ij U�GtI Co sd3lddnoae3H 3onodCL � w NOU-3O A9 .1. ON N-3tl NOM.N-0 .18 31tlO 'ON 401— 6 p � I q zo w I� G> w� W O U rw Cn4 j.-��oL� 7 - In W O Q w I rt w ~wti.iH ro n H QO �Q y we II U C WO dZ n m O Q Q G J ¢ W W '.OU Zulr[c JS � W 11J cw NIa J� � C�� N nmtijln W Q �a J -JU, w ci- N 4 T iV w Z 21 OL¢ wjZ mwU \I I c T=Lj JOJVOw - _ O w O _ 1 m z � w���cz v zrr,�s M o� ... w I w c m O y w v (J w r CwF 0 w U 21 o �� z _ w > Q � Q J O a x Q N U N w C) r a. v OD V J 2 COY N _ _ iVl w d ILD oll SIO �zO LL= `. 0 771 op n rn aww —` LL ti E-1 ............ Q �� rrrr irrrr.,.. Q .......................................................... ......................... w ............. ......................... z R � a 00 S H z 1zw M r�Jz ox` a �zaCD ,~� a3- - m D _ L m- zil LU - O7 ra it a m U) a 7 U 0 0 sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 SGX31 W = ils�bw� sndbo� 6� W002� H03W Nb id ��0r�110373 0 = - I ry ON IH 33 N I0 N3 o .mMneWa0 -9 do>ij U�G� sd3lddnoae3H 30170dCL � w NOU-3O A9 .1. ON N-3tl 11— NOLLdtlO530 .18 31tlO 'ON 40ISIA3tl 6 K Ocn wa W J w � Iw U w n (n H y � . U = Z _ry Q QW w Z watt W wCw� rLL n I� w w v iT 0 w a J Q U ..... Of w o� a o �z w >m�w�"w�o4?wz J 2 z���mswwww�w w a w w N zoY � ?ow O Nw O � M O Lo 00 Q axe - Q -z io zoo w oa LL az i. ooz � a ado M v O O O Q O m Lfl 0 N 0 O N C LU _M U) U - -. - -. 9lOZ/bl/£0031VOd0 0 sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 f 3SVHd T z 3SVHd S%rX31 o r� .i ti _ ils�bw� sndbo� to �1i� Wb2��di0 N3Si2i 7vi/113373 0 = - I � ry ON IH 33 N I9 N3 U�G � o .mMnet�I ao1dd3N3S dn��ea sd3lddnoae3H 30110d Co � wCL NOUMOS3O A9 .10 ON NOW 3tl NOLLdtlO53O .la 31tlO 'ON NOISIA3tl 6 07 n w f 0 �z z i owzzg v — •• f •Y w - �x tl TvJ 0 Er S 1" LU w LL a e A n mod C? Ri v 9 w x w w I a z x i �f z �m w x FF II W W U)_ U) CL z www �'- w«p W J = LU d yI o 7cr ] w a l v l C) 0000 i , LO W J LU 00 - m ���� � o , C r rti i CD Dlio-. 00 co a LU M U) U - -. - -. 9lOZ/bl/£0031VOd0 0 sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 SGX31 U') r� .i ti _ ilsIbwJ sndboi to A1ij Wb2��di0 N3Si2i 7vi/113373 0 = - I ry ON IH 33 N 10 N3 � o .mMneWa0 -9 do>ij U�GtI Co sd3lddnoae3H 30170dCL � w NOU-3O A9 .1. ON NOW NOLLdtlO530 .la 31tlO 'ON NOISIA3tl 6 n w VIw � c o I/ F s owzz�au x w J a Lu Er LL s W W w t z = LL z zCD M, o a aF 4u � Y <N _ `oo � w � a 'u �U ry ry N ry 2 Z -- O _ w F � 1= omo�o� did w 2 Lu J Q U K LU U) J 2 LU 0- C) 0 Do 0 w i r ILD j op N J LU - 00 LL co � o C r rti i C) b O LU M U - -. - -. 9lOZ/bl/£0031VOd0 0 sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 El svx31 s��na3Hos �e�ra1���3 O %� =w A � „3 11SIHHJ sndaoi {o Alij - I LL ry 9 N I tl 3V3 N I 0Nn3 an , Lc)w ;a �0e� ao1d83N3,9 do>iaea U�GtI Co sd3lddnooe3H 30170dCL � w NOIWW]530 A9 3110 ON Ntl9A3tl N.M-O 30 'ON NOISIA38 6 w Z w K � us � a 'a .w y m LL rcU a U N N �~ m u O @ r >w m } a <a wo ^ ¢d¢ ^ r N n N ry n Q m a a m n z n o n a o QO o a o Q �Q�0 0¢ a � O r n Ozw w w U O m m O O x o z l� tt°d J rc r ¢ int r w wdl (�rc auJ aly N U w m w s J� - W --- ------ ----- ---- - --------- zz cV > W a- >W U W= _ m s, i o� _ m m m tb by W p5 fp tq aC 4 K N � O [7 M xo OD EV,EP[ E Q a - Q W - pp a. U m LL co co O O O Q O m O 0 N O O N C W _M U) U - - - - 9lOZ/bl/£0031VOd0 0 sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 S%rX31 STbl3a IvDicvlS313 M „3 IISRIN� Sndaoi to Aiij I LL ry 9 N I H 33 N 19 IN 3, � o W ;a �0�neW aold83N3� dn�ada U�GCo sa3ladno(7e3H 30170dCL � w NOU-3O A9 .1. ON N-3tl 11— NOLLdtlO530 .la 31tlO 'ON NOISIA3tl 6 o W oa 0 a s a Z io i i W Q 61 J w - a W N r o > M Y� M Q L i w m W - (7 Z - a _ O d -.J o c> rvi� ? CC � a W 0 U Z i N Z Nw Q3HONI 90L' w N O O M Do Lo I� W 00 - > WLUN J UD U Q m w W � Z � — LUEL J p� owg W J Q c W 0 ,c NIW I - tL1 d U C W _M U) U - - - - 9lOZ/bl/£0031VOd0 0 sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 aii zss �E, 8 J0 l 133HS rh SVX31 o r` M11SIHHJ sndboo {0 Alio Od1VOeH011MS Slibl3a 1b0��110313 0 = - I � ry ON IH 33 N I9 N3 � o w •m7nh MA a0-LV83N30 dn>ijda Co U�Gsa3ladnoae3H 30170dCL � w NOU-3O A9 .1. ON N-3tl 11— NOLLdtlO530 .la 31tlO 'ON 40ISIA3tl 6 I I I I Z� I U w Z� I O _z A v o ow _w Y w _ Q a � W Z 'l ZG j aC y c - - y - G qtr i_d � E ave �w a mo m -\ z I (n G d�onw_ m�� V oL �� Oa = c� q o I II I N� m� V 000 ® o �0�000� 0�0 O n 0 0 � 000 0 who OHM M O I O Do M OJ � I OM O M N LD C,u ~ r I Q W m U m LL rn - Q 0 m m a� a 0 a� C I LU w U - - - -. 9lOZ/bl/£0031VOd0 0 _ � _� aw�m; 9 � z ��2 � ^ s 2! ` f \ ,\ : a m�±msss&Ji maw 7Am@J . a : mom ) « ^ :�;� - -rpmd ^m� 2j\ C\o s±amooge a $ m ® k � § \� �\ cl \L--:�� ` — �u ` \ E \\ t \ )\� a „ \ { / 7 LU \ ƒ \ \ � ± ƒ a / / LU � f 8 m !auvuan 0 sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 aii zss �E, 8 J0 f 133HS rh C) h s SGX31 x --1 11 NIDI�Zllll 11SIHHJ sndboo {0 .1113 (1l1VO8H011MS Slibl3a 1b0��110313 0 = - I ry ON IH 33 N I0 N3 � o U LU •m�nt' 2i01b2i3N30 dn��ea U�GtI sa3ladnooe3H 30170dCL � w NOU-3O A9 .1. ON N-3tl 11— NOLLdtlO530 .la 31tlO 'ON 40ISIA3tl 6 I I I ,32 I I\ I I I I I I I I 'p PI J z o I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I oa �J I � � 0 N y o - �a ISI O - U Do O J� F � I i IP 0~p I c Q LL w 00 U m LL rn - Q 0 m m a� a 0 a� C I LU U - - - - - 9lOZ/bl/£0 =03LLVOdf1 0 _ � _� aw�m; 9 � > ��2 Q , � / � ^ s 2! ` Q \ ,\ : a m�±msss&Ji a6�m � m 9 / maw 7Am@J . a : mom 3 d /fid : ) « ^ MA rpm ^ C; � �d \ Co s±amooge a $ m ® k � § \\\o \ / \ \ / ~ © ( , \ 3 : \ { / ) { \}\ j _ / /- 7 / 7 § \� } } ^ g = � - ) LU / 8 .. m !auvuan 0 sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 aii zss �E, 8 J0 S 133HS r� C14h s SGX31 x --1 11 NIDI�Zllll �,pt31 11SIHHJ sndboo {0 .1113 Od1VOeH011MS Slibl3a 1b0��110313 0 = - I ry 0 N I H 3 3 N I 0 N 3 � o LU •m7nh aO-LVi3N30 dn>ijda m a U�GtI sa3ladnooe3H 30170dCL � w NOU-3O A9 .1. ON N-3tl 11— NOLLdtlO530 .la 31tlO 'ON 40ISIA3tl 6 I I I \ w W I U� Z� I I ` U ti J U i � nz wo � � vaa <Qa mm EE - z` z - wZ I - - I - I L) v�7 E ave `� - - � o� w v n � - c z I Y, z] \ E =V N O U v - U - V C s - I - 3 - U w w 1 Z L G N i L[]o ^w H w w V�V V o H c o I I J Y I ® 10 m 0�0 ❑ ❑ D D A 00 �00 00� 0�0 0�0 ❑ ❑Fo ❑ ❑FET � 0]]00�000�0 J 0A0ALo Do op Q Q W oa ow mu 00 LL r co 07 - Q 0 00 cc D N O O N C I W I � I w U - - - - - 9lOZ/bl/£0 =03LLVOdf1 0 sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 9 d0 9 133HS h s SVX31 x 11SIHHJ sndboo {0 Alio (11VO8H011MS10 Slibl3a lt�0id10313 0 = - w \ ,Nltl 33NI�JN3 _ — � o ■7t1h 2i01b2i3N30 dn��ea Co a U�G� 521312idnbaG3H 3011Od W a � w z NOIWW]530 A9 31tl0 'ON Ntl9A3tl � NOLLdtl�530 .la 31tl0 'ON NOISIA3tl 6 I I I \ w� I U� Z� I 'S , o 0 n 3 cl r O m O N �— O wQla N z - z Z � z w n "l W^ O N O n Orn - M W O O h N O a z � d J �iw H zo I _ O J W � O In N L ^uN N u g z I O^ I �W G I I M Oo] \^ O ^ V7 o M O G M o 7 w Od w o� w M 1J� w w oo�I �N O N M u I o a N O u [7 MDo ILD i o? m N Q W 00 U m LL rn - Q 0 m m a� a 0 a� LU , w , U - - - - - 9lOZ/bl/£0 =03LLVOdf1 0 sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 aii zss �E� 8 J0 L 133HS rh SVX31 v ` S1 11SIHHJ sndboo {0 Alio Odb'08H31iMS Slibl3a lbOid10313 0 = - UNl7�tl 3tG3N1IJN3 W \ OF — N_ 20b23N3n �ea oo Co 52312dnbaG3H 30110d CL C� �a � a � w z NOIWW]530 A9 31tl0 'ON Ntl9A3tl � NOLLdtl�530 .la 31tl0 'ON NOISIA3tl 6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I p e �F I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II � w(zz YM ,i a y - I I - I I n I I N I I O O Ea M O i - o ��o op LCJ I — z I O Q W -o �To U LL ( ( (No (G d o d M - � O v. Q O m O 0 N O_ O N � I W � I m in U - - - - - 9lOZ/bl/£0 =03LLVOdf1 0 sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 aii zss �E� 8 J0 8 133HS rh h s SVX31 x --1 11 N1,111MI'll �,pt31 11SIHHJ sndboo {0 Alio Od1VOeH011MS Slibl3a 1b0��110313 0 = - 1 ry ON I 33 N 10 N3 � o LU •07nh aO-LVi3N30 dn>ijda m a U�G� sa3ladnooe3H 30170dCL � w NOIWW]530 A9 31tl0 'ON Ntl9A3tl � NOLLdtl�530 .la 31tl0 'ON NOISIA3tl 6 I I I w i [r I v I I I I O I IJ M o \ I I I I I O I I Q I I = I L _ L w z EL <c z O - UJ W C a a a a a C� I O W H I (i L� � I c I w > Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z , J Z I I } N uq — O Z D O — rn o � c� w LO OP z Q Q LL I� — — — o w o 0 0 w _ D w U` En z 7 U - - - - - 9lOZ/bl/£0 =03LLVOdf1 0 sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 �y SVX31 S1Y S�Ibl3c 1G�12�1�313 rsV - °3 11SIHHJ sndaoi to Allj o�p - 1 ry 9 N I H 3V3 N 1 0 N'�3, 3 W .��ne� a01d83N3-9 do>ijea LC)L o ; a U�GtI sd�lddnoae3H 3�nodCL NOU-3O A9 .1. ON N-3tl 11— NOLLdtlO530 .la 31tlO 'ON NOISIA38 6 o V m W ��p a zg �3 e sg n ¢ C9 V o � to 2a 2 F o 3 E of rn W 10 _ EoE OE-oE DoE v —_ 0 �e oga I Dna a� NE E n L4 L 2J 21 a _ V = a _ a ° e t w oc � � o = m� mm s m ' o a fn o _ a _ s W o I( ----------------- CL _________________ o� a ww w O ._____________________________m__________________________________________________________, og .. - °<g 00 IT, N �.. J of rouj o opuj ]]]]]]] ]]]]]]]] --------------- a O -'i a a£ ----------- �� -----------------------------------------------------—— ------ a/--- 0 m o - - CO LL - - W N m O m W 2) o m s U � - - - - - - 9lOZ/bl/£0 =03LLVOdf1 sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 b77 zss �E, 9 J0 l 133HS r7 h s SGX31 x 11SIHHJ sndboo {0 .1113 �101°d2�3N30 SlIVL3a 170I�103�3 0 = — LU ■7t1h N o C� 2i01b2i3N30 dn��be Co U�GtI sa3ladnoae3H 30170dCL � w NOIWW]530 A9 31tl0 'ON Ntl9A3tl NOLLdtl�530 ,..18 31tl0 'ON NOISIA3tl 6 z a � > Ita 71 c o - a i o � o � _ o o vi o u v n � M fla e [L LI] OSb C6'sI 001 °O _ - CS�L] 161 �- CL 8] - �' rc [£ 59] [9'L1] 0161 > 1IPP 1Sf1MHX3 b98 wo cO O M pp [o-s7 si [0'717 - 2 ]a s] sL sa€ ILD op D _ Q W F - fn U fn - - r M _I'bb] 07.11 m Q zjJ — z0 O a U r w dAi dU [9 £17 Zbs' CC'L] 161 C II7 Cn u m 7 U 0 0 sao!-ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 allIs O 9 J0 Z 133HS r7 00 h s SGX31 x --1 11 NIDI�Zllll 11SIHHJ sndboo {0 .1113 �/O1°d2�3N3O SlIVL3a10 17OI�1O3�3 0 = - UNl�tl 3G3NIJtN3 _ — 20b23N3n �bewWE N oo CoC� sa3ladnoae3H 30170dCL � w NOIWW]530 A9 31tl0 'ON Ntl9A3tl NOLLdtl�530 ,..18 31tl0 'ON NOISIA3tl 6 n N❑ b > W [oeol o1z1 � z 1Z9 b] L'LIl Q A [£b'PI S'Ell a - E. Tm FN _ n� 'a --e O w [GS'b] S'911 fR�'Sl 0'611 O III Vr� i CE f8J 911L c El ... 1 Do Qui fn LLti C, co co 131111C 1SIl`✓Hx3 I 131N1 1-113 1311110 13113 [U 11] 11b CL9J e51 C6'b£1 989 p1311110 13113 131N1 13113 m LI ZIJ 8JE L0 tb1 1601 0 N 0 O N C W M U) u m s U - - - - -. 9lOZ/bl/£0 =03LLVOdf1 0 sa�m�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 aii zss �E, 9 J0 f 133HS rh h s SVX31 x --1 11 NIDI�Zllll 11SIHHJ sndboo {0 Alio d01°d2�3N30 SlIVL3a 170Id103�3 0 = - w \ 10,N I 33 N I9 N3 _ — colo ■7f1h N o 2iO-LV83N30 dn>ijba Com U�GtI sa3ladnoae3H 30170dCL � w NOIWW]530 A9 31tl0 'ON Ntl9A3tl NOLLdtl�530 ,..18 31tl0 'ON NOISIA3tl 6 O _I____ U _______Y' m--------------------------------I------------------- - Q c7 C Y +' °I ________ x 1 y, s m Lu E Q � z 0 1011� 88 o� O ° d O tl a 0 w N ......... _._..._. .. IZ9'b] _ -------- f99'/Ll - b'46S _ _ ________ ___ __ _________ }�- b'LlL ` TS9.96� BVSGZ V _ ___________ 00 O a9a na O m o____ • ----`------------------------------------------------------------- o • • l �o w Y@@ U O o ® o 0 A Do ILD op / \ 05 O � �z 4 N w � Q O OLU u 7 0 za LL m O w Y m • r ® • m a ... w o ® n 8000 oa^ /MONINDdO C!UUbt� UC.4_______________________________ oY�n ES uo_ at.Z. Q -~¢ O o =W m D LL� riO � �o C u LU 2) n U m Q 7 U - - - -. 9lOZ/bl/£0 =03LLVOdf1 0 sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 aii zss �E, 9 J0 b 133HS rh SVX31 _M11SIHHJ sndboo {0 Alio �101°dc�G 30 SlIVL3a 170I�103�3 0 = - w \ ,0 3 3 N 1 9- _ — �rpm o 7t1h c� o C� �o1d�3N3o dn�oba Co 521312idnoaG3H 30110d = w CL NOIWW]530 A9 31tl0 'ON Ntl9A3tl NOLLdtl�530 ,..18 31tl0 'ON NOISIA3tl 6 O U m 'O O C ' wW Y k v o� W ¢z s° ® �� U `o o YC np ... �. ----------------- ,n a a N w 7 u�ry 0 0 LL w h � X • • � L w Zug] K O Q n ® Q t ...m................ \._�.. `ter Q C) o ro D ® ® wILD � 'IIIL bill _ _ s® o.. w I w CY) ® ® n N w Q zQ Q ® z ....................................W.W m LL uZ4 LL 18cD m C� b f 1 C LU C M n U m ¢ 7 U - - - - 9lOZ/bl/£0031VOd0 0 sa�m�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 aff zss �E, 9 J0 S 133HS r� S%rX31 r� .i ti _ ils�bw� sndbo� to 11�� �101d2�3N30 SlIVL3a 1d0/�10373 wj ,70 NIH 33 N I9 N3 _ ■7t1l� o Co ao1d83N3o dn�oba Co rpm 521312idnoaG3H 30110d = w CL NOU-3O A9 .1. ON N-3tl NOLL--O ,..18 31tlO 'ON NOISIA18 6 o ------- -- - --------- ---------Um ----------- Q r Y Q w �kz i W a At o U 2, £9'587 6'bLIZ —'i1i1 L"b ZG� fflLO� F� <a .T. ,LT f0Y19 .. C .. .. ' ......... U wJ El �Q, Z0'8£ £'Z8 6'860Z 009E bbL6 O...... .... _ 6 fif�s'i ' .m U I+1 ¢x raz �'a o ie�rz z -rz"t o ' Z a o Q --------------------------------------------------------------- • o e W `---u----- Yea g Q � 0 m . m O � ^o . O ) M _ ---.-.-.-.-.-'--- ---.-.-.-.-.-'----.p... o p... Q. opO ti Q W 00 ------------ U --- - m °---------- °------------------------'------------- OL M ow o O 0 oN Q �� U 0, � n z O — m m �a r coy U O O v a n y ❑z I' _. D.. r ............................................fill........................................_ r, U<> a U r U Z � � Z W� or 'dA1 9ti EV OZbE �0 g N�� a �— C �g LU W U uy`r vii vii 2) n U m Q 7 U 0 0 sa�in�ag buyaaui6u3 ;o ;uaw;�oda4 9 J0 9 133HS SVX31 IIP 1 11 N1,111MIN11SIHHJ sndboo to �1io dO1d2�3N3O Slibl3a 1dO/d1O3�3 0 = - I ry ON IH 33 N 10 N3�U07�nG9-WE a0-LV83N3njba o Co a sa3ladnoae3H 30170dCL � w NOU-3O A9 .1. ON N-3tl NOM.N-0 ,..18 31tlO 'ON 401— 6 o --------- ---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------0 ------ ------------_U-------------------------------_--------------------------------- -------------------------------- ------------ „ O O C � Y� uy ., Lu �y 1C �° w. z u' ti w° m� as a� o ' oTsa ar CD Do two 0 000 .g....g.....8....... O o • • ro M Q m m r co 9 (D • N N ro w O N C W M U) n v m ¢ U - -. - -. 9lOZ/bl/£0031VOd0 0 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 All Po nts Environmental, LLC Asbestos Consulting o IndustrialHygiene o Sa ty Indoor Air Quality Training o Environmental LO �n tsolv�ro,corn 500 N. Water St., Ste. 605 - Corpus Christijexas 78401 (361) 882-3393 -Fax: (361) 883-1511 Cl* ty of Corpus Chri* sti'o LIMITED ASBESTOS/LEAD INSPECTION POLICE STATION (MECHANICAL ROOM 129) CORPUS CHRIST19 TEXAS CA/CH.54.0422 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 All Points Environmental L'U" Asbestos Consulting e Industrial Hygiene e Safety Indoor Air Quality 0 Training o Environmental fil I 1�:J/wwwal 1poirasewv iroxorn 500 N. Water St., Ste, 605 - Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 (361) 882-3393 -Fax: (361) 883-1511 Mr. Brent McClanahan City of Corpus Christi 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401. Limited Asbestos/Lead Identification inspection Police Station (Mechanical Room 129) Corpus Christi, Texas 04/26/2022 W- Z Martin Medina DSHS License #603613 Expiration Date: March 09,2023 James H. Gr' CSP /�,n ss 1, .,u S, S Consultant License # 10-556A Expiration Date: October 25, 2023 CA/CH.54.0422 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 PURPOSE I. To determine the presence or absence of asbestos & lead containing materials within the Police Station, Mechanical Room 1.29 in Corpus Christi, Texas. The determination of the asbestos and lead content of suspect materials is to be based on the analytical results of bulk material samples. 2. To develop an asbestos and lead containing material inventory list, which identifies the location and quantity of asbestos and lead containing materials. SUMMARY OF INSPECTION On April 13, 2022, Mr. Martin Medina a Texas Department of State Health Services (TDSHS) Licensed Inspector (TDSHS No. 603613) from All Points Environmental, a Licensed Asbestos Consultant Agency (TDSHS No. 10-0099) and Texas Department of State Health Services Licensed Lead Firm (TDSHS No. 2110493) conducted a limited asbestos and lead inspection at the building listed above. Twenty-Eight (28) Bulk samples were collected from various suspect materials. These samples were subsequently submitted to a Department of State Health Services licensed Asbestos Laboratory SanAir Technologies Laboratory Inc. (License Number 300440). One (1) Paint sample was collected from the area listed above and subsequently submitted to SanAir Technologies Laboratory Inc., a licensed Lead Laboratory (Lab ID# 162952) Data necessary to establish an inventory of asbestos & lead containing materials were collected during the field activities. SUMMARY AND DISCUSSION OF RESULTS SanAir Technologies analyzed a total of Thirty-Nine (39) materials suspected of asbestos content. Of the total samples analyzed, none of the materials were reported to contain asbestos. The paint sample collected, reported to contain Lead-based paint(LBP). Table 1 Asbestos Buk§Amples .-Surnmar Saq!ple# Desc!j"ti qLLocatioR Asbestos Content 55-01,55-03,55-07 (Beige)Mn astic A/C duct Noe Detected Lea Leding to inain unit 7 �G_ray) Mastic A/C du ct None,Detected 55-11,55-15,55-19 Center arca 55-21,55-23 Pipe Wrap (Elbow) None Detected 55-25,55-29 Pipes in Center area Wrap(Straight pipe) None Detected Connecting to Elbow 2 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 55-41,55-43,55-47 (White) Mastic None Detected On Pipes on A/C unit 55-51,55-55,5 5 (06Black)Material None Detected Where wall meets ceiling,North side 55-61,55-63,55-65 (Dark Gray) Mastic None Detected On A/C duct 55-71,55-73,55-75 Cove base None Detected West&East walls---.- 55-81,55-83,55-87 Drywall/Joint Compound None Detected Corner behind entry door,Besides door NW corner near pillar Table 2 Lead Sa mAles Summa SaTple# Description Location Lead Content 55 100 (Light Beige)Paint West wall of Mechanical room #129 CONCLUSIONS Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM)was not present on the samples taken. Lead-based paint(1,13P) v as present in the Light Beige paint. Note: The 0,HA Lead in ConstructionS'tandard, 29 CTW 1926 62, is invoked ifaq)l lead is present in the smile. Lead-free paint is defined as <0.009% by weight((T, Q. (See Lab Results) DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 SAMPLE COLLECTION AND ANALYTICAL METHODOLOGIES Bulk samples were collected on the basis of suspected asbestos content. As bulk samples of suspect materials were collected, a specific sample number was issued. Random numbers from ILA Fisher and F. Yates, Statistical Tables for Biological, Agricultural, and Medical Research, Table XXXIII, Random Numbers, were utilized to reduce the possibility of bias by the laboratory technicians during the analysis phase. A chain of custody was established for all samples collected to verify transfer of possession, The laboratories employed to perform analysis of the samples are licensed by the Department of State Health. Services to perform the required analysis. Asbestos content was confirmed or denied by means of Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) as outlined in the E.P.A. Interim Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Insulation Samples (EPA600/R-93 116) Samples were examined under a stereomicroscope for gross sample appearance and visual estimate of fiber concentration. After homogenizing the samples,a.representative portion of each sample was examined under the Polarizing Light Microscope for several characteristics including: (1) Morphology, (2)Pleochroism, (3) Extinction angle and characteristics, (4) Birefringence, (5) Sign of Elongation, and (6) Dispersion staining color. SAMPLE COLLECTION AND ANALYTICAL METHODOLOGIES Lead samples were collected on the basis of suspected lead content. As lead samples of suspect materials were collected, a specific sample number was issued, Random numbers from ILA Fisher and F. Yates, Statistical Tables for Biological, Agricultural, and Medical Research, Table XXXIII, Random Numbers, were utilized to reduce the possibility of bias by the laboratory technicians during the analysis phase. A chain of custody was established for all samples collected to verify transfer of possession. A laboratory accredited by the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AlHA) is acquired to perform Pb analysis of environmental sairiples for Lead content. Pb was extracted from each sample using EPA Method 3050B. The Pb concentration in each sample extract was determined by means of Atomic Absorption Spectrop,hotometery (AAS), as outlined in the EPA Method SW-846 7420, 4 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 RECOMMENDATIONS Under the current NESHAP's regulation 40 CFR 61.145, each owner or, operator of a demolition and/or renovation activity must remove all regulated ACM be-fore activity begins that would break Lip, dislodge, or similarly disturb the material or preclude access to the material for subsequent removal. Prior to demolition and/or renovation, the friable, damaged friable and non- friable, which could become friable ACM is regulated by the 'rexas Department of State Health Services. Any removal of Asbestos Containing Material shall be removed by a DSHS license Asbestos Abatement Contractor. Also prior to demolition and/or renovation, the DSHS Demolition/Renovation Notification Form must be completed and postmarked at least ten days prior to the project start date (except for emergencies or order demolitions). .......... DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of Corpus Christi Police Station CA/CH.54.0422 Mechanical oom 1.29 . 1C dict leading to main duct r (Beige) Mastic J, Lab basalts: Nous Detected. /j v Sample #s: 55-01, 55-031, 55-07 Mechanical129 A/C duct center arca (Gray)Masticr dab Desalts: Nona Detected n / r Sample #sm 5119 5®15, 55-19 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of Corpus Christi Police Station CA/CH.54.0422 Mechanical Room :1.29 Pipes in center area !lr (Elbow) Pipe Wrap i Tab Results: None: etcetera. r� J� 'J9J� UN�✓r �y w r� ��r�� i Z 1� Sample. 55-21 Mechanical Room 129 fres in center area j (Elbow) Pipe Wrap r ' Lab Results: None Detected r �i ' Sample: 55-23 2 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of CorpusChristi ti olid Station CAICH.54.0422 Mechanical Room 129 Pipes in center area / I JIiM 1 err ii r� (Elbow) Dips Wrap N� LabResults: None Detected JA Or r r�lF/ 9 rr r it Sample: 55-25 Mechanical oar 129 r,,r Connecting to Elbow !i u,illl,m �I �"°'V�IIII�IIIII p'll (Straight pipe) Pipe Wrap �tip.fl LabResults: None Detected j r viii r Sample: 55-31 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of CorpusChrist]t] ice Statics / Mechanical Room 129 Connecting to Elbe (Straight pipe) Pipe Wrap Lab I esults. Norge Detected Undr Sample: 55-3 Mechanical Room 129 e Connecting to Elbe r err r� fr 1 (Straight pike) Pipe Wrap Lab Results: Detected �/ !� i%/l f 1 �r✓/ rr ', Sample: 55-37 4 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of Corpus Christi Police Station . 22 sail Room 1.29 On pipes o /C Unit u ( , (White)Mastic Lab Results: Nene Detected r fir/ �fii r i au,R.,, Sample: 55-41 Mechanical Room 129 On pipes on A/C Unit r (White) Mastic ;eta Lab Results: None Detected i� r Sample: 55-4 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of Corpus Christi Police Station CA/CH.54.0422 Mechanical Room 129 On pipeson AIC Unit (White) Mastic r LabResults: None Detected Sample: 55-47 Mechanical R oo 129 NorthsideY (Gray) Material Lab snits: None Detected I Sample #s. 55®51, 55-55, 55-59 6 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of CorpusChristi Police Station CA/CH.54.0422 Mechanical Room 129 ,pro (Gray) Mastic LabResults: None Detected P w�yd ,r r N /ii r Sample #sr 55- , 55-63, 55-65 "i - Mechanical Room 129 est & Fast Walls Cove Base r Lab Results: None Detected 1�� �� r r / r%r�✓r i r/if �i fu Sample #s: 55-71, 55-73, 55-75 7 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of Corpus Christi Police Station / . 2 ' Mechanical Room 12 Centers behind entry door N � Drywall l Joint Compound LabResults: NoneDetected %�%,�G i //iii/�/i'i� ✓� r �� y Sample: 55-81 Mechanical Room 129 Beside dote~ Drywall 1 Joint Compound Lab Irl . None Detected 6(G , !y � f Sampled 554.83 8 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of Corpus Christi Police Station CA/CH.54.0422 i a 41,11%,"", "M Sample: 55-87 Mechanical Room 129 NW corner near pillar Drywall/Joint Compound Lab Results: None Detected DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 City of Corpus ChristiPolice Station CAICH.54.0422 Samples Mechanical Room 129 West wall (Light Beige) Paint L siults: r, +i' l (% by weight) Note: Aye OSTIA Construction Standard, 29CI%'R 1926.62, is invoked when atty lead is present. Lead free paint is cl~as°� A009%by weight 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Ve sanAir "Cie IR" it Technologies Laboratory 1113"1 Ide'llu'lif I"",CIt"0" 11 13. 11 i, 1"k,Is Analysis Report prepared for All Points Environmental, LLC Report Date:4/23/2022 Project Na e: Police Station (Mechanical Ftrn 129), Project#: CA.54.0422 SanAIr ID#:22018652 MY TESTINGO NVLAP LAB CODE MUM) 10501 Trade Court i North Chesterfield, Virginia 23236 668.6 6.11771804.8971177 l fax-.804.897.0070 � IAQ@SarAr.com SarnAr.co Page 1 of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 SanAir ID Number san22018652 4ir FINAL REPORT Technol'Dgies Laboratory 4/23/2022 3:00:52 PM Name: All Points Environmental, LLC Project Number, CA.54.0422 Address, 500 N. Water St P.O. Number-, Ste. 605 Project Name: Police Station (Mechanical Fpm 129) Corpus Christi, TX 78401 Collected Date:4/13/2022 Phone: 361-882-3393 Received Date:4/14/2022 10:50:00 AM Dear M Medina, We at SanAir would like to thank you for the work you recently submitted. The 28 sample(s)were received on Thursday, April 14, 2022 via UPS, The final report(s)is enclosed for the following sarriple(s): 55-01, 55-03, 55-07, 55- 11, 55-15, 55-19, 55-21, 55-23, 55-25, 55-29, 55-31, 55-33, 55-37, 55-41, 55-43, 55-47, 55-51, 55-55, 55-59, 55-61, 55-63, 55-65, 55-71, 55-73, 55-75, 55-81, 55-83, 55-87. These results only pertain to this job and should not be used in the interpretation of any otherjob.This report is only complete in its entirety. Refer to the listing below of the pages included in a complete final report. Sincerely, Sandra Sobrino Asbestos & Materials Laboratory Manager SanAir Technologies Laboratory Final Report Includes: - Cover Letter -Analysis Pages - Disclaimers and Additional Information Sample conditions: - 28 samples in Good condition. 10501 Trade Ct., N. Chesterfield,VA 23236 1804.897A177 1 Fax:804.897.0070 www.SatiAir.com I IAQ@SanA!r,CDM Page 2 of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 ............... SanAir ID Number 22018652 sanAir FINAL REPORT rechrrologies Laboratory 4/23/2022 3:0:0:52 PM Name: All Points Environmental, LLC Project Number: CA.54,0422 Address: 500 N.Water St P.O. Number-, Ste. 605 Project Name: Police Station (Mechanical Pm 129) Corpus Christi, TX 78401 Collected Date:4/13/2022 Phone: 361-882-3393 Received Date:4/1412022 10.-50:00 AM Analyst: Moore, Brandi Asbestos Bulk PLM EPA 600/R-93/116 55-01 /22019652-001 Beige 4%.Wollastonite 96%Otl rLq None Detected Mastir/A/C Duct Landing To Main Non-Fibrous Unit Homogeneous 55-03/22018652-002 Beige 4%Wollastonite 96%Other None Detected Mastic/A/C Duct Landing To Main Non-Fibrous Unit Homogeneous 55-07/22018652-003 Beige 4%Wollastonite 96%Other None Detected Mastic/A/C Duct Landing To Main Non-Fibrous Unit Homogeneous 55-11 /22018652-004 Gray 100%Otho, None Detected Mastic On A/C Duct Center Area Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 55-1 5/22018652-005 Gray 100%00 ier None Detected Mastic On A/C Duct Center Area Non-Fibrous f to r-nogeneous 55-19/22018652-006 Gray 100111'Other None Detected Mastic On A/C Duct Center Area Non-Fibrous Horriogeneous 55-21 /22018652-007 Yellow 98%Glass 2%Other- None Detected Pipe Wrap(Eibow)/Npes In Center FibrDLJS Area,Insulation Homogeneous 55-21 /22018652-007 White 100%Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Elbovv)/Pipes In Center Non-Fibrous Area,Mastic Homogeneous 55-23/22018652-008 Yellow 98%Glass 2%Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Elbow)/Pipes In Center Fibrous Area,Insulation Homogeneous 55-23/22018052-008 White 100%Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Elbow)/Pipes Iii Center Non-Fibrous Area,Mastic Homogeneous '2 Analyst, Approved SignatM' Analysis Date: 4/23/2022 Date 4/23/2022 Page 3 of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 SanAir ID Number 22018652 P SanAir FINAL REPORT Technoloqies Laboratory 4/23/2022 3:00:52 PM Name: All Points Environmental, LLC Project Number: CA.54.0422 Address: 500 N. Water St P.O. Number: Ste. 605 Project Name: Police Station (Mechanlcal Nim 129) Corpus Christi, TX 78401 Collected Date:4/13/2022 Phone: 361-882-3393 Received Date-4/14/2022 10:50:00 AM Analyst: Moore, Brandi Asbestos Bulk PLM EPA 600/R-93/116 55-25/22018652-009 Yellow 98%Glass 2%Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Elbow)/Pipes In Center Fibrous Area,Insulation Homogeneous 55-25/22018652-009 White 100%Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Elbow)/Pipes In Center Noss-Fibrous Area,Mastic Homogeneous 55-29/22018652-010 Yellow 98%Glass 2%Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Elbow)/Pipes In Center Fibrous Area,insulation Homogeneous 55-29/22018652-010 White 100%other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Elbow)/Pipes,In Center Non-Fibrous Area,Mastic Hornogemeous S5-21 /22018652-011 Yellow 98%Glass 2%Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Straight Fibrous Pipe)/Connecting To Elbow, Homogeneous Insulation 55-31 /22018652-011 White 40%Ceilulose 45%Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Straight Fibrous 1S%Glass Pipe)/Connecting To Elbow,Wrap Heterogeneous 55-33/22018652-012 Yellow 98%Glass 2%Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Straight Fibrous Pipe)/Connecting To Elbow, Homogeneous Insulation 55-33/22018GS2-012 White 40%Cellulose 45%Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Straight Fibrous '15%G[ass Pipe)/Connecting To Elbow,Wrap Heterogeneous 55-37/22018652-013 Yellow 98%GNSS 2%Other None Detected Pipe Wrap(Straight Fibrous Pipe)/Connecting To Elbow, Flornogeneous Insulation 55-37/22018652-013 Whites 40%Cellulose 4S X�Ot h e.r None Detected Pipe Wrap(Straight Fibrous 'IS%Glass Pipe)/ConnectingTo Elbow,Wrap Heterogeneous 7 A riolys '1")," S t Analysis C)ate: 4/23/2022 D at o: 4142312022 10501 Trade Ct., N, Chesterfield, VA 23236 1804,897.,11771 Fax:804,897A070 1 www.SanAir.corri I IAC @SanAIr,00rn Page 4 of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 SanAir ID Number 22018652 SanAir FINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 4/23/2022 3:00:52 PM Name: All Points Environmental, LLC Project Number. CA.54.0422 Address: 500 N.Water St P.O. Number: Ste. 605 Project Name: Police Station (Mechanical Rm 129) Corpus Christi, TY 78401 Collected Date:4/13/2022 Phone: 361-882-3393 Received Date:4/14/2022 10:50:00 AM Analyst: Moore, Brandi Asbestos Bulk PLM EPA 600/R-93/116 5S-41 /22018652-014 White 1001/.Other None Detected Mastic On Piper/On A/C Unit Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 55-43/22018652-01 S White '100%other None Detected Mastic on pipe/On A/C Unit Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 55-47/22018652-016 white 100%Other None Detected Mastic On Pipe/On A/C Unit Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 55-51 /22018652-017 Gray 100%Other None Detected Material/North Side-Where Wall Non-Fibrous Meets Ceiling Hornoqeneous SS-SS/22018652-0-18 Gray 1 001Y,,Other None Detected Material/North Side-Where Wall Non-Fibrous Meets Ceiling Hon`10geHeOUS 55-59/220186S2-0'19 Gray IGO%Other None Detectpd Material/North Side-Where Wall Non-Fibrous Meets Ceiling Homogeneous 55-61 /22018652-020 Gray 100%Other None Detected Mastic ori A/C Non-Fibrous Hornogenecus 5S-63/220186S2-021 Gray 100%Other None Detected Mastic On A/C Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 55-6S/22018652-022 Gray 100%Other None Detected Mastic:On A/C Non-Fibrous Homogeneous SS-71 /22018652-023 Off-white 100'%r other None Detected Cove Base West Wall,Cove Base Non-Fibrous [Ionnogeneoris Analyst: Approved Signatory-, Analysis Date; 4/23/2022 Date.. 4/23/2022 10601 Trade Ct, N. Chesterfield,VA 23236 1804,897.1177 1 Fax:804,897,0070 1 w/vw,$anA1r,corn I lAQ@8anAir,com Page 5 of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 SanAir ID Number A 22018652 " anAirFINAL REPORT Technologies Laboratory 4/23/2022 3:00:52 PM Name: All Points Environmental, LLC Project Number: CA.54,0422 Address: 500 N. Water St P.O. Number: Ste. 605 Project Name: Police Station (Mechanical Rm 129) Corpus Christi, TX 78401 Collected Date:4/13J2022 Phone: 361-882-3393 Received Date:4/14/2022 10:50:00 AM Analyst: Moore, Brandi Asbestos Bulk PLM EPA 600/R-931116 55-71 /22018652-023 Yellow 100%Other None Detected Cove Base West Wall,Adhesive Non-Fibrotrs Homogeneous 55-73/22018652-024 Off-White 1 GffX,Other None Detected Cove Base West Wall,Cove Base Non-Fibrous Homogeneous S5-73/220186S2-024 Yellow 100%Other None Detected Cove Base West Wail,Adhesive Non-Fibrous Homogeneous S5-75/22018652-025 Off-white 100%Other None Detected Cove Base East Wall,Cove Base Non-Fibrous Homogeneous S5-7S/22018652.02S Yellow 100%Other None Detected Cove Base East Wall,Adhesive Non-FI)rous Homogeneous 55-81 /220'18652-026 White 5%Cellulose 95 X,Other None Detected Drywall Center Behind Entry Door Non-Fibrous Homogeneous S5-83/22018652-027 White 5%Cellulose 95%Other None Detected Drywall Beside Door,Drywall Non-Fibrous Homogeneous 55-83/22018652-027 White 100%Other None Detected Drywall Beside Door,Joint Non-Fibrous Compound Homogeneous S5-87/22018652-028 White SI/,Cellulose 9s,/"Odder None Detected Drywall North West Corner Near Non-Fibrous Pillar Homogeneous /< Approved Signatory," Analyst,- Analysis Date: 4/23/2022 Date: 4/23/2022 10501 Trade Ct., N. Chesterfield,VA 23236 804.897,1177 1 Fax: 804.897,0070 1 www.SanAir.G0M 1 IAQ@SanAir.rom Page 6 of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Disclaimer, This report is the Sole property of the cilent named on the SanAir Technologies Laboratory chain- of-custody (COC). Results in the report are confidential inforr'nation intended only for the use by the customer listed on the COC. Neither results nor reports will be discussed with or released to any third party without our client's written permission. The final report shall not be reproduced except in full without written approval of the laboratory to assure that parts of the report are not taken out of context. The information provided in this report applies only to the samples submitted and is relevant only for the date, time, and location of sampling.The accuracy of the results is dependent upon the client's sampling procedure and information provided to the laboratory by the client. SanAir assumes no responsibility for the sampling procedure and will provide evaluation reports based solely on the sample(s) in the condition in which they arrived 21 the laboratory and information provided by the client on the COC, such as: project number, project name, collection dates, po number, special instructions, samples collected by, sample numbers, sample identifications, sample type, selected analysis type, flow rate,total volume or area, and start stop times that may affect the validity of the results in this report. Samples were received in good condition unless otherwise noted on the report. SanAir assumes no responsibility or liability for the manner in which the results are used or interpreted.This report does not constitute and shall not be used to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST, or any other U.S. governmental agencies and may not be certified by every local, state, and federal regulatory agencies. Samples are held for a period of 60 days. Fibers smaller than 5 microns cannot be seen with this method due to scope limitations. For NY state samples, method EPA 600/M4-82-020 is performed. NYELAP Disclaimer: Polarized- light rnicroscopy is not consistently reliable in detecting asbestos in floor covering and similar non-friable organically bound materials. Quantitative transmission electron microscopy is currently the only method that can be used to determine if this material can be considered or treated as non-asbestos containing. Asbestos Certifications NVLAP lab code 200870-0 City of Philadelphia: ALL-460 PA Department of Environmental Protection Number: 68-05397 California License Number: 2915 Colorado License Number: AL-23143 Connecticut License Number: PH-0105 Massachusetts License Number: AA000222 Maine License Number. LB-0075, LA-0084 New York ELAP lab ID: 11983 Rhode Island License Number: PCM00126, PLM00126, TEM00126 Texas Department of State Health Services License Number: 300440 Commonwealth of Virginia 3333000323 Washington State License Number: 0989 West Virginia License Number: LT000616 Vermont License: AL1 66318 Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality: 212253, Cert 05088 Revision Date: 8/14/2020 MggeTloblil a DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 1551 Oakbfidge Dr. STE B sm ID Numba- Asbestos Powhatem,VA 23139 SanAtr 804.897.11:77/ 888.895,1177 Fm SKMM70 F 140,Rcv 1,l,20MP Teomftlos LLCChIlfaAll Points Environmental, e Address. 500 N. Water St � TS 36a 1-882-3393 o4jCat Sama Pom N. Cla ,Sa.,.� : orpus Christi, TX 78411 l d,t ew 3l a al .. Fax 361-883-1511 State ofCollection: AcQ&$=t9 3121 P.0,Numbcr: Finall: SAN" ._._.... .. � Soil . ..._�..��... B Zd? A13I3 PLM EPA 60011/P„938110 ABA PCM NIOS'1N'74()0 � P AASEI� PLM EPA 600,8-93 116(Qu aL) Positive Stop LJ A13A-2 OSRA av,'TWA I � Ver ” Wite &Soil - ., . A&3EPA P[,.1-EPA 400 Pcaaat C;aaacat a13'd"F&vl `J'1s [Al1FA A.33' T'P.,1 t:;ARt3 435(1.C91a 10 ) A13BI PL FPA 1000 Po3eat Couaat A 1A"t 1 tW1 t 1T1CJSlt T442_._ _ ABSP1 lyfM CA. 4,35(L OD 0,25ua) 7 A 313 C 3 P1.M;EPA l-OB* rL Ak3`1'2 TPM Level 11 A13S1 PL CARR X135(d;.Dl)0.1��) 0 A'BBC1l w°}.,NCht Fsald* 4hher E3aast ABB'T°]r1 ['l:w al EPA 1f 13 * ARIVA A "l R,—M Wipe ASTM D-6480 Now York N�`&.,AP C3 A13CN F'1 1wI N umlatatave I'L1�N Y P 1 kak'A fa00 M4-82-020 r k361P�/TaJ TEM C'�!lo`croveac A.S'F1 D-5755 .Av "rlable on 4-hr.to 5-day'I`A`3 Ata PA. ail PI..A.P C911..N�� _ El 0 EN —ELAP 1411,ta 1a1.M 1( 3 Fater 0 1�auix Other A33NIE l PA 100.2 _ A. '133 ?T'1'ELAP 198.4 I'EM S�t713 L � 1 aaa Araarn«a 3 1Tlt(4 fi "FEM) 0 6 HR(8HR TEM) C? 12 lilt 0 24 HIt Times11 2 Days 3 D a w 0 4 Duvs 5 10av,;.. lacarlaal � ata � � ff _ 'aalaar . tsr1aa —Stop ���� pts � �1 �.Nlaatal�. � 1ett� air Na«.. r Y' " N1 a Ilan 1ta tt"51 0 1v Date a~a^Nro°aaN�a Date ° 't° _ t�"+easw me awOt aw"",t"4 wV*,N ae�namsPR*P*Ow, 0"ow"4 for yos w wilt No wA'*tu^orpk,U010**w04da'atw ,a w awwwdtwo 4#y'"40 OOmVAOaa ro"WPA 400000'A"Now MCC N!rid' '"111 41"at 0"m a or"t%' Bal sa,Or 1aa4140y w*aaam4t N 64644 WOO olkood of Ow aewtad 1a dosr4r4 for twaaala tur" ra umf flit P.MomAk,rovero N aaaad r4 Ovorol to NN? ANaN P1 ,ShIPaaa4a O 044#4 to 4aaaaa lr with a4 f asm,OMPPMA rats VVIO a^rraalt lta aaalN0111 saa1 Owwm, Page Page 8 of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 "ream 140,Revision 1, 1/20,2017 Wirm ttlamp' Flow Start— tl p Sample# Sample IdentifleadonfUcation AreaDate Rate* Time," *c ............ ............ Special is cdon's tits ui to by Date Time Received by I)ate Time If notechnicisin Uprovided,then the primary contact for your account it he selected.Unless scheduled,the turnaround time forall samples received rafter 3 pm �04. , .tea.« ;..wa+.�.a,.�.. . ..a.a ,„'--m.— � � Standard Overnight Fedgx shipping,Shipments billed to SanAlr with as faster shipping rite will result in additional charges. 'dG°lof Fuge 9 of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 tj �b6 Foam 140.Peva6on 1 U2012017 'Volume simple..X l 'T1,07 - St _Stop Sample Sample laden t� den t e Rate* Time p a w Spm tip WWI b Date Time Received Date Tisa !t°no t ma hnic� Is pe^ a kW,Hamra tht prima contact for your ccaaaeaat wild be s,ehwtsmt°Unlssaa oche t*A the team-naramu d tisaac for all sanxples mesio after 3 pan EST FrI *meal!6 Msa ow WAWoy wwh Nt % a % Q Standwd Overnight FedEx shippin*Shipments biCtmd to SanAir with m Piaster shiplpin mate tU result In addlItional ch ms. page j Of Page 10 of 10 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-87451 01"1111111 is SanA i4�i r Technologies Laboratory r 11:1, Irl, ek IN OEM IN Analysis Report prepared for All Points Environmental, LLC Report Date:4/19/2022 Project Name: Police Station C.C.TX Project#: CH.54.0422 SanAir ID#: 22018654 10501 Trade Court North Chesterfield, Virginia 23236 888.895A 177 I 804.89'71177 G fbx-.804-897-0070 I 1AQ@SanAir.corn 9 SanAi Page I of 5 - -------------- DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 SanAir ID Number 22018654 Sanhir FINAL REPORT Techno9oqjes Laboratory 4/19/2022 4:55:11 PM Name: All Points Environmental, LLC Project Number: CH.54,0422 Address: 500 N. Water St P.O. Number: Ste, 605 Project Name: Police Station C.C.,TX Corpus Christi, TX 78401 Collected Date:4/13/2022 Phone: 361-882-3393 Received Date:4/1412022 10,50:00 AM Dear M Medina, We at SanAir would like to thank you for the work you recently submitted. The I samples)were received on Thursday, April 14, 2022 via UPS. The final report(s) is enclosed for the following sample(s): 55-220. These results only pertain to this job and should not be used in the interpretation of any other job. This report is only complete in its entirety, Refer to the listing below of the pages included in a complete final report, Sincerely, Abisola Kasali Metals Laboratory Director SanAir Technologies Laboratory Final Report Includes: - Cover Letter -Analysis on Test Family AA -Disclaimers and Additional Information Sample conditions.- - I samples in Good condition. 10501 Trade Ct., N, Chesterfield, VA 23236 1 804.89T1 177 Fax: 804.897.0070 www.SanAir.corn IAQ@SanAir,coin Page 2 of 8 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 ............ SanAir ID Number 22018654. sa' nAw FINAL REPORT Technoloqe� Laboratory 4/19/2022 4:55-11 PM Name: All Points Environmental, LLC Project Number: CH.54.0422 Address: 500 N,Water St P.O. Number: Ste. 605 Project Name: Police Station C. .T Corpus Christi, TX 78401 Collected Date:4/1312022 Phone: 361-882-33,93 Received Date:4/1412022 10:50.-00 AM Analyst: Baird, Marti Test Method: SW846/M3050B/7000B Lead Paint Analysis ip 22018694-1 55-220 10 ().1018 98,2 <98 Light Beige Paint/West Wall Of pg/g(ppm) By weight Mechanical Roorn 129 Method Reporting Urrift <10 p9/0,'J 9 paint Signature. Reviewed- 90-1 Date: 4/19/2022 Date: 4/19/2022 Page 3 of 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Disclaimer SanAlr Technologies Laboratory, Inc. participates in the Environmental Lead Accreditation Program (ELAP) administered by AIHA-LAP, LLC (Lai) ID 162952). Refer to our accreolitaLton certificate or 'Inu W)vW,.,.11 .org for an up to date list of the Fields offesting for which we erre accredited. SanAir also participates in the State of New York's DOH-ELL' (Lab Id 11983), and has inell the EPA's N_LLAP program I standards, This report does not constitute endorsement by AIHA-LAP, LLC and/or any other tJ.S. governmental agencies; and may not be accredited by every local, state or federal regulatory agency. 17his report is the sole property of the client named on the San it Teclitiologics Laboratory chain-of-custody (COC), Neither results nor reports will be discussed with or released to any third party without our client's written permission. Final reports cannot be reproduced, except in full, without written authorization frorn. SartAir Technologies Laboratory, Inc. The inforixiation provided in this report applies only to the sarnples submitted and is relevant only for the date, Orne, and location ofsampling. SanAtr is not responsible for sample collection or interpretation inadt by others. SanAir assumes no responsibility for infiormation provided by the client on the C''OC such as project n.-urriber, project name, collection dates, po number, special instructions, samples collected by, sample numbers, sample identifications, sample type, selected analysis type, flow rate, total volurne or area, and start stop times that may affect the validity of the results in Oils report. SanAir Technologies Laboratory, Inc only assures the precision and accuracy of the data it generates and assumes no responsibility for error,,; or biasing that occur during collection prior to SanAir's receipt of the sarnple(s). SanAir's Method Detection Limits (MDL) and Reporting Lirnits (RL) have been derived using various materials meeting each accrediting agencies' standards. All quality control results are acceptable unless otherwise noted. Results are not corrected for blardKs. For Lead Expostu-c Limits in, Paint, refer.to HUD Guidelines for the Evaluation and C'ontrol of Lead-Based Paint Hazards and State and Federal R-egulations, where applicabte. Revision Date 10/20/2020 Page 4 of 5 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 .......... 1551 Oakbridge Dr STF B Jr ID Namber San ;X r Powhalm VA 23139 Metals&Lead 804.997.1177 1888.995�1177 Cbain of Custody Ub Fax 804.897.0070 Form-M,Reviiion 9,01119/2017 sanairx*m Aff Pobts Envfronmenfaf, LLC 361-,882-3393 Address- 500 N, Water St a 9 Corpus Chrfsd, 7X 76401 IMeCollected. Fax 41: 361-683-f 5 1 f Email A ccoxav,W Aa, Matrix Types Metals Analysis Tylx--% 0 Air ToW(aces centmlion of Lead 0 ICP-total conccntratioii or=ials(please El Wipe to a) ToW Concentration of RCRA 8 Metals 0 list mews): $POWI LISOH OHulk(ug'P or ppin) TCLP for Lead 0 .......... D Other- TCLP for ROU t 8 Meab,0 ............... .......-------- Turn Around -- Same Day D 2 days 0 Thile El Stambrd(5 day) n Full RAT(100) Collection Start Stop Volume(L) Sample# Date&Time Sample IdentificatiottiLo.action Now Rate 'I'lute ime Area(Sq ft) Special nsYrtwtls Re In Date Time .I- lei ROO WbAkINO Is pywy0drA,Obeii the p0mary congset rat'your orcouot will Pm aqjqvfcd. VoUp mbedmilmd,*6 surnfisgo"fill Oux r(Or all OMPION roveAVC4 after J Pw will 4014 of 0 spa tho"Oo bu§WC04 mor 4l"g,Wotnd or balidmy work musl bg seboduled pb of ciao and lo chargtif at 150%of the Rusb'I'A'frato, The*Is a minimum Rborr,(0100 for w4f ko"O Work A goorler chorge will Im oppliod for&Am#by And oix*48y forearou"d fiats for AM work 6401P cove Standard Overnight Fr4ex shipping,5filpmeals bOW to S#Wr with a Wier s5 Ing rate will resou in addideast therpt Page Page 5 of 6 DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 e4 h Texas Department of State ices ALL POINTS ENVURONMENTAL, LLC Asbestos Consultant Agency ..r tl2e 5t:to of Zlexas wd is vre rgolvt xaed by t o z,!'axs,pr`Vd,:s u2 f set forth at? Occ upaVoa2.s Code, Chq7rer 19.54 a d 7hle I?, �aus.:d za�x2e rr r Code, 5� 5 rely, g to 2-ems s stye He r rotecaua is s'org:as,Izr's Lc rse°2'sace Suspended car rex-oked to Lic=sd , 10009P Ezpimdoii Date.101 12022 ft ; ;. . ., Con l2V 97320 Commissioner Ofd th d ' Date; VOID 1FAL'Tt."RED SU- BAt�K ,� DocuSign Envelope ID:6BOA6963-47FB-4CBE-AA79-874519830012 Texas Department of State Health Services BE.FTKNOWN THAT ALL POINTS ENVIRONMENTAL LLC rs Cet Yled Wpe fUra22 9s a Lead Firm. .tra tlae State bp*tlae ,1ghts,pnTjlegrs and responsibibl_ies sec fbi-da laa Teas OccgpRuc»s Code, Chaptel-1955,,Ind Title 25, Texa.5,4diaxrnis titre e Code, C"laa tel•295 N rel i5ng to 7itms En rironmen l Lead TZeduct.,au,.z is lorry Is tlxts license is not suspended or revoked. 211 &Rtfafl Dat&0211112024 He&rsted4 MID, a rab l i b 7335 C° &ipn ofHealth: of eft ora Date) VOID IF ALTEREDNON-'TRANSFERABLE SEE BAC